employee state insurance corporation · 19 ph meter 3 8000 20 phototherapy unit 4 2400 21 portable...

TENDER ENQUIRY DOCUMENT FOR PURCHASE OF

MEDICAL EQUIPMENT

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF

EMPLOYEE STATE INSURANCE CORPORATION UNDER THE ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL OF MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT

GOVT. OF INDIA

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12

BY

HLL Lifecare Limited

(A GOVT. OF INDIA ENTERPRISE & Formerly HINDUSTAN LATEX LTD.)

Procurement & Consultancy Services Division

B-14A, Sector-62, Noida-201 307, Uttar Pradesh, India

Ph: 0120-4071500; Fax: 0120-4071513

URL: www.lifecarehll.com

Email: [email protected]

HLL Lifecare Limited NIT

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 2

INDEX Section Topic Page No. Section I – Notice inviting Tender (NIT) ---------------------------------------------------------- 03

Section II – General Instructions to Tenderers (GIT) --------------------------------------------- 09

Section III – Special Instructions to Tenderers (SIT) ---------------------------------------------- 26

Section IV – General Conditions of Contract (GCC) ---------------------------------------------- 27

Section V – Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) ----------------------------------------------- 42

Section VI – List of Requirements ------------------------------------------------------------------- 43

Section VII – Technical Specifications --------------------------------------------------------------- 50

Section VIII – Quality Control Requirements ------------------------------------------------------- 174

Section IX – Qualification Criteria ------------------------------------------------------------------- 175

Section X – Tender Form ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177

Section XI – Price Schedules -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178

Section XII – Questionnaire ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 182

Section XIII – Delete

Section XIV – Manufacturer’s Authorisation Form -------------------------------------------------- 183

Section XV – Bank Guarantee Form for Performance Security /CMC Security ---------------- 184

Section XVI – Contract Form (A & B) ------------------------------------------------------------------ 185

Section XVII – Proforma of Consignee Receipt Certificate ----------------------------------------- 189

Section XVIII– Proforma of Final Acceptance Certificate by the Consignee --------------------- 190

Section XIX – Details of Shipping arrangement for Liner Cargoes in respect of C&F/CIF/

TurnkeyF.O.R. Contracts for Import-------------------------------------------------- 192

Section XX – Check List for the Tenderers ----------------------------------------------------------- 196

Section XXI – Consignee address ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 199


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 3

SECTION I

NOTICE INVITING TENDERS (NIT)

For the procurement of Medical Equipment

in the Hospitals of ESIC.

1. Tender Enquiry No. HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 Date: 25.05.2011

Procurement & Consultancy Services Division of HLL Lifecare Limited (Formerly Hindustan Latex Limited) have been contracted by Director General of Employee State Insurance Corporation (ESIC) to procure Medical Equipment for various ESI Hospitals, invite sealed tenders from eligible and qualified tenderers for supply of following Medical Equipment.

Sr No ITEM DESCRIPTION Total Qnty. EMD

1 Baby Basinet 12 18000

2 Bio-safety Cabinet 5 80000

3 Cold Pack Unit 2 12400

4 Combination Therapy Unit 2 18000

5 CPM Unit 2 16000

6 Cryo Surgical Unit 6 78000

7 Cryostat system 2 36000

8 Dental Sterilizer 4 32000

9 ELISA Reader with Washer 5 50000

10 Emergency Resuscitation Kit-Adult(imported) 5 55000

11 Fiber optic Bronchoscope 4 240000

12 Glass cover slipper model 2 10000

13 Hot Pack Unit 2 12400

14 Infant Resuscitator 3 30000

15 Micro Centrifuge 3 21000

16 Neonatal Monitor 5 40000

17 OAE Tester-Hearing Screener 4 12000

18 Open Care System 5 70000

19 PH meter 3 8000

20 Phototherapy Unit 4 2400

21 Portable Ultrasound B & W 3 42000

22 QBC Blood parasite detection system 3 48000

23 Refregirated Centrifuge Table Top 3 18000

24 Streak Retinoscope 3 6000

25 Traction Unit 2 36000

26 Transport Incubators 4 56000

27 Tuboplasty Set 3 12000

28 Water bath 3 18000

29 ECG 12 channel - Page printer with cart. 3 9000

30 Deep Freezer (- 20o C) 1 4000


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 4

31 Uroflowmeter System 1 8000

32 Pure Tone Audiometer 1 20000

33 Phototherapy machine 1 15000

34 Electrosurgical Unit 5 50000

35 BOD Incubator 1 6000

36 Ultrasound Machine 2 120000

37 Cystorectoscope 1 12000

38 Elisa Reader with printer and automatic washer 1 10000

39 Biosafety Cabinet Level II 2 40000

40 Glycosylated Haemoglobinometer 1 12000

41 Camera for Digital x ray & Mammography 1 18000

42 Ultrasoud machine 3 D with colour Doppler 2 108000

43 Oxytocin Infusion Pump 2 2400

44 Cardiotocograph 2 16000

45 Rotary Microtome 1 16000

46 Neonatal ventilator 1 16000

47 Multiple Vitalsign Monitor 6 58800

48 Portable Ventilator 10 14000

49 Resuscitation kit with trolley 3 4200

50 Syringe Infusion Pump 9 10800

51 Volumetric Infusion Pump 3 5400

52 Incubator 6 8400

53 Cell Separator 1 40000

54 Cell Washer 1 14000

55 Donor Couch 1 3000

56 Platelet Incubator & Agitator 1 10000

57 Sterile Tube Connecting Device 1 19000

58 Fully Automated Chemiluminescece Analyser 1 50000

59 Micro Laryngeal Surgery Set(MLS Set) 1 20000

60 Functional Endoscopy sinus Surgery Set(FESS Set) 2 29000

61 Nerve & Muscle Stimulator 1 10000

62 Automated Blood Culture & TB Culture System 1 60000

63 Hysteroscopy Set 1 44000

64 Ultrasound machine 4 D with colour Doppler with biopsy attachment

1 90000

65 Multichannel Monitor 2 24000

66 Vaginal Hysterectomy Set 2 24000

67 Transport Ventilator For Ambulance 1 10000

68 Harmonic Scalpel(Ultrasonic Cutting & Coagulation Device)

1 40000

69 NST/CTG Machine 2 20000


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 5

70 Cryocautery 1 20000

71 Colour Doppler System 1 80000

72 Digital Intraoral Sensor(RVG) 1 12000

73 Double Surface Phototherapy Unit 1 2000

74 Centrifuge Cyto / Cyto span 1 3000

75 Biosafety Hood 1 1600

76 Blood bank refrigerator (2-6º C), 1 4000

77 Refrigerator 2000 Lts for kits 4 24000

78 Refrigerator - Deep freezer (-40º C) 200 Ltr 2 12000

79 Intra Oral, Digital Radiography/imaging 1 12000

80 Examination light mobile - 20000 lux 10 30000

81 Audiometer 1 8000

82 Tympanometer 1 9000

83 Ophthalmic Ultrasound (A and B) 2 48000

84 Tourniquet - Automatic electronic with hose & cuffs 2 8000

85 Microwave therapy unit 1 2000

86 C-Arm compatible OT Table 1 6000

87 Indirect Opthalmoscope 2 12000

88 Neonatal Oxygen Hood 8 120000

89 Phototherapy CFL double surface 5 375000

90 Bleaching Unit 1 60000

91 Jet Ventilator 1 10000

92 Lensometer 5 10000

93 Tonometer 5 40000

94 Examination lamp Wall mounted 50000 Lux 5 100000

95 CR Reader for X'Ray machine 500 mA 1 70000

96 Operating zoom Microscope for Ophthalmology 1 50000

97 Phaco Emulsification Machine 1 40000

98 A/B SCAN(Opthalmic Ultrasound) 1 10000

99 Yag LASER 1 19000

100 TELE-LARYNGO –PHARYNGOSCOPE 1 12000

101 FLEXIBLE RHINO LARYNGO PHARYNGOSCOPE 1 12000

102 Automatic Bio-chemistry Analyser-Random Access 2 60000

103 Double headed 5 objective binocular microscope with monitor & camera

1 10000

104 Tissue embedding station 1 20000


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 6

105 Fully motorized programmable rotary microtome 1 4000

106 Automatic tissue processor 1 16000

107 Laboratory/Medical Refrigerator 4 16000

108 Medical Waste Sterilizer 1 10000

109 Grossing Table with Airdown Draft Systems 1 8000

110 High Frequency 800 mA X-Ray Machine 1 120000

111 Automated Visual Field Analyser with printer(Perimeter)

1 20000

112 Retinal Camera with Flouroscent Angiography 1 24000

113 Laser Therapy with IRR 1 8000

114 IFT Unit with Ultrasound 1 11000

115 CPM Lower Extremity 1 6000

116 Treadmill for Rehabilitation 1 6000

117 Dental chair unit complete with all Accessories 2 80000

118 Computerised Radiovisiography Systems(RVG) 1 6000

119 Intra Oral Camera with Laptop 1 7000

120 Light cure unit LED Based 1 4000

121 Clinical Micromotors 2 18000

122 Biphasic Defibrillator 8 48000

123 Warming Blankets(patient warming system) 12 60000

124 CTG Machine with Accessories 2 14000

125 Thermal Endometrial Ablation Unit 1 5000

126 Blood Vessel Sealer with advanced bipolar technology 1 20000

127 Mortuary Freezer/cabinet 2 20000

128 Extra oral tracer 1 2000

129 Microtome with Knife(rotary) 2 16000

130 Automatic developer 1 5000

131 Apex Locator 1 4000

132 Airabrasion System 1 12000

133 Perimeter 5 10000

134 Orthodontic pliers 5 60000

135 Hand Piece STERILIZER SET 1 4000

136 Physiograph 1 4000

137 Bone cutting machine 1 4000

138 Centralized Suction machine 1

14000 139 Centralized oil free dental dry air compressor

140 Vacupress 2 16000

141 Flash Autoclave 1 4000


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 7

142 LRD Bed/Table 3 15000

143 Examination Table 2 40000

144 Elisa Reader with Auto Washer 1 8000

145 Black & White Ultrasound machine 1 12000

146 Fully auto analyser (For Biochemistry) 1 28000

147 Vitrectomy System 1 12000

148 Opthalmic Electro Hydraulic OT Table with manual Override

1 16000

149 NEONATAL MULTIPARA MONITOR 1 8000

150 Anesthesia Ventilator for OT 1 24000

151 Binocular Loupe with operating headlight 2 6000

152 Fibre optic Bronchoscope for Intubation 1 14000

153 Surgical Operating Microscope for Ophthalmology 1 50000

154 Rigid Bronchoscope Set 1 30000

155 A Scan 1 8000

156 Ophthalmoscope 1 5000

157 Multi Parameter Monitor 1 8000

158 Advanced Phaco Emulsification Unit with Posterior Vitrectomy System

1 50000

159 Head Light with Light Source 1 25000

160 Water bath 5 30000

161 Ultrasound machine 1 20000


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 8

2. Tender No.: HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12

Sl No.

Description Schedule

i. Dates of sale of tender enquiry documents 25.05.2011 to 24.06.2011, in all working days, during 10:00am to 4:00pm

ii. Place of sale of Tender Enquiry Documents

HLL Lifecare Limited Procurement & Consultancy Services Divn. B-14A, Sector-62, Noida -201 307

iii. Cost of the Tender Enquiry Document Rs. 3,000.00/ USD 75.00

iv. Time and date of Pre-bid meeting 06.06.2011, 02:30 pm

v. Closing date & time for receipt of Tender 27.06.2011, 12:00 pm

vi. Time and date of opening of Techno-Commercial tenders

27.06.2011, 12:30pm

vii. Venue for Pre-bid Meeting & Techno- Commercial Tender Opening

Same as given in 2 (ii)

3. Interested tenderers may obtain further information about this tender from the office of Head (P&CD), HLL Lifecare Ltd., Noida. Tender Enquiry Documents may be purchased on payment of non-refundable fee of Rs. 3,000.00/ USD 75.00 per set in the form of account payee Demand Draft/Pay Order/Cashier’s Cheque/Banker’s Cheque, drawn on a scheduled bank in India, in favour of “HLL Lifecare Limited” payable at New Delhi.

4. If requested, the Tender Enquiry Documents will be mailed by Registered Post/Speed Post to the domestic tenderers and by international airmail to the foreign tenderers, for which extra expenditure per set will be Rs 100.00 for domestic post and USD 50.00 for international airmail. The tenderer is to add the applicable postage cost in the non-refundable fee mentioned in Para 3 above. However, HLL Lifecare Ltd. shall not be responsible for any postal loss/delay.

5. Tenderer may also download the tender enquiry documents from the web site www.esic.nic.in or www.lifecarehll.com and submit its tender by utilizing the downloaded document, along with the required non-refundable fee as mentioned in Para 3 above.

6. All prospective tenderers may attend the Pre Tender meeting. The venue, date and time indicated in the Para 2 above

7. Tenderers shall ensure that their tenders, complete in all respects, are dropped in the Tender Box located at HLL Lifecare Limited, Procurement and Consultancy Division, B-14A, Sector-62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh on or before the closing date and time indicated in the Para 2 above, failing which the tenders will be treated as late tender and rejected. The tenders sent by post/ courier must reach the above said address on or before the closing date & time indicated in Para 2 above, failing which the tenders will be treated as late tender and rejected.

8. In the event of any of the above mentioned dates being declared as a holiday / closed day for the purchase organisation, the tenders will be sold/received/opened on the next working day at the appointed time.

9. The Tender Enquiry Documents are not transferable.

10. All Tenders must be accompanied by EMD as mentioned against each item. Tenders without EMD shall be rejected.

Head (P & CD) HLL Lifecare Limited, Procurement and Consultancy Division B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh.

HLL Lifecare Limited GIT

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 9

SECTION - II

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS (GIT)

CONTENTS Sl.

No. Topic

Page

No.

A PREAMBLE

1 Definitions and Abbreviations 11

2 Introduction 12

3 Deleted --

4 Language of Tender 13

5 Eligible Tenderers 13

6 Eligible Goods and Services 13

7 Tendering Expense 13

B TENDER ENQUIRY DOCUMENTS

8 Contents of Tender Enquiry Documents 13

9 Deleted --

10 Clarification of Tender Enquiry Documents 14

C PREPARATION OF TENDERS

11 Documents Comprising the Tender 14

12 Tender Currencies 15

13 Tender Prices 15

14 Indian Agent 18

15 Firm Price / Variable Price 18

16 Deleted --

17 Documents Establishing Tenderer’s Eligibility and Qualifications

18

18 Documents Establishing Good’s Conformity to Tender Enquiry Document

18

19 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) 19

20 Tender Validity 19

21 Signing and Sealing of Tender 20

D SUBMISSION OF TENDERS

22 Submission of Tenders 20

23 Late Tender 21

24 Alteration and Withdrawal of Tender 21


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 10

E TENDER OPENING

25 Opening of Tenders 21

F SCRUTINY AND EVALUATION OF TENDERS

26 Basic Principle 21

27 Preliminary Scrutiny of Tenders 22

28 Deleted --

29 Discrepancies in Prices 22

30 Discrepancy between original and copies of Tender 22

31 Qualification Criteria 22

32 Conversion of Tender Currencies to Indian Rupees 22

33 Deleted --

34 Comparison of Tenders 23

35 Additional Factors and Parameters for Evaluation and Ranking of Responsive Tenders

23

36 Tenderer’s capability to perform the contract 23

37 Contacting the Purchaser 23

G AWARD OF CONTRACT

38 Purchaser’s Right to Accept any Tender and to Reject any or All Tenders

24

39 Award Criteria 24

40 Variation of Quantities at the Time of Award 24

41 Notification of Award 24

42 Issue of Contract 24

43 Non-receipt of Performance Security and Contract by the Purchaser/Consignee

24

44 Return of EMD 25

45 Publication of Tender Result 25

46 Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices 25


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 11

A. PREAMBLE

1. Definitions and Abbreviations 1.1 The following definitions and abbreviations, which have been used in these documents shall have

the meanings as indicated below: 1.2. Definitions:

(i) “Purchaser” means the organization purchasing goods and services as incorporated in the Tender Enquiry document.

(ii) “Tender” means Bids / Quotation / Tender received from a Firm / Tenderer / Bidder. (iii) “Tenderer” means Bidder/ the Individual or Firm submitting Bids / Quotation / Tender (iii) “Supplier” means the individual or the firm supplying the goods and services as

incorporated in the contract. (iv) “Goods” means the articles, material, commodities, livestock, furniture, fixtures, raw

material, spares, instruments, machinery, equipment, medical equipment, industrial plant etc. which the supplier is required to supply to the purchaser under the contract.

(v) “Services” means services allied and incidental to the supply of goods, such as transportation, installation, commissioning, provision of technical assistance, training, after sales service, maintenance service and other such obligations of the supplier covered under the contract.

(vi) “Earnest Money Deposit” (EMD) means Bid Security/ monetary or financial guarantee to be furnished by a tenderer along with its tender.

(vii) “Contract” means the written agreement entered into between the purchaser and/or consignee and the supplier, together with all the documents mentioned therein and including all attachments, annexure etc. therein.

(viii) “Performance Security” means monetary or financial guarantee to be furnished by the successful tenderer for due performance of the contract placed on it. Performance Security is also known as Security Deposit.

(ix) “Consignee” means the Hospital/Dispensaries/Institute/Medical College/ person to whom the goods are required to be delivered as specified in the Contract. If the goods are required to be delivered to a person as an interim consignee for the purpose of despatch to another person as provided in the Contract then that “another” person is the consignee, also known as ultimate consignee.

(x) “Specification” means the document/standard that prescribes the requirement with which goods or service has to conform.

(xi) “Inspection” means activities such as measuring, examining, testing, gauging one or more characteristics of the product or service and comparing the same with the specified requirement to determine conformity.

(xii) “Day” means calendar day.

1.3 Abbreviations:

(i) “T E Document” means Tender Enquiry Document (ii) “NIT” means Notice Inviting Tenders. (iii) “GIT” means General Instructions to Tenderers (iv) “SIT” means Special Instructions to Tenderers (v) “GCC” means General Conditions of Contract (vi) “SCC” means Special Conditions of Contract


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 12

(vii) “DGS&D” means Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals (viii) “NSIC” means National Small Industries Corporation (ix) “PSU” means Public Sector Undertaking (x) “CPSU” means Central Public Sector Undertaking (xi) “LSI” means Large Scale Industry (xii) “SSI” means Small Scale Industry (xiii) “LC” means Letter of Credit (xiv) “DP” means Delivery Period (xv) “BG” means Bank Guarantee (xvi) “ED” means Excise Duty (xvii) “CD” means Custom Duty (xviii) “VAT” means Value Added Tax (xix) “CENVAT” means Central Value Added Tax (xx) “CST” means Central Sales Tax (xxi) “RR” means Railway Receipt (xxii) “BL” means Bill of Lading (xxiii) “FOB” means Free on Board (xxiv) “FCA” means Free Carrier (xxv) “FOR” means Free On Rail (xxvi) “CIF” means Cost, Insurance and Freight (xxvii) “CIP (Destinations)” means Carriage and Insurance Paid up to named port of

destination. Additionally the Insurance (local transportation and storage) would be extended and borne by the Supplier from ware house to the consignee site for a period including 3 months beyond date of delivery.

(xxviii) “DDP” means Delivery Duty Paid named place of destination (consignee site) (xxix) “INCOTERMS” means International Commercial Terms as on the date of Tender

Opening (xxx) ”ESIC” means Employee State Insurance Corporation. (xxxi) “DG” means Director General of ESIC under the administrative control of Ministry of

Labour and Employment (xxxii) “CMC” means Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (labour, spare and preventive

maintenance) (xxxiii) “RT” means Re-Tender.

2. Introduction

2.1 The Purchaser has issued these TE documents for purchase of goods and related services as mentioned in Section – VI – “List of Requirements”, which also indicates, interalia, the required quantity, delivery schedule, terms and place of delivery.

2.2 This section (Section II - “General Instructions to Tenderers”) provides the relevant information as well as instructions to assist the prospective tenderers in preparation and submission of tenders. It also includes the mode and procedure to be adopted by the purchaser for receipt and opening as well as scrutiny and evaluation of tenders and subsequent placement of contract.

2.3 The tenderers shall also read the Special Instructions to Tenderers (SIT) related to this purchase, as contained in Section III of these documents and follow the same accordingly. Whenever there is a conflict between the GIT and the SIT, the provisions contained in the SIT shall prevail over those in the GIT.

2.4 Before formulating the tender and submitting the same to the purchaser, the tenderer should read and examine all the terms, conditions, instructions, checklist etc. contained in the TE documents. Failure to provide and/or comply with the required information, instructions etc. incorporated in these TE documents may result in rejection of its tender.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 13

3. Deleted

4. Language of Tender

4.1 The tender submitted by the tenderer and all subsequent correspondence and documents relating to the tender exchanged between the tenderer and the purchaser, shall be written in the English language, unless otherwise specified in the Tender Enquiry. However, the language of any printed literature furnished by the tenderer in connection with its tender may be written in any other language provided the same is accompanied by a notarised English translation and, for purposes of interpretation of the tender, the English translation shall prevail.

4.2 The tender submitted by the tenderer and all subsequent correspondence and documents relating to the tender exchanged between the tenderer and the purchaser, may also be written in the Hindi language, provided that the same are accompanied by notarised English translation, in which case, for purpose of interpretation of the tender etc, the English translations shall prevail.

5. Eligible Tenderers

This invitation for tenders is open to all suppliers who fulfil the eligibility criteria specified in these documents.

6. Eligible Goods and Services

All goods and related services to be supplied under the contract shall have their origin in India or any other country with which India has not banned trade relations. The term “origin” used in this clause means the place where the goods are mined, grown, produced, or manufactured or from where the related services are arranged and supplied.

7. Tendering Expense

The tenderer shall bear all costs and expenditure incurred and/or to be incurred by it in connection with its tender including preparation, mailing and submission of its tender and for subsequent processing the same. The purchaser will, in no case be responsible or liable for any such cost, expenditure etc regardless of the conduct or outcome of the tendering process.

B. TENDER ENQUIRY DOCUMENTS This bid document should be read in conjunction with the Notice Initiation Tender (NIT), a copy

of which is enclosed with this document. All clauses should be read in conjunction with any other

instructions given elsewhere in this document, on the same subject matter of the clause. 8. Content of Tender Enquiry Documents

8.1 In addition to Section I – “Notice inviting Tender” (NIT), the TE documents include:

Section II – General Instructions to Tenderers (GIT) Section III – Special Instructions to Tenderers (SIT) Section IV – General Conditions of Contract (GCC) Section V – Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) Section VI – List of Requirements Section VII – Technical Specifications Section VIII – Quality Control Requirements Section IX – Qualification Criteria Section X – Tender Form Section XI – Price Schedules Section XII – Questionnaire Section XIII – Deleted


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 14

Section XIV – Manufacturer’s Authorisation Form Section XV – Bank Guarantee Form for Performance Security/CMC Security Section XVI – Contract Forms A & B Section XVII – Proforma of Consignee Receipt Certificate Section XVIII – Proforma of Final Acceptance Certificate by the consignee Section XIX – Details of Shipping arrangement for Liner Cargoes in respect of

C&F/CIF/Turnkey/F.O.R. Contracts for Import Section XX – Check List for the Tenderers Section XXI – Consignee List

8.2 The relevant details of the required goods and services, the terms, conditions and procedure for tendering, tender evaluation, placement of contract, the applicable contract terms and, also, the standard formats to be used for this purpose are incorporated in the above-mentioned documents. The interested tenderers are expected to examine all such details before submission of the tender.

9. Deleted

10. Clarification of TE documents

A tenderer requiring any clarification or elucidation on any issue of the TE documents may take up the same with the purchaser in writing. The purchaser will respond to such request provided the purchaser receives the same minimum 1 (one) hour prior to the scheduled time of pre-bid meeting. Clarification for the same will be published on the websites as mentioned in para 5 of NIT (Section I) within 4 days after the prebid meeting.

C. PREPARATION OF TENDERS

11. Documents Comprising the Tender

11.1 The Two Tender System, i.e. “Techno – Commercial Tender” and “Price Tender” prepared by the tenderer shall comprise the following:

A) Techno – Commercial Tender (Un priced Tender)

i) Earnest money furnished in accordance with GIT clause 19. ii) Tender Form as per Section X. iii) Documentary evidence, as necessary in terms of clauses 5 and 17 establishing that the

tenderer is eligible to submit the tender and, also, qualified to perform the contract if its tender is accepted.

iv) Tenderer/Agent who quotes for goods manufactured by other manufacturer shall furnish Manufacturer’s Authorisation in the prescribed format as per Section - XIV.

v) Power of Attorney/Authorisation in favour of signatory of TE documents. vi) Documents and relevant details to establish in accordance with GIT clause 18 that the

goods and the allied services to be supplied by the tenderer conform to the requirement of the TE documents.

vii) Performance Statement as per section IX along with relevant copies of purchase orders and end users’ satisfaction certificate.

viii) Price Schedule(s) as per Section XII filled up with all the details including Qty., Make, Model, Contry of origin, etc. of the goods offered with prices blank (without indicating any prices).

ix) Certificate of Incorporation of the bidder. x) Checklist as per Section XX. xi) Statement of deviations parameter wise from tendered technical specifications, if any.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 15

B) Price Tender:

The information given at clause no. 11.1 A)- viii) above should be reproduced with the prices indicated.

N.B.

1. All pages of the Tender should be page numbered and indexed. 2. It is the responsibility of tenderer to go through the TE document to ensure furnishing all

required documents in addition to above, if any.

11.2 The authorized signatory of the tenderer must sign the tender duly stamped at appropriate places and initial all the remaining pages of the tender.

11.3 A tender, which does not fulfil any of the above requirements and/or gives evasive information/reply against any such requirement, shall be liable to be ignored and rejected.

11.4 Tender sent by fax/telex/cable/electronically shall be ignored.

12. Tender currencies

12.1 The tenderer supplying indigenous goods or already imported goods shall quote only in Indian Rupees.

12.2 For imported goods if supplied directly from abroad, prices shall be quoted in any freely convertible currencies say USD, Euro, GBP or Yen. As regards price(s) for allied services, if any required with the goods, the same shall be quoted in Indian Rupees only if such services are to be performed /undertaken in India. Commission for Indian Agent, if any and if payable shall be indicated in the space provided for in the price schedule and will be payable in Indian Rupees only.

12.3 Tenders, where prices are quoted in any other way shall be treated as non-responsive and rejected.

13 Tender Prices

13.1 The Tenderer shall indicate on the Price Schedule provided under Section XI all the specified components of prices shown therein including the unit prices and total tender prices of the goods and services it proposes to supply against the requirement. All the columns shown in the price schedule should be filled up as required. If any column does not apply to a tenderer, it should be clarified as “NA” by the tenderer.

13.2 The tenderer has the option to submit its quotation for any one or more item (s) in the List of Requirements. However, separate sealed cover to be used for each item for price bid.

13.3 The quoted prices for goods offered from within India and that for goods offered from abroad are

to be indicated separately in the applicable Price Schedules attached under Section XI. The price quoted by the tenderer for indigenous goods shall not be higher than the lowest price charged for the goods of the same nature, class or description to an individual/ firm/ organisation or department of Govt. of India. For imported goods, the price quoted shall not be higher than the lowest price charged by the tenderer for the goods of the same nature, class or description to a purchaser, domestic or foreign or to any organisation or department of Govt. of India. If it is found at any stage that the goods as stated have been supplied at a lower price, then that price, with due allowance for elapsed time will be applicable to the present case and the


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 16

difference in cost would be refunded by the supplier to the purchaser, if the contract has already been concluded.

13.4 While filling up the columns of the Price Schedule, the following aspects should be noted for compliance:

13.4.1 For domestic goods or goods of foreign origin located within India, the prices in the

corresponding price schedule shall be entered separately in the following manner: a) the price of the goods, quoted ex-factory/ ex-showroom/ ex-warehouse/ off-the-shelf, as

applicable, including all taxes and duties like sales tax, CST VAT, CENVAT, Custom Duty, Excise Duty etc. already paid or payable on the components and raw material used in the manufacture or assembly of the goods quoted ex-factory etc. or on the previously imported goods of foreign origin quoted ex-showroom etc;

b) any sales or other taxes and any duties including excise duty, which will be payable on the finished goods in India if the contract is awarded;

c) charges towards Packing & Forwarding, Inland Transportation, Insurance, Loading/Unloading and other local costs incidental to delivery of the goods to their final destination as specified in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule;

d) the price of Incidental Services, as mentioned in List of Requirements and Price Schedule; e) the prices of Turnkey ( if any), as mentioned in List of Requirements, Technical Specification

and Price Schedule; and

f) the price of CMC, as mentioned in List of Requirements, Technical Specification and Price Schedule.

13.4.2 For goods offered from abroad, the prices in the corresponding price schedule shall be

entered separately in the following manner:

a) the price of goods quoted FOB port of shipment, as indicated in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule;

b) the amount of freight and insurance and price of goods quoted CIP port of entry in India as indicated in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule;

c) the price of goods quoted should be on DDP basis at consignee site in India as indicated in the List of Requirements, Price Schedule and Consignee List;

d) wherever applicable, the amount of custom duty with CDEC applicable on CIP value on the goods to be imported; ESIC will issue Customs Duty Exemption Certificate (CDEC) where applicable.

e) the charges for Loading/Unloading, Inland transportation, Insurance and other local costs, Incidental cost to delivery of the goods from the port of entry in India to Consignee Site, as specified in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule;

f) the charges for Incidental Services, as in the List of Requirements and Price Schedule; g) the prices of Turnkey ( if any), as mentioned in List of Requirements, Technical Specification

and Price Schedule; and h) the price of CMC, as mentioned in List of Requirements, Technical Specification and Price

Schedule.

13.5 Additional information and instruction on Duties and Taxes:

13.5.1 If the Tenderer desires to ask for excise duty, sales tax/ VAT, Service Tax, Works Contract Tax etc. to be paid extra, the same must be specifically stated. In the absence of any such stipulation the price will be taken inclusive of such duties and taxes and no claim for the same will be entertained later.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 17

13.5.2 Excise Duty:

a) If reimbursement of excise duty is intended as extra over the quoted prices, the supplier must specifically say so also indicating the rate, quantum and nature of the duty applicable. In the absence of any such stipulation it will be presumed that the prices quoted are firm and final and no claim on account of excise duty will be entertained after the opening of tenders.

b) If a Tenderer chooses to quote a price inclusive of excise duty and also desires to be reimbursed for variation, if any, in the excise duty during the time of supply, the tenderer must clearly mention the same and also indicate the rate and quantum of excise duty included in its price. Failure to indicate all such details in clear terms may result in rejection of that tender.

c) Subject to sub clauses 13.5.2 (a) & (b) above, any change in excise duty upward/downward as a result of any statutory variation in excise duty taking place within contract terms shall be allowed to the extent of actual quantum of excise duty paid by the supplier. In case of downward revision in excise duty, the actual quantum of reduction of excise duty shall be reimbursed to the purchaser by the supplier. All such adjustments shall include all reliefs, exemptions, rebates, concession etc. if any obtained by the supplier.

13.5.3 Sales Tax:

If a tenderer asks for sales tax/ VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax to be paid extra, the rate and nature of sales tax applicable should be shown separately. The sales tax / VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax will be paid as per the rate at which it is liable to be assessed or has actually been assessed provided the transaction of sale is legally liable to sales tax / VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax and is payable as per the terms of the contract. If any refund of Tax is received at a later date, the Supplier must return the amount forth-with to the purchaser.

13.5.4 Octroi Duty and Local Duties & Taxes:

Octroi duty, terminal tax and other levies of local bodies (like town body, municipal body etc.) if not exempted shall be reimbursed to the supplier on production of such proof of payment along with the final bill.

13.5.5 Customs Duty:

The tenderer shall quote the Customs duty wherever applicable, considering availability of CDEC. The applicable rates and amount of the Custom Duty and the corresponding Indian Customs Tariff number should be shown separately in the price schedule. In case of non-availibility of CDEC, the supplier has to custom cleared the goods paying the applicable Custom Duty and any difference of duty from the applicable CDEC rate shall be reimbursed separately on production of such proof of payment alongwith the final bill.

13.6 For transportation of imported goods offered from abroad, relevant instructions as incorporated under GCC Clause 10 shall be followed.

13.7 For insurance of goods to be supplied, relevant instructions as provided under GCC Clause 11 shall be followed.

13.8 Unless otherwise specifically indicated in this TE document, the terms FCA, FOB, FAS, CIF, CIP, DDP etc. for imported goods offered from abroad, shall be governed by the rules & regulations prescribed in the current edition of INCOTERMS, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, Paris

13.9 The need for indication of all such price components by the tenderers, as required in this clause (viz., GIT clause 13) is for the purpose of comparison of the tenders by the purchaser and will no


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 18

way restrict the purchaser’s right to award the contract on the selected tenderer on any of the terms offered.

13.10 HLL Lifecare Ltd. is only a procurement consultant and the supplies/equipments/goods against this tender are meant for ESIC on whose behalf this tender enquiry has been issued.

14. Indian Agent 14.1 If a foreign tenderer has engaged an agent in India in connection with its tender, the foreign

tenderer, in addition to indicating Indian agent’s commission, if any, in a manner described under GIT sub clause 12.2 above, shall also furnish the following information:

a) The complete name and address of the Indian Agent and its permanent income tax account number as allotted by the Indian Income Tax authority.

b) The details of the services to be rendered by the agent for the subject requirement. c) Details of Service outlets in India, nearest to the consignee(s), to render services during

Warranty and CMC period.

15. Firm Price

15.1 Unless otherwise specified in the SIT, prices quoted by the tenderer shall remain firm and fixed during the currency of the contract and not subject to variation on any account.

15.2 However, as regards taxes and duties, if any, chargeable on the goods and payable, the conditions stipulated in GIT clause 13 will apply.

16. Deleted 17 Documents Establishing Tenderer’s Eligibility and Qualifications

17.1 Pursuant to GIT clause 11, the tenderer shall furnish, as part of its tender, relevant details and documents establishing its eligibility to quote and its qualifications to perform the contract if its tender is accepted.

17.2 The documentary evidence needed to establish the tenderer’s qualifications shall fulfil the following requirements:

a) in case the tenderer offers to supply goods, which are manufactured by some other firm, the tenderer has been duly authorised by the goods manufacturer to quote for and supply the goods to the purchaser. The tenderer shall submit the manufacturer’s authorization letter to this effect as per the standard form provided under Section XIV in this document.

b) the tenderer has the required financial, technical and production capability necessary to perform the contract and, further, it meets the qualification criteria incorporated in the Section IX in these documents.

c) in case the tenderer is not doing business in India, it is duly represented by an agent stationed in India fully equipped and able to carry out the required contractual functions and duties of the supplier including after sale service, maintenance & repair etc. of the goods in question, stocking of spare parts and fast moving components and other obligations, if any, specified in the conditions of contract and/or technical specifications.

d) in case the tenderer is an Indian agent/authorized representative quoting on behalf of a foreign manufacturer for the restricted item, the Indian agent/authorized representative is already enlisted under the Compulsory Enlistment Scheme of Ministry of Finance, Govt. of India, operated through Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals (DGS&D), New Delhi.

18. Documents establishing Good’s Conformity to TE document.

18.1 The tenderer shall provide in its tender the required as well as the relevant documents like technical data, literature, drawings etc. to establish that the goods and services offered in the


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 19

tender fully conform to the goods and services specified by the purchaser in the TE documents. For this purpose the tenderer shall also provide a clause-by-clause commentary on the technical specifications and other technical details incorporated by the purchaser in the TE documents to establish technical responsiveness of the goods and services offered in its tender.

18.2 In case there is any variation and/or deviation between the goods & services prescribed by the purchaser and that offered by the tenderer, the tenderer shall list out the same in a chart form without ambiguity and provide the same along with its tender.

18.3 If a tenderer furnishes wrong and/or misguiding data, statement(s) etc. about technical acceptability of the goods and services offered by it, its tender will be liable to be ignored and rejected in addition to other remedies available to the purchaser in this regard.

19. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

19.1 Pursuant to GIT clauses 8.1 and 11.1(A) the tenderer shall furnish along with its tender, earnest

money for amount as shown in the List of Requirements. The earnest money is required to protect the purchaser against the risk of the tenderer’s unwarranted conduct as amplified under sub-clause 19.7 below.

19.2 Deleted 19.3 The earnest money shall be denominated in Indian Rupees or equivalent currencies as per GIT

clause 12.2. The earnest money shall not be accepted in any other form except the following:

i. Account Payee Demand Draft or ii. Banker’s cheque

19.4 The demand draft or banker’s cheque shall be drawn on any commercial bank in India or country of the tenderer, in favour of the “HLL Lifecare Limited” payable at New Delhi.

19.5 Deleted. 19.6 Unsuccessful tenderers’ earnest money will be returned to them without any interest, after expiry

of the tender validity period, but not later than thirty days after conclusion of the resultant contract. Successful tenderer’s earnest money will be returned without any interest, after receipt of performance security from that tenderer.

19.7 Earnest Money is required to protect the purchaser against the risk of the Tenderer’s conduct,

which would warrant the forfeiture of the EMD. Earnest money of a tenderer will be forfeited, if the tenderer withdraws or amends its tender or impairs or derogates from the tender in any respect within the period of validity of its tender or if it comes to notice that the information/documents furnished in its tender is incorrect, false, misleading or forged without prejudice to other rights of the purchaser. The successful tenderer’s earnest money will be forfeited without prejudice to other rights of Purchaser if it fails to furnish the required performance security within the specified period.

20. Tender Validity

20.1 If not mentioned otherwise in the SIT, the tenders shall remain valid for acceptance for a period of 120 days (One hundred and twenty days) after the date of opening of techno-commercial tenders prescribed in the TE document. Any tender valid for a shorter period shall be treated as unresponsive and rejected.

20.2 In exceptional cases, the tenderers may be requested by the purchaser to extend the validity of their tenders up to a specified period. Such request(s) and responses thereto shall be conveyed by surface mail or by fax/ email followed by surface mail. The tenderers, who agree to extend the tender validity, are to extend the same without any change or modification of their original tender


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 20

and they are also to extend the validity period of the EMD accordingly. A tenderer, however, may not agree to extend its tender validity without forfeiting its EMD.

20.3 In case the day up to which the tenders are to remain valid falls on/ subsequently declared a holiday or closed day for the purchaser, the tender validity shall automatically be extended up to the next working day.

21. Signing and Sealing of Tender

21.1 The tenderers shall submit their tenders as per the instructions contained in GIT Clause 11. 21.2 Unless otherwise mentioned in the SIT, a tenderer shall submit two copies of its tender marking

them as “Original” and “Duplicate”. Duplicate tenders may contain all pages including Technical Literature/Catalogues as in Original tenders.

21.3 The original and duplicate copies of the tender shall either be typed or written in indelible ink and the same shall be signed by the tenderer or by a person(s) who has been duly authorized to bind the tenderer to the contract. The letter of authorization shall be by a written power of attorney, which shall also be furnished along with the tender.

21.4 All the copies of the tender shall be duly signed at the appropriate places as indicated in the TE documents and all other pages of the tender including printed literature, if any shall be initialled by the same person(s) signing the tender. The tender shall not contain any erasure or overwriting, except as necessary to correct any error made by the tenderer and, if there is any such correction; the same shall be initialled by the person(s) signing the tender.

21.5 The tenderer is to seal the original and copy of the tender in separate envelopes, duly marking the same as “Original”, “Duplicate” and so on and writing the address of the purchaser and the tender reference number on the envelopes. The sentence “NOT TO BE OPENED” before __________ (The tenderer is to put the date & time of tender opening) are to be written on these envelopes. The inner envelopes are then to be put in a bigger outer envelope along with envelope containing EMD, which will also be duly sealed, marked etc. as above. If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked properly as above, the purchaser will not assume any responsibility for its misplacement, premature opening, late opening etc.

21.6 TE document seeks quotation following two Tender System, in two parts. First part will be known as ‘Techno - Commercial Tender’, and the second part ‘Price Tender’ as specified in clause 11 of GIT. Tenderer shall seal ‘Techno - Commercial Tender (along with envelope

containing EMD)’ and ‘Price Tender’ separately and covers will be suitably super scribed. Both these sealed covers shall be put in a bigger cover and sealed and procedure prescribed in Paras 21.1 to 21.5 followed.

D. SUBMISSION OF TENDERS

22. Submission of Tenders

22.1 Unless otherwise specified, the tenderers are to deposit the tenders in the tender box kept for this purpose at HLL Lifecare Limited, Procurement and Consultancy Division, B-14A, Sector -

62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh. In case of bulky tender, which can not be put into tender box, the same shall be submitted by the tenderer by hand to Head (P&CD) or his nominee, HLL

Lifecare Limited, Procurement and Consultancy Division, B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh. The officer receiving the tender will give the tenderer an official receipt duly signed with date and time.

22.2 The tenderers must ensure that they deposit their tenders not later than the closing time and date specified for submission of tenders. It is the responsibility of the tenderer to ensure that their Tenders whether sent by post or by courier or by person, are dropped in the Tender Box by the specified clearing date and time. In the event of the specified date for submission of tender falls on / is subsequently declared a holiday or closed day for the purchaser, the tenders will be received up to the appointed time on the next working day.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 21

23. Late Tender

23.1 A tender, which is received after the specified date and time for receipt of tenders will be treated as “late” tender and will be ignored.

24. Alteration and Withdrawal of Tender

24.1 The tenderer, after submitting its tender, is permitted to alter / modify its tender so long as such alterations / modifications are received duly signed, sealed and marked like the original tender, within the deadline for submission of tenders. Alterations / modifications to tenders received after the prescribed deadline will not be considered.

24.2 No tender should be withdrawn after the deadline for submission of tender and before expiry of the tender validity period. If a tenderer withdraws the tender during this period, it will result in forfeiture of the earnest money furnished by the tenderer in its tender.

E. TENDER OPENING

25. Opening of Tenders

25.1 The purchaser will open the tenders at the specified date and time and at the specified place as indicated in the NIT.

In case the specified date of tender opening falls on / is subsequently declared a holiday or closed day for the purchaser, the tenders will be opened at the appointed time and place on the next working day.

25.2 Authorized representatives of the tenderers, who have submitted tenders on time may attend

the tender opening provided they bring with them letters of authority from the corresponding

tenderers.

The tender opening official(s) will prepare a list of the representatives attending the tender opening. The list will contain the representatives’ names & signatures and corresponding tenderers’ names and addresses.

25.3 Two-Tender system as mentioned in para 21.6 above will be as follows. The Techno-

Commercial Tenders are to be opened in the first instance, at the prescribed time and date as indicated in NIT. These Tenders shall be scrutinized and evaluated by the competent committee/ authority with reference to parameters prescribed in the TE document. During the Techno - Commercial Tender opening, the tender opening official(s) will read the salient features of the tenders like brief description of the goods offered, delivery period, Earnest Money Deposit and any other special features of the tenders, as deemed fit by the tender opening official(s). Thereafter, in the second stage, the Price Tenders of only the Techno-Commercially acceptable offers shall be opened at a latter date which will be notified to such tenderers. The prices, special discount if any of the goods offered etc., as deemed fit by tender opening official(s) will be read out.

F. SCRUTINY AND EVALUATION OF TENDERS

26. Basic Principle

26.1 Tenders will be evaluated on the basis of the terms & conditions already incorporated in the TE document, based on which tenders have been received and the terms, conditions etc. mentioned by the tenderers in their tenders. No new condition will be brought in while scrutinizing and evaluating the tenders.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 22

27. Preliminary Scrutiny of Tenders

27.1 The Purchaser will examine the Tenders to determine whether they are complete, whether any computational errors have been made, whether required sureties have been furnished, whether the documents have been properly signed stamped and whether the Tenders are generally in order.

27.2 Deleted. 27.3 Deleted 27.4 The tenders will be scrutinized to determine whether they are complete and meet the essential

and important requirements, conditions etc. as prescribed in the TE document. The tenders, which do not meet the basic requirements, are liable to be treated as non – responsive and will be summarily ignored.

27.5 The following are some of the important aspects, for which a tender shall be declared non-responsive and will be summarily ignored; (i) Tender form as per Section X (signed and stamped) not enclosed (ii) Tender is unsigned. (iii) Tender validity is shorter than the required period. (iv) Required EMD have not been provided. (v) Tenderer has quoted for goods manufactured by other manufacturer(s) without the required

Manufacturer’s Authorisation as per Format given in Section XIV. (vi) Tenderer has not agreed to give the required performance security. (vii) Goods offered are not meeting the tender enquiry specification. (viii) Tenderer has not agreed to other essential condition(s) specially incorporated in the tender

enquiry like terms of payment, liquidated damages clause, warranty clause, DDP clause, Delivery period clause, dispute resolution mechanism applicable law.

(ix) Poor/ unsatisfactory past performance. (x) Tenderers who stand deregistered/banned/blacklisted by any Govt. Authorities. (xi) Tenderer is not eligible as per GIT Clauses 5.1 & 17.1. (xii) Tenderer has not quoted for the entire quantity as specified in the List of Requirements for

the quoted item (s).

28. Deleted

29 Discrepancies in Prices

29.1 If, in the price structure quoted by a tenderer, there is discrepancy between the unit price and the total price (which is obtained by multiplying the unit price by the quantity), the unit price shall prevail and the total price corrected accordingly, unless the purchaser feels that the tenderer has made a mistake in placing the decimal point in the unit price, in which case the total price as quoted shall prevail over the unit price and the unit price corrected accordingly.

29.2 If there is an error in a total price, which has been worked out through addition and/or subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total corrected; and

29.3 If there is a discrepancy between the amount expressed in words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, subject to sub clause 29.1 and 29.2 above.

30. Discrepancy between original and copies of Tender

In case any discrepancy is observed between the text etc. of the original copy and that in the other copies of the same tender set, the text etc. of the original copy shall prevail.

31. Qualification Criteria

Tenders of the tenderers, who do not meet the required Qualification Criteria prescribed in Section IX, will be treated as non-responsive and will not be considered further.

32. Conversion of tender currencies to Indian Rupees


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 23

In case the TE document permits the tenderers to quote their prices in different currencies, all such quoted prices of the responsive tenderers will be converted to a single currency viz., Indian Rupees for the purpose of equitable comparison and evaluation, as per the exchange rates established by the Reserve Bank of India for similar transactions, as on the date of ‘Price

Tender’ opening.

33. Deleted

34. Comparison of Tenders

34.1 Unless mentioned otherwise in Section – III – Special Instructions to Tenderers and Section – VI – List of Requirements, the comparison of the responsive tenders shall be carried out on Delivery

Duty Paid (DDP) consignee site basis. The quoted turnkey prices and CMC prices will also be added for comparison/ranking purpose for evaluation.

35. Additional Factors and Parameters for Evaluation and Ranking of Responsive Tenders

35.1 Further to GIT Clause 34 above, the purchaser’s evaluation of a tender will include and take into account the following:

i) In the case of goods manufactured in India or goods of foreign origin already located in India, sales tax & other similar taxes and excise duty & other similar duties, Customs Duties, Service Tax, Works Contract Tax etc which will be contractually payable (to the tenderer), on the goods if a contract is awarded on the tenderer; and

ii) in the case of goods of foreign origin offered from abroad, customs duty and other similar import duties/taxes, which will be contractually payable (to the tenderer) on the goods if the contract is awarded on the tenderer.

35.2 The purchaser’s evaluation of tender will also take into account the additional factors, if any, incorporated in SIT in the manner and to the extent indicated therein.

35.3 Deleted

36. Tenderer’s capability to perform the contract

36.1 The purchaser, through the above process of tender scrutiny and tender evaluation will determine to its satisfaction whether the tenderer, whose tender has been determined as the lowest evaluated responsive tender is eligible, qualified and capable in all respects to perform the contract satisfactorily. If, there is more than one item in the List of Requirements, then, such determination will be made separately for each item.

36.2 The above-mentioned determination will, interalia, take into account the tenderer’s financial, technical and production capabilities for satisfying all the requirements of the purchaser as incorporated in the TE document. Such determination will be based upon scrutiny and examination of all relevant data and details submitted by the tenderer in its tender as well as such other allied information as deemed appropriate by the purchaser.

37. Contacting the Purchaser

37.1 From the time of submission of tender to the time of awarding the contract, if a tenderer needs to contact the purchaser for any reason relating to this tender enquiry and / or its tender, it should do so only in writing.

37.2 In case a tenderer attempts to influence the purchaser in the purchaser’s decision on scrutiny,

comparison & evaluation of tenders and awarding the contract, the tender of the tenderer shall be liable for rejection in addition to appropriate administrative actions being taken against that tenderer, as deemed fit by the purchaser.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 24

G. AWARD OF CONTRACT

38. Purchaser’s Right to accept any tender and to reject any or all tenders

The purchaser reserves the right to accept in part or in full any tender or reject any or more tender(s) without assigning any reason or to cancel the tendering process and reject all tenders at any time prior to award of contract, without incurring any liability, whatsoever to the affected tenderer or tenderers.

39. Award Criteria

Subject to GIT clause 38 above, the contract will be awarded to the lowest evaluated responsive tenderer decided by the purchaser in terms of GIT Clause 36.

40. Variation of Quantities at the Time of Award/ Currency of Contract

40.1 At the time of awarding the contract, the purchaser reserves the right to increase or decrease by up to twenty five (25) per cent, the quantity of goods and services mentioned in the schedule (s) in the “List of Requirements” without any change in the unit price and other terms & conditions quoted by the tenderer.

40.2 If the quantity has not been increased at the time of the awarding the contract, the purchaser reserves the right to increase by up to twenty five (25) per cent, the quantity of goods and services mentioned in the contract without any change in the unit price and other terms & conditions mentioned in the contract, during the currency of the contract or within one-year from the date of Notification of Award.

41. Notification of Award

41.1 Before expiry of the tender validity period, the purchaser will notify the successful tenderer(s) in writing, by registered / speed post or by fax/ telex/cable (to be confirmed by registered / speed post) that its tender for goods & services, which have been selected by the purchaser, has been accepted, also briefly indicating therein the essential details like description, specification and quantity of the goods & services and corresponding prices accepted. The successful tenderer must furnish to the purchaser the required performance security within twenty-one (21) days from the date of dispatch of this notification, failing which the EMD will be forfeited and the award will be cancelled. Relevant details about the performance security have been provided under GCC Clause 5 under Section IV.

41.2 The Notification of Award shall constitute the conclusion of the Contract.

42. Issue of Contract

42.1 Promptly after notification of award, the Purchaser/Consignee will mail the contract form (as per Section XVI) duly completed and signed, in duplicate, to the successful tenderer by registered / speed post.

42.2 Within twenty one days from the date of the contract, the successful tenderer shall return the original copy of the contract, duly signed and dated, to the Purchaser by registered / speed post.

42.3 The Purchaser reserves the right to issue the Notification of Award consignee wise.

43. Non-receipt of Performance Security and Contract by the Purchaser/Consignee

Failure of the successful tenderer in providing performance security and / or returning contract copy duly signed in terms of GIT clauses 41 and 42 above shall make the tenderer liable for


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 25

forfeiture of its EMD and, also, for further actions by the Purchaser/Consignee against it as per the clause 24 of GCC – Termination of default.

44. Return of E M D

The earnest money of the successful tenderer and the unsuccessful tenderers will be returned to them without any interest, whatsoever, in terms of GIT Clause 19.6.

45. Publication of Tender Result

The name and address of the successful tenderer(s) receiving the contract(s) will be mentioned in the notice board/bulletin/web site of the purchaser.

46. Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices It is required by all concerned to observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement

and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, the Purchaser: - (a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below

as follows: (i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thing of

value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in contract execution; and

(ii) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Purchaser, and includes collusive practice among Tenderers (prior to or after Tender submission) designed to establish Tender prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Purchaser of the benefits of free and open competition;

(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Tenderer recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in question;

(c) will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to be awarded a contract by the purchaser if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing the contract.

HLL Lifecare Limited SIT

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 26

SECTION - III SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

(SIT) The following Special Instructions to Tenderers will apply for this purchase. These special instructions will modify/substitute/supplement the corresponding General Instructions to Tenderers (GIT) incorporated in Section II. The corresponding GIT clause numbers have also been indicated in the text below: In case of any conflict between the provision in the GIT and that in the SIT, the provision contained in the SIT shall prevail.

HLL Lifecare Limited GCC

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 27

SECTION - IV

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

TABLE OF CLAUSES Sl No. Topic Page

1 Application 28

2 Use of contract documents and information 28

3 Patent Rights 28

4 Country of Origin 28

5 Performance Security 28

6 Technical Specifications and Standards 29

7 Packing and Marking 29

8 Inspection, Testing and Quality Control 30

9 Terms of Delivery 30

10 Transportation of Goods 30

11 Insurance 31

12 Spare parts 31

13 Incidental services 32

14 Distribution of Dispatch Documents for Clearance/Receipt of Goods 32

15 Warranty 33

16 Assignment 34

17 Sub Contracts 34

18 Modification of contract 34

19 Prices 35

20 Taxes and Duties 35

21 Terms and mode of Payment 35

22 Delay in the supplier’s performance 37

23 Liquidated Damages 38

24 Termination for default 39

25 Termination for insolvency 39

26 Force Majeure 39

27 Termination for convenience 40

28 Governing language 40

29 Notices 40

30 Resolution of disputes 40

31 Applicable Law 40

32 General/Miscellaneous Clauses 41


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 28

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) 1. Application The General Conditions of Contract incorporated in this section shall be applicable for this

purchase to the extent the same are not superseded by the Special Conditions of Contract prescribed under Section V, List of requirements under Section VI and Technical Specification under Section VII of this document.

2. Use of contract documents and information

2.1 The supplier shall not, without the purchaser’s prior written consent, disclose the contract or any provision thereof including any specification, drawing, sample or any information furnished by or on behalf of the purchaser in connection therewith, to any person other than the person(s) employed by the supplier in the performance of the contract emanating from this TE document. Further, any such disclosure to any such employed person shall be made in confidence and only so far as necessary for the purposes of such performance for this contract.

2.2 Further, the supplier shall not, without the purchaser’s prior written consent, make use of any document or information mentioned in GCC sub-clause 2.1 above except for the sole purpose of performing this contract.

2.3 Except the contract issued to the supplier, each and every other document mentioned in GCC sub-clause 2.1 above shall remain the property of the purchaser and, if advised by the purchaser, all copies of all such documents shall be returned to the purchaser on completion of the supplier’s performance and obligations under this contract.

3. Patent Rights

The supplier shall, at all times, indemnify and keep indemnified the purchaser, free of cost, against all claims which may arise in respect of goods & services to be provided by the supplier under the contract for infringement of any intellectual property rights or any other right protected by patent, registration of designs or trademarks. In the event of any such claim in respect of alleged breach of patent, registered designs, trade marks etc. being made against the purchaser, the purchaser shall notify the supplier of the same and the supplier shall, at his own expenses take care of the same for settlement without any liability to the purchaser.

4. Country of Origin

4.1 All goods and services to be supplied and provided for the contract shall have the origin in India or in the countries with which the Government of India has trade relations.

4.2 The word “origin” incorporated in this clause means the place from where the goods are mined, cultivated, grown, manufactured, produced or processed or from where the services are arranged.

4.3 The country of origin may be specified in the Price Schedule

5. Performance Security

5.1 Within twenty-one (21) days from date of the issue of notification of award by the Purchaser/Consignee, the supplier, shall furnish performance security to the Purchaser/Consignee for an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the total value of the contract, valid up to sixty (60)

days after the date of completion of all contractual obligations by the supplier, including the warranty obligations.

5.2 The Performance security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees or in the currency of the contract as detailed below:

a) It shall be in any one of the forms namely Account Payee Demand Draft drawn from any Scheduled bank in India or Bank Guarantee issued by a Scheduled bank in India, in the


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 29

prescribed form as provided in section XV of this document in favour of the Purchaser/Consignee.

b) In the case of Bank Guarantee furnished from banks outside India (i.e. foreign Banks), it should be authenticated and countersigned by any nationalised bank in India by way of back-to-back counter guarantee.

5.3 In the event of any failure /default of the supplier with or with out any quantifiable loss to the government including furnishing of consignee wise Bank Guarantee for CMC security as per Proforma in Section XV, the amount of the performance security is liable to be forfeited. The Administration Department may do the needful to cover any failure/default of the supplier with or without any quantifiable loss to the Government.

5.4 In the event of any amendment issued to the contract, the supplier shall, within twenty-one (21) days of issue of the amendment, furnish the corresponding amendment to the Performance Security (as necessary), rendering the same valid in all respects in terms of the contract, as amended.

5.5 The supplier shall enter into Comprehensive Maintenance Contract as per the ‘Contract Form - B’ in Section XVI with respective consignees, 3 (three) months prior to the completion of Warranty Period. The CMC will commence from the date of expiry of the Warranty Period.

5.6 Subject to GCC sub – clause 5.3 above, the Purchaser/Consignee will release the Performance Security without any interest to the supplier on completion of the supplier’s all contractual obligations including the warranty obligations & after receipt of Consignee wise bank guarantee for CMC security in favour of Head of the Hospital/ Institute/ Medical College of the consignee as per the format in Section XV.

6. Technical Specifications and Standards

6.1 The Goods & Services to be provided by the supplier under this contract shall conform to the technical specifications and quality control parameters mentioned in ‘Technical Specification’ and ‘Quality Control Requirements’ under Sections VII and VIII of this document.

7. Packing and Marking

7.1 The packing for the goods to be provided by the supplier should be strong and durable enough to withstand, without limitation, the entire journey during transit including transhipment (if any), rough handling, open storage etc. without any damage, deterioration etc. As and if necessary, the size, weights and volumes of the packing cases shall also take into consideration, the remoteness of the final destination of the goods and availability or otherwise of transport and handling facilities at all points during transit up to final destination as per the contract.

7.2 The quality of packing, the manner of marking within & outside the packages and provision of accompanying documentation shall strictly comply with the requirements as provided in Technical Specifications and Quality Control Requirements under Sections VII and VIII and in SCC under Section V. In case the packing requirements are amended due to issue of any amendment to the contract, the same shall also be taken care of by the supplier accordingly.

7.3 Packing instructions:

Unless otherwise mentioned in the Technical Specification and Quality Control Requirements under Sections VII and VIII and in SCC under Section V, the supplier shall make separate packages for each consignee (in case there is more than one consignee mentioned in the contract) and mark each package on three sides with the following with indelible paint of proper quality: a. contract number and date b. brief description of goods including quantity c. packing list reference number d. country of origin of goods


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 30

e. consignee’s name and full address and f. supplier’s name and address

8. Inspection, Testing and Quality Control

8.1 The purchaser and/or its nominated representative(s) will, without any extra cost to the purchaser, inspect and/or test the ordered goods and the related services to confirm their conformity to the contract specifications and other quality control details incorporated in the contract. The purchaser shall inform the supplier in advance, in writing, the purchaser’s programme for such inspection and, also the identity of the officials to be deputed for this purpose. The cost towards the transportation, boarding & lodging will be borne by the purchaser and/or its nominated representative(s).

8.2 The Technical Specification and Quality Control Requirements incorporated in the contract shall specify what inspections and tests are to be carried out and, also, where and how they are to be conducted. If such inspections and tests are conducted in the premises of the supplier or its subcontractor(s), all reasonable facilities and assistance, including access to relevant drawings, design details and production data, shall be furnished by the supplier to the purchaser’s inspector at no charge to the purchaser.

8.3 If during such inspections and tests the contracted goods fail to conform to the required specifications and standards, the purchaser’s inspector may reject them and the supplier shall either replace the rejected goods or make all alterations necessary to meet the specifications and standards, as required, free of cost to the purchaser and resubmit the same to the purchaser’s inspector for conducting the inspections and tests again.

8.4 In case the contract stipulates pre-despatch inspection of the ordered goods at supplier’s premises, the supplier shall put up the goods for such inspection to the purchaser’s inspector well ahead of the contractual delivery period, so that the purchaser’s inspector is able to complete the inspection within the contractual delivery period.

8.5 If the supplier tenders the goods to the purchaser’s inspector for inspection at the last moment without providing reasonable time to the inspector for completing the inspection within the contractual delivery period, the inspector may carry out the inspection and complete the formality beyond the contractual delivery period at the risk and expense of the supplier. The fact that the goods have been inspected after the contractual delivery period will not have the effect of keeping the contract alive and this will be without any prejudice to the legal rights and remedies available to the purchaser under the terms & conditions of the contract.

8.6 The purchaser’s/consignee’s contractual right to inspect, test and, if necessary, reject the goods after the goods’ arrival at the final destination shall have no bearing of the fact that the goods have previously been inspected and cleared by purchaser’s inspector during pre-despatch inspection mentioned above.

8.7 Goods accepted by the purchaser/consignee and/or its inspector at initial inspection and in final inspection in terms of the contract shall in no way dilute purchaser’s/consignee’s right to reject the same later, if found deficient in terms of the warranty clause of the contract, as incorporated under GCC Clause 15.

8.8 Principal/ Foreign supplier shall also have the equipment inspected by recognised/ reputed agency like SGS, Lloyd or equivalent (acceptable to the purchaser) prior to despatch at the supplier’s cost and furnish necessary certificate from the said agency in support of their claim.

9. Terms of Delivery

Goods shall be delivered by the supplier in accordance with the terms of delivery specified in the contract.

10. Transportation of Goods


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 31

10.1 Instructions for transportation of imported goods offered from abroad:

The supplier shall not arrange part-shipments and/or transhipment without the express/prior written consent of the purchaser. The supplier is required under the contract to deliver the goods under DDP at consignee site; the shipment shall be made by Indian flag vessel or by vessels belonging to the conference lines in which India is a member country through India’s forwarding agents/coordinators. In case the forwarding agent/coordinators are unable to provide timely adequate space in Indian flag vessel or by vessels belonging to the conference lines, the supplier shall arrange shipment through any available vessel to adhere to the delivery schedule given in the contract. In case of airlifting of imported goods offered from abroad, the same will be done only through the National Carrier i.e. Air India wherever applicable. In case the National Carrier is not available, any other airlines available for early delivery may be arranged. Goods will be custom cleared by the supplier/ Indian agent and transported to the consignee’s site as per the contract terms.

Instructions for transportation of domestic goods including goods already imported by the supplier under its own arrangement:

In case no instruction is provided in this regard in the SCC, the supplier will arrange transportation of the ordered goods as per its own procedure.

The goods shall be custom cleared by the Supplier/ Indian Agent and transported to the

consignee’s site as per contract terms. The supplier shall be responsible for safe and timely delivery of ordered goods under his own arrangement.

11. Insurance:

Unless otherwise instructed in the SCC, the supplier shall make arrangements for insuring the goods against loss or damage incidental to manufacture or acquisition, transportation, storage and delivery in the following manner:

i) in case of supply of domestic goods on Consignee site basis, the supplier shall be responsible till the entire stores contracted for arrival in good condition at destination. The transit risk in this respect shall be covered by the Supplier by getting the stores duly insured. The insurance cover shall be obtained by the Supplier and should be valid till 3 months after the receipt of goods by the Consignee.

ii) in case of supply of the imported goods on DDP Basis, the supplier shall arrange and pay for marine/ air insurance making the consignee as beneficiary. The additional extended Insurance (local transportation and storage) would also be borne by the Supplier from the port of entry to the consignee site for a period including 3 months beyond date of delivery.

12. Spare parts

12.1 If specified in the List of Requirements and in the resultant contract, the supplier shall supply/provide any or all of the following materials, information etc. pertaining to spare parts manufactured and/or supplied by the supplier:

a) The spare parts as selected by the Purchaser/Consignee to be purchased from the supplier, subject to the condition that such purchase of the spare parts shall not relieve the supplier of any contractual obligation including warranty obligations; and


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 32

b) In case the production of the spare parts is discontinued:

i) Sufficient advance notice to the Purchaser/Consignee before such discontinuation to provide adequate time to the purchaser to purchase the required spare parts etc., and

ii) Immediately following such discontinuation, providing the Purchaser/Consignee, free of cost, the designs, drawings, layouts and specifications of the spare parts, as and if requested by the Purchaser/Consignee.

12.2 Supplier shall carry sufficient inventories to assure ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the goods so that the same are supplied to the Purchaser/Consignee promptly on receipt of order from the Purchaser/Consignee.

13. Incidental services

Subject to the stipulation, if any, in the SCC (Section – V), List of Requirements (Section – VI) and the Technical Specification (Section – VII), the supplier shall be required to perform the following services.

i) Installation & commissioning, Supervision and Demonstration of the goods ii) Providing required jigs and tools for assembly, minor civil works required for the

completion of the installation. iii) Training of Consignee’s Doctors, Staff, operators etc. for operating and

maintaining the goods iv) Supplying required number of operation & maintenance manual for the goods

14. Distribution of Dispatch Documents for Clearance/Receipt of Goods

The supplier shall send all the relevant despatch documents well in time to the Purchaser/Consignee Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the usual documents involved and the drill to be followed in general for this purpose are as follows. A) For Domestic Goods, including goods already imported by the supplier under its own

arrangement

Within 24 hours of despatch, the supplier shall notify the purchaser, consignee, and others concerned if mentioned in the contract, the complete details of despatch and also supply the following documents to them by registered post / speed post (or as instructed in the contract):

(i) Four copies of supplier’s invoice showing contract number, goods description, quantity, unit price and total amount;

(ii) Two copies of packing list identifying contents of each package; (iii) Inspection certificate issued by the nominated Inspection agency, if any. (iv) Certificate of origin; (v) Insurance Certificate as per GCC Clause 11. (vi) Manufacturers/Supplier’s warranty certificate & In-house inspection certificate.

B) For goods imported from abroad

Within 24 hours of despatch, the supplier shall notify the purchaser, consignee, and others concerned if mentioned in the contract, the complete details of despatch and also supply the


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 33

following documents to them by airmail/ registered post / speed post (or as instructed in the contract).


(ii) Original and four copies of the negotiable clean, on-board Bill of Lading/Airway bill, marked freight pre paid and four copies of non-negotiable Bill of Lading/Airway bill;

(iii) Four Copies of packing list identifying contents of each package; (iv) Insurance Certificate as per GCC Clause 11. (v) Manufacturer’s/Supplier’s warranty certificate; (vi) Inspection Certificate for the despatched equipments issued by recognized/ reputed

agency like SGS, Lloyd or equivalent (acceptable to the purchaser) prior to despatch (vii) Manufacturer’s own factory inspection report; (viii) Certificate of origin (ix) Port of Loading; (x) Port of Discharge and (xi) Expected date of arrival.

15. Warranty

15.1 The supplier warrants comprehensively that the goods supplied under the contract is new, unused and incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials unless prescribed otherwise by the purchaser in the contract. The supplier further warrants that the goods supplied under the contract shall have no defect arising from design, materials or workmanship or from any act or omission of the supplier that may develop under normal use of the supplied goods under the conditions prevailing in India.

15.2 This warranty shall remain valid for 2(Two) years in general, after the goods or any portion thereof as the case may be, have been delivered to the final destination and installed and commissioned at the final destination and accepted by the Purchaser/Consignee in terms of the contract, unless specified otherwise in the SCC.

a. No conditional warranty like mishandling, manufacturing defects etc. will be acceptable. b. Warranty as well as Comprehensive Maintenance contract will be inclusive of all

accessories and Turnkey work and it will also cover the following items:- i. X-ray and CT tubes and high-tension cables. ii. Helium replacement iii. Any kind of motor iv. Plastic & Glass parts v. All kinds of sensors including oxygen sensors vi. All kinds of coils, probes and transducers including ECG cable, BP transducers,

SpO2 Probes, Ultrasound and Color Doppler Transducers/probes, BP Cuffs, Defribrillator internal paddles, chart recorders, ventilator reusable patient circuits, servo humidifier with chamber, electrodes and probes for blood gas analyser, MRI coils.

vii. All kinds of flat panel sensors and cassettes for Digital Radiography & Computer Radiography systems and patients handling trolleys, etc.

viii. Printers and imagers including laser and thermal printers with all parts. ix. UPS including the replacement of Batteries. x. Air-conditioners

c. Replacement and repair will be under taken for the defective goods. d. Proper marking has to be made for all spares for identification like printing of installation

and repair dates.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 34

15.3 In case of any claim arising out of this warranty, the Purchaser/Consignee shall promptly notify the same in writing to the supplier. The period of the warranty will be as per G.C.C clause number 15.2 above irrespective of any other period mentioned elsewhere in the bidding documents.

15.4 Upon receipt of such notice, the supplier shall, within 8 hours on a 24(hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis respond to take action to repair or replace the defective goods or parts thereof, free of cost, at the ultimate destination. The supplier shall take over the replaced parts/goods after providing their replacements and no claim, whatsoever shall lie on the purchaser for such replaced parts/goods thereafter. The penalty clause for non-rectification will be applicable as per tender conditions

15.5 In the event of any rectification of a defect or replacement of any defective goods during the warranty period, the warranty for the rectified/replaced goods shall be extended to a further

period as mentioned under clause 15.2 from the date such rectified / replaced goods starts functioning to the satisfaction of the purchaser.

15.6 If the supplier, having been notified, fails to respond to take action to repair or replace the defect(s) within 8 hours on a 24(hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis, the purchaser may proceed to take such remedial action(s) as deemed fit by the purchaser, at the risk and expense of the supplier and without prejudice to other contractual rights and remedies, which the purchaser may have against the supplier.

15.7 During Warranty period, the supplier is required to visit at each consignee’s site at least once in 6 months commencing from the date of the installation for preventive maintenance of the goods

15.8 The Purchaser/Consignee reserve the rights to enter into Annual Comprehensive Maintenance

Contract between Consignee and the Supplier for the period as mentioned in General Points for Technical Specifications, Section VII (para-4), after the completion of warranty period.

15.9 The supplier along with its Indian Agent and the CMC provider shall ensure continued supply of the spare parts for the machines and equipments supplied by them to the purchaser for 10 years from the date of installation and handing over.

15.10 The Supplier along with its Indian Agent and the CMC Provider shall always accord most favoured client status to the Purchaser vis-à-vis its other Clients/Purchasers of its equipments/machines/goods etc. and shall always give the most competitive price for its machines/equipments supplied to the Purchaser/Consignee.

16. Assignment

16.1 The Supplier shall not assign, either in whole or in part, its contractual duties, responsibilities and obligations to perform the contract, except with the Purchaser’s prior written permission.

17. Sub Contracts

17.1 The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser in writing of all sub contracts awarded under the contract if not already specified in its tender. Such notification, in its original tender or later, shall not relieve the Supplier from any of its liability or obligation under the terms and conditions of the contract.

17.2 Sub contract shall be only for bought out items and sub-assemblies. 17.3 Sub contracts shall also comply with the provisions of GCC Clause 4 (“Country of Origin”).

18. Modification of contract

18.1 If necessary, the purchaser may, by a written order given to the supplier at any time during the currency of the contract, amend the contract by making alterations and modifications within the general scope of contract in any one or more of the following:

a) Specifications, drawings, designs etc. where goods to be supplied under the contract are to be specially manufactured for the purchaser,

b) Mode of packing, c) Incidental services to be provided by the supplier


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 35

d) Mode of despatch, e) Place of delivery, and f) Any other area(s) of the contract, as felt necessary by the purchaser depending on the

merits of the case.

18.2 In the event of any such modification/alteration causing increase or decrease in the cost of goods and services to be supplied and provided, or in the time required by the supplier to perform any obligation under the contract, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the contract price and/or contract delivery schedule, as the case may be, and the contract amended accordingly. If the supplier doesn’t agree to the adjustment made by the Purchaser/Consignee, the supplier shall convey its views to the Purchaser/Consignee within twenty-one days from the date of the supplier’s receipt of the Purchaser’s/Consignee’s amendment / modification of the contract.

19. Prices

19.1 Prices to be charged by the supplier for supply of goods and provision of services in terms of the contract shall not vary from the corresponding prices quoted by the supplier in its tender and incorporated in the contract except for any price adjustment authorised in the SCC.

20. Taxes and Duties

20.1 Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, duties, fees, levies etc. incurred until delivery of the contracted goods to the purchaser.

20.2 Further instruction, if any, shall be as provided in the SCC. 21. Terms and Mode of Payment

21.1 Payment Terms

Payment shall be made subject to recoveries, if any, by way of liquidated damages or any other charges as per terms & conditions of contract in the following manner.

A) Payment for Domestic Goods Or Foreign Origin Located Within India.

Payment shall be made in Indian Rupees as specified in the contract in the following manner:

a) On delivery:

(i) 90 % payment of the contract price shall be paid within 24 hours on receipt of goods in good condition and upon the submission of the following documents complete in all respects. Bills shall be returned un-paid in case of any discrepancy. Delay in payment on account of above shall rest with the supplier.

(ii) Four copies of supplier’s invoice showing contract number, goods description, quantity, unit price and total amount;

(iii) Consignee Receipt Certificate as per Section XVII in original issued by the authorized representative of the consignee;

(iv) Two copies of packing list identifying contents of each package; (v) Inspection certificate issued by the nominated Inspection agency, if any; (vi) Insurance Certificate as per GCC Clause 11; (vii) Certificate of origin.

b) On Acceptance:

Balance 10 % payment would be made against ‘Final Acceptance Certificate’ as per Section XVIII of goods to be issued by the consignees subject to recoveries, if any, either on account of non-rectification of defects/deficiencies not attended by the Supplier or otherwise.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 36

B) Payment for Imported Goods:

Payment for foreign currency portion shall be made in the currency as specified in the contract in the following manner:

a) On delivery:

Ninety (90) % of the net CIP price (CIP price less Indian Agency commission) of the goods shipped shall be paid through irrevocable, non-transferable Letter of Credit (LC) opened in favour of the supplier in a bank in his country and upon submission of documents specified hereunder:


(ii) Original and four copies of the negotiable clean, on-board Bill of Lading/ Airway bill , marked freight pre paid and four copies of non-negotiable Bill of Lading/Airway bill;

(iii) Four Copies of packing list identifying contents of each package; (iv) Insurance Certificate as per GCC Clause 11 and documents also to be submitted for

payment of LC confirming that dispatch documents has already been sent within 24 hours to all concerned as per the contract;

(v) Manufacturer’s/Supplier’s warranty certificate; (vi) Manufacturer’s own factory inspection report and (vii) Certificate of origin by the chamber of commerce of the concerned country; (viii) Inspection Certificate for the despatched equipments issued by recognized/ reputed

agency like SGS, Lloyd or equivalent (acceptable to the purchaser) prior to despatch. (ix) Consignee Receipt Certificate as per Section XVII in original issued by the authorized

representative of the consignee

b) On Acceptance:

Balance payment of 10 % of net CIP price of goods would be made against ‘Final Acceptance Certificate’ as per Section XVIII to be issued by the consignees through irrevocable, non-transferable Letter of Credit (LC) opened in favour of the Foreign Principal in a bank in his country, subject to recoveries, if any.

c) Payment of custom duty amount with Custom Duty Exemption Certificate (CDEC), if

applicable, customs clearance and handling charges, loading/ unloading, inland

transportation, incidental costs till consignee site & incidental services (including installation & commissioning, supervision, demonstration and training) will be paid in Indian Rupees to the Indian agent at actual not exceeding the quoted rates after 100 % payment to the foreign principal.

d) Payment of Indian Agency Commission:

Indian Agency commission will be paid to the manufacturer’s agent in the local currency for an amount in Indian rupees indicated in the relevant Price Schedule (as per prevailing rate of exchange ruling on the date of Contract) and shall not be subject to further escalation / exchange variation. Payment shall be made after 100% payment to the Foreign Principal.

C) Payment of Turnkey, if any:

Turnkey payment will be made to the manufacturer’s agent in Indian rupees indicated in the relevant Price Schedule (as per prevailing rate of exchange ruling on the date of Contract) and shall not be subject to further escalation / exchange variation. Payment shall be made to the Indian Agent after 100 % payment to the Foreign Principal.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 37

D) Payment for Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) Charges:

The consignee will enter into CMC with the supplier at the rates as stipulated in the contract. The payment of CMC will be made on six monthly basis after satisfactory completion of said period, duly certified by the consignee on receipt of bank guarantee for an amount equivalent to 2.5 % of the cost of the equipment as per contract in the prescribed format given in Section XV valid till 2 months after expiry of entire CMC period.

21.2 The supplier shall not claim any interest on payments under the contract. 21.3 Where there is a statutory requirement for tax deduction at source, such deduction towards income

tax and other tax as applicable will be made from the bills payable to the Supplier at rates as notified from time to time.

21.4 Irrevocable & non-transferable LC shall be opened by ESIC/ Purchaser. However, if the supplier requests specifically to open confirmed LC, the extra charges would be borne by the supplier. If LC is required to be extended and/or amended for reasons not attributable to the purchaser/ consignee, the charges thereof shall be borne by the supplier.

21.5 The payment shall be made in the currency / currencies authorised in the contract. 21.6 The supplier shall send its claim for payment in writing, when contractually due, along with

relevant documents etc., duly signed with date, to the purchaser. 21.7 While claiming payment, the supplier is also to certify in the bill that the payment being claimed

is strictly in terms of the contract and all the obligations on the part of the supplier for claiming that payment has been fulfilled as required under the contract.

21.8 While claiming reimbursement of duties, taxes etc. (like sales tax, excise duty, custom duty) from the Purchaser/Consignee, as and if permitted under the contract, the supplier shall also certify that, in case it gets any refund out of such taxes and duties from the concerned authorities at a later date, it (the supplier) shall refund to the Purchaser/Consignee forthwith.

21.9 In case where the supplier is not in a position to submit its bill for the balance payment for want of receipted copies of Inspection Note from the consignee and the consignee has not complained about the non-receipt, shortage, or defects in the supplies made, balance amount will be paid by the paying authority without consignee’s receipt certificate after three months from the date of the preceding part payment for the goods in question, subject to the following conditions:

(a) The supplier will make good any defect or deficiency that the consignee (s) may report within six months from the date of despatch of goods.

(b) Delay in supplies, if any, has been regularized. (c) The contract price where it is subject to variation has been finalized. (d) The supplier furnishes the following undertakings:

“I/We, __________ certify that I/We have not received back the Inspection Note duly receipted by the consignee or any communication from the purchaser or the consignee about non-receipt, shortage or defects in the goods supplied. I/We ______ agree to make good any defect or deficiency that the consignee may report within three months from the date of receipt of this balance payment.

22. Delay in the supplier’s performance 22.1 The supplier shall deliver the goods and perform the services under the contract within the time

schedule specified by the Purchaser/Consignee in the List of Requirements and as incorporated in the contract.

22.2 Subject to the provision under GCC clause 26, any unexcused delay by the supplier in maintaining its contractual obligations towards delivery of goods and performance of services shall render the supplier liable to any or all of the following sanctions:


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 38

(i) imposition of liquidated damages, (ii) forfeiture of its performance security and (iii) termination of the contract for default.

22.3 If at any time during the currency of the contract, the supplier encounters conditions hindering timely delivery of the goods and performance of services, the supplier shall promptly inform the Purchaser/Consignee in writing about the same and its likely duration and make a request to the Purchaser/Consignee for extension of the delivery schedule accordingly. On receiving the supplier’s communication, the Purchaser/Consignee shall examine the situation as soon as possible and, at its discretion, may agree to extend the delivery schedule, with or without liquidated damages for completion of supplier’s contractual obligations by issuing an amendment to the contract.

22.4 When the period of delivery is extended due to unexcused delay by the supplier, the amendment letter extending the delivery period shall, interalia contain the following conditions:

(a) The Purchaser/Consignee shall recover from the supplier, under the provisions of the clause 23 of the General Conditions of Contract, liquidated damages on the goods and services, which the Supplier has failed to deliver within the delivery period stipulated in the contract.

(b) That no increase in price on account of any ground, whatsoever, including any stipulation in the contract for increase in price on any other ground and, also including statutory increase in or fresh imposition of customs duty, excise duty, sales tax/ VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax or on account of any other tax or duty which may be levied in respect of the goods and services specified in the contract, which takes place after the date of delivery stipulated in the contract shall be admissible on such of the said goods and services as are delivered and performed after the date of the delivery stipulated in the contract.

(c) But nevertheless, the Purchaser/Consignee shall be entitled to the benefit of any decrease in price on account of reduction in or remission of customs duty, excise duty, sales tax/ VAT, Service Tax and Works Contract Tax or any other duty or tax or levy or on account of any other grounds, which takes place after the expiry of the date of delivery stipulated in the contract.

22.5 The supplier shall not dispatch the goods after expiry of the delivery period. The supplier is required to apply to the Purchaser/Consignee for extension of delivery period and obtain the same before despatch. In case the supplier dispatches the goods without obtaining an extension, it would be doing so at its own risk and no claim for payment for such supply and / or any other expense related to such supply shall lie against the purchaser.

22.6 Passing of Property:

22.6.1 The property in the goods shall not pass to the purchaser unless and until the goods have

been delivered to the consignee in accordance with the conditions of the contract.

22.6.2 Where there is a contract for sale of specific goods and the supplier is bound to do

something to the goods for the purpose of putting them into a deliverable state the property

does not pass until such thing is done.

22.6.3 Unless otherwise agreed, the goods remain at the supplier’s risk until the property therein is

transferred to the purchaser.

23. Liquidated damages

23.1 Subject to GCC clause 26, if the supplier fails to deliver any or all of the goods or fails to perform the services within the time frame(s) incorporated in the contract, the Purchaser/Consignee shall, without prejudice to other rights and remedies available to the Purchaser/Consignee under the contract, deduct from the contract price, as liquidated damages, a sum equivalent to 0.5% per week of delay or part thereof on delayed supply of goods and/or services until actual delivery or


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 39

performance subject to a maximum of 10% of the contract price. Once the maximum is reached Purchaser/ Consignee may consider termination of the contract as per GCC 24.

During the above-mentioned delayed period of supply and / or performance, the conditions incorporated under GCC sub-clause 22.4 above shall also apply.

24. Termination for default

24.1 The Purchaser/Consignee, without prejudice to any other contractual rights and remedies available to it (the Purchaser/Consignee), may, by written notice of default sent to the supplier, terminate the contract in whole or in part, if the supplier fails to deliver any or all of the goods or fails to perform any other contractual obligation(s) within the time period specified in the contract, or within any extension thereof granted by the Purchaser/Consignee pursuant to GCC sub-clauses 22.3 and 22.4.

24.2 In the event of the Purchaser/Consignee terminates the contract in whole or in part, pursuant to GCC sub-clause 24.1 above, the Purchaser/Consignee may procure goods and/or services similar to those cancelled, with such terms and conditions and in such manner as it deems fit and the supplier shall be liable to the Purchaser/Consignee for the extra expenditure, if any, incurred by the Purchaser/Consignee for arranging such procurement.

24.3 Unless otherwise instructed by the Purchaser/Consignee, the supplier shall continue to perform the contract to the extent not terminated.

25. Termination for insolvency

25.1 If the supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent, the purchaser reserves the right to terminate the contract at any time, by serving written notice to the supplier without any compensation, whatsoever, to the supplier, subject to further condition that such termination will not prejudice or affect the rights and remedies which have accrued and / or will accrue thereafter to the Purchaser/Consignee.

26. Force Majeure

26.1 Notwithstanding the provisions contained in GCC clauses 22, 23 and 24, the supplier shall not be liable for imposition of any such sanction so long the delay and/or failure of the supplier in fulfilling its obligations under the contract is the result of an event of Force Majeure.

26.2 For purposes of this clause, Force Majeure means an event beyond the control of the supplier and not involving the supplier’s fault or negligence and which is not foreseeable and not brought about at the instance of, the party claiming to be affected by such event and which has caused the non – performance or delay in performance. Such events may include, but are not restricted to, acts of the Purchaser/Consignee either in its sovereign or contractual capacity, wars or revolutions, hostility, acts of public enemy, civil commotion, sabotage, fires, floods, explosions, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes excluding by its employees, lockouts excluding by its management, and freight embargoes.

26.3 If a Force Majeure situation arises, the supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser/Consignee in writing of such conditions and the cause thereof within twenty-one days of occurrence of such event. Unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser/Consignee in writing, the supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the contract as far as reasonably practical, and shall seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event.

26.4 If the performance in whole or in part or any obligation under this contract is prevented or delayed by any reason of Force Majeure for a period exceeding sixty days, either party may at its option terminate the contract without any financial repercussion on either side.

26.5 In case due to a Force Majeure event the Purchaser/Consignee is unable to fulfil its contractual commitment and responsibility, the Purchaser/Consignee will notify the supplier accordingly and subsequent actions taken on similar lines described in above sub-paragraphs.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 40

27. Termination for convenience

27.1 The Purchaser/Consignee reserves the right to terminate the contract, in whole or in part for its (Purchaser’s/Consignee ’s) convenience, by serving written notice on the supplier at any time during the currency of the contract. The notice shall specify that the termination is for the convenience of the Purchaser/Consignee. The notice shall also indicate interalia, the extent to which the supplier’s performance under the contract is terminated, and the date with effect from which such termination will become effective.

27.2 The goods and services that are complete and ready in terms of the contract for delivery and performance within thirty days after the supplier’s receipt of the notice of termination shall be accepted by the Purchaser/Consignee following the contract terms, conditions and prices. For the remaining goods and services, the Purchaser/Consignee may decide:

a) To get any portion of the balance completed and delivered at the contract terms, conditions and prices; and / or

b) To cancel the remaining portion of the goods and services and compensate the supplier by paying an agreed amount for the cost incurred by the supplier towards the remaining portion of the goods and services.

28. Governing language

28.1 The contract shall be written in English language following the provision as contained in GIT clause 4. All correspondence and other documents pertaining to the contract, which the parties exchange, shall also be written accordingly in that language.

29. Notices

29.1 Notice, if any, relating to the contract given by one party to the other, shall be sent in writing or by cable or telex or facsimile and confirmed in writing. The procedure will also provide the sender of the notice, the proof of receipt of the notice by the receiver. The addresses of the parties for exchanging such notices will be the addresses as incorporated in the contract.

29.2 The effective date of a notice shall be either the date when delivered to the recipient or the effective date specifically mentioned in the notice, whichever is later.

30. Resolution of disputes

30.1 If dispute or difference of any kind shall arise between the Purchaser/Consignee and the supplier in connection with or relating to the contract, the parties shall make every effort to resolve the same amicably by mutual consultations. The jurisdiction for the settlement of disputes will be at New Delhi, India.

30.2 If the parties fail to resolve their dispute or difference by such mutual consultation within twenty-one days of its occurrence, then, unless otherwise provided in the SCC, either the Purchaser/Consignee or the supplier may give notice to the other party of its intention to commence arbitration, as hereinafter provided the applicable arbitration procedure will be as per the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 of India. In the case of a dispute or difference arising between the Purchaser/Consignee and a domestic Supplier relating to any matter arising out of or connected with the contract, such dispute or difference shall be referred to the sole arbitration of an officer, appointed to be the arbitrator by the Director General of ESIC. The award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties to the contract subject to the provision that the Arbitrator shall give reasoned award in case the value of claim in reference exceeds Rupees One Lac (Rs. 1,00,000/-)

30.3 Venue of Arbitration: The venue of arbitration shall be New Delhi, India.

31. Applicable Law


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 41

The contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of India for the time being in force.

32. General/ Miscellaneous Clauses

32.1 Nothing contained in this Contract shall be constructed as establishing or creating between the parties, i.e. the Supplier/its Indian Agent/CMC Provider on the one side and the Purchaser on the other side, a relationship of master and servant or principal and agent.

32.2 Any failure on the part of any Party to exercise right or power under this Contract shall not operate as waiver thereof.

32.3 The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser/Consignee of any material change would impact on performance of its obligations under this Contract.

32.4 Each member/constituent of the Supplier/its Indian Agent/CMC Provider, in case of consortium shall be jointly and severally liable to and responsible for all obligations towards the Purchaser/Consignee for performance of contract/services including that of its Associates/Sub Contractors under the Contract.

32.5 The Supplier/its Indian Agent/CMC Provider shall at all times, indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser against all claims/damages etc. for any infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) while providing its services under CMC or the Contract.

32.6 The Supplier/its Agent/CMC Provider shall, at all times, indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser/Consignee against any claims in respect of any damages or compensation payable in consequences of any accident or injury sustained or suffered by its employees or agents or by any other third party resulting from or by any action, omission or operation conducted by or on behalf of the supplier/its associate/affiliate etc.

32.7 All claims regarding indemnity shall survive the termination or expiry of the contract

HLL Lifecare Limited SCC

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 42

SECTION – V

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) will apply for this purchase. The corresponding clauses of General Conditions of Contract (GCC) relating to the SCC stipulations have also been incorporated below. These Special Conditions will modify/substitute/supplement the corresponding (GCC) clauses. Whenever there is any conflict between the provision in the GCC and that in the SCC, the provision contained in the SCC shall prevail.

HLL Lifecare Limited List of Requirement

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 43

SECTION - VI

LIST OF REQUIREMENTS

Part I:

Sr

No

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

Bad

di

Man

esar

Ba

sai

Biw

ad

i

Ch

an

dig

arh

Noid

a

Jaip

ur

Lu

dh

ian

a

Gu

rgao

n

Roh

ini

Jh

ilm

il

Ja

mm

u

Tota

l Q

nty

.

1 Baby Basinet 1 6 5 12

2 Bio-safety Cabinet 1 1 1 2 5

3 Cold Pack Unit 1 1 2

4 Combination Therapy Unit

1 1 2

5 CPM Unit 1 1 2

6 Cryo Surgical Unit 1 1 1 1 2 6

7 Cryostat system 1 1 2

8 Dental Sterilizer 1 1 1 1 4

9 ELISA Reader with Washer

1 1 1 1 1 5

10 Emergency Resuscitation Kit-Adult(imported)

2 2 1 5

11 Fiber optic Bronchoscope

1 1 1 1 4

12 Glass cover slipper model

1 1 2

13 Hot Pack Unit 1 1 2

14 Infant Resuscitator 1 1 1 3

15 Micro Centrifuge 1 1 1 3

16 Neonatal Monitor 2 2 1 5

17 OAE Tester-Hearing Screener

1 1 1 1 4

18 Open Care System 1 1 1 2 5

19 PH meter 1 1 2

20 Phototherapy Unit 1 1 1 1 4

21 Portable Ultrasound B & W

1 1 1 3

22 QBC Blood parasite detection system

1 1 1 3

23 Refregirated Centrifuge Table Top

1 1 1 3

24 Streak Retinoscope 1 1 1 3

25 Traction Unit 1 1 2

26 Transport Incubators 1 1 1 1 4

27 Tuboplasty Set 1 1 1 3

28 Water bath 1 1 1 3

29 ECG 12 channel - Page printer with cart.

3 3

30 Deep Freezer (- 20o

C) 1 1

31 Uroflowmeter System

1 1

32 Pure Tone 1 1


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 44

Audiometer

33 Phototherapy machine

1 1

34 Electrosurgical Unit 5 5

35 BOD Incubator 1 1

36 Ultrasound Machine 2 2

37 Cystorectoscope 1 1

38 Elisa Reader with printer and automatic washer

1 1

39 Biosafety Cabinet Level II

2 2

40 Glycosylated Haemoglobinometer

1 1

41 Camera for Digital x ray & Mammography

1 1

42 Ultrasoud machine 3 D with colour Doppler

2 2

43 Oxytocin Infusion Pump

2 2

44 Cardiotocograph 2 2

45 Rotary Microtome 1 1

46 Neonatal ventilator 1 1

47 Multiple Vitalsign Monitor

6 6

48 Portable Ventilator 3 7 10

49 Resuscitation kit with trolley

3 3

50 Syringe Infusion Pump

9 9

51 Volumetric Infusion Pump

3 3

52 Incubator 6 6

53 Cell Separator 1 1

54 Cell Washer 1 1

55 Donor Couch 1 1

56 Platelet Incubator & Agitator

1 1

57 Sterile Tube Connecting Device

1 1

58 Fully Automated Chemiluminescece Analyser

1 1

59 Micro Laryngeal Surgery Set(MLS Set)

1 1

60 Functional Endoscopy sinus Surgery Set(FESS Set)

2 2

61 Nerve & Muscle Stimulator

1 1

62 Automated Blood Culture & TB Culture System

1 1

63 Hysteroscopy Set 1 1

64 Ultrasound machine 4 D with colour Doppler with biopsy attachment

1 1


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 45

65 Multichannel Monitor

2 2

66 Vaginal Hysterectomy Set

2 2

67 Transport Ventilator For Ambulance

1 1

68 Harmonic Scalpel(Ultrasonic Cutting & Coagulation Device)

1 1

69 NST/CTG Machine 1 1 2

70 Cryocautery 1 1

71 Colour Doppler System

1 1

72 Digital Intraoral Sensor(RVG)

1 1

73 Double Surface Phototherapy Unit

1 1

74 Centrifuge Cyto / Cyto span

1 1

75 Biosafety Hood 1 1

76 Blood bank refrigerator (2-6º C),

1 1

77 Refrigerator 2000 Lts for kits

2 2 4

78 Refrigerator - Deep freezer (-40º C) 200 Ltr

2 2

79 Intra Oral, Digital Radiography/imaging

1 1

80 Examination light mobile - 20000 lux

10 10

81 Audiometer 1 1

82 Tympanometer 1 1

83 Ophthalmic Ultrasound (A and B)

1 1 2

84 Tourniquet - Automatic electronic with hose & cuffs

2 2

85 Microwave therapy unit

1 1

86 C-Arm compatible OT Table

1 1

87 Indirect Opthalmoscope

2 2

88 Neonatal Oxygen Hood

8 8

89 Phototherapy CFL double surface

5 5

90 Bleaching Unit 1 1

91 Jet Ventilator 1 1

92 Lensometer 1 2 1 1 5

93 Tonometer 1 2 1 1 5

94 Examination lamp Wall mounted 50000 Lux

5 5

95 CR Reader for X'Ray machine 500 mA

1 1

96 Operating zoom Microscope for Ophthalmology

1 1


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 46

97 Phaco Emulsification Machine

1 1

98 A/B SCAN(Opthalmic Ultrasound)

1 1

99 Yag LASER 1 1

100 TELE-LARYNGO –PHARYNGOSCOPE

1 1

101 FLEXIBLE RHINO LARYNGO PHARYNGOSCOPE

1 1

102 Automatic Bio-chemistry Analyser-Random Access

2 2

103 Double headed 5 objective binocular microscope with monitor & camera

1 1

104 Tissue embedding station

1 1

105 Fully motorized programmable rotary microtome

1 1

106 Automatic tissue processor

1 1

107 Laboratory/Medical Refrigerator

4 4

108 Medical Waste Sterilizer

1 1

109 Grossing Table with Airdown Draft Systems

1 1

110 High Frequency 800 mA X-Ray Machine

1 1

111 Automated Visual Field Analyser with printer(Perimeter)

1 1

112 Retinal Camera with Flouroscent Angiography

1 1

113 Laser Therapy with IRR

1 1

114 IFT Unit with Ultrasound

1 1

115 CPM Lower Extremity

1 1

116 Treadmill for Rehabilitation

1 1

117 Dental chair unit complete with all Accessories

1 1 2

118 Computerised Radiovisiography Systems(RVG)

1 1

119 Intra Oral Camera with Laptop

1 1

120 Light cure unit LED Based

1 1

121 Clinical Micromotors 2 2

122 Biphasic Defibrillator

8 8


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 47

123 Warming Blankets(patient warming system)

12 12

124 CTG Machine with Accessories

2 2

125 Thermal Endometrial Ablation Unit

1 1

126 Blood Vessel Sealer with advanced bipolar technology

1 1

127 Mortuary Freezer/cabinet

1 1 2

128 Extra oral tracer 1 1

129 Microtome with Knife(rotary)

2 2

130 Automatic developer 1 1

131 Apex Locator 1 1

132 Airabrasion System 1 1

133 Perimeter 5 5

134 Orthodontic pliers 5 5

135 Hand Piece STERILIZER SET

1 1

136 Physiograph 1 1

137 Bone cutting machine

1 1

138 Centralized Suction machine

1

1

139 Centralized oil free dental dry air compressor

140 Vacupress 2 2

141 Flash Autoclave 1 1

142 LRD Bed/Table 3 3

143 Examination Table 2 2

144 Elisa Reader with Auto Washer

1 1

145 Black & White Ultrasound machine

1 1

146 Fully auto analyser (For Biochemistry)

1 1

147 Vitrectomy System 1 1

148 Opthalmic Electro Hydraulic OT Table with manual Override

1 1

149 NEONATAL MULTIPARA MONITOR

1 1

150 Anesthesia Ventilator for OT

1 1

151 Binocular Loupe with operating headlight

1 1 2

152 Fibre optic Bronchoscope for Intubation

1 1

153 Surgical Operating Microscope for Ophthalmology

1 1

154 Rigid Bronchoscope Set

1 1


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 48

155 A Scan 1 1

156 Ophthalmoscope 1 1

157 Multi Parameter Monitor

1 1

158 Advanced Phaco Emulsification Unit with Posterior Vitrectomy System

1 1

159 Head Light with Light Source

1 1

160 Water bath 5 5

161 Ultrasound machine 1 1

Part II: Required Delivery Schedule:

a) For Indigenous goods or for imported goods if supplied from India: Within 60 days from date of Notification of Award to delivery at consignee site. The date of delivery will be the date of delivery at consignee site (Tenderers may quote earliest delivery period).

b) For Imported goods directly from abroad: Within 90 days from date of opening of L/C. The date of delivery will be the date of delivery at consignee site (Tenderers may quote earliest delivery period).

Part III: Scope of Incidental Services:

Installation & Commissioning, Supervision, Demonstration, Trial run and Training etc. as specified in GCC Clause 13. Installation & Commissioning shall be completed within 15 days of handing over the site of installation, complete in all respect by the consignee. The date of handing over of the site has to be intimated by the supplier to the purchaser. The delay on the part of the supplier to install and commission the equipment will attract the provisions as contained in the liquidated damage clause.

Part IV:

Turnkey (if any) as per details in Technical Specification. The tenderer shall also specify the time schedule for completion of Turnkey work.

Part V:

Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) as per details in General Technical Specifications para 4.

Part VI:

Required Terms of Delivery and Destination.

a) For Indigenous goods or for imported goods if supplied from India: Delivery required at Consignee Site. Insurance (local transportation and storage) would be borne by the Supplier from warehouse to the consignee site for a period including 3 months beyond date of delivery

b) For Imported goods directly from abroad:


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 49

The foreign tenderers are required to quote their rates on DDP at consignee’s site basis giving break up of the price as per the Proforma prescribed in the Price Schedule.

Custom clearance, handling, unloading & loading and transportation to the consignee’s site shall be the responsibility of the supplier/ Indian agent.

Insurance (local transportation and storage) would be extended and borne by the Supplier from ware house to the consignee site for a period including 3 months beyond date of delivery.

c) Destination/Consignee details are given in Section XXI

Part VII:

Inspection:

a) For Indigenous goods or for imported goods if supplied from India: At consignee site by the respective In-charge of the Hospital or his authorised representative.

b) For Imported goods directly from abroad:

Pre-despatch inspection at manufacturer’s premises as per GCC clause 8.8 and inspection after arrival in India at consignee site by the respective In-charge of the Hospital or his authorised representative.

HLL Lifecare Limited Technical Specifications

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 50

Section – VII

Technical Specifications

Item No. 1

Baby Bassinet

• Standard bassinet for birthing suit room with fixed height stand including monitor shelf.

Micro processor based control system examination light and examination bulb life 3000 hours heater. Output 440 watts

• Parabolic reflector, wormer module temperature saving system: Skin probe range: 34 deg. C to 38 deg. C audible and visual alarms. Dimension: 185HX71WX50D cm (approx.)

• Bed dimension : 48cm x 66 cm (approx.)

• Possibility of tilting : Trendelburg. • Power : 240 Vac/50 Hz

Item No. 2 Bio-safety Cabinet simple operation for ultimate safety with 60% less energy consumption and heat output that complies with the EN 12469 Dimensions Exterior dimensions with stand (w x h x d) 1300 x 2200 x 795 mm (51.2 x 86.6 x 31.3 in) Interior dimensions (w x h x d) 1200 x 780 x 495 mm (47.2 x 30.7 x 19.5 in) Work surface with adjustable stand 750 to 960 mm (30 to 38 in) Interior work surface area 0.56 m2 (930 sq. in) Working height of front window 200 mm (8 in) Maximum lifting height of front window 535 mm (21 in) dimensions (w x h x d) 1410 x 1700 x 925 mm Weight Net weight ~240 kg (~530 lbs) Shipping weight ~260 kg (~575 lbs) Maximum weight load of one-piece work tray 50 kg (110 lbs) Maximum weight load of divided work tray 25 kg (55 lbs) (max of 50 kg) Ventilation System Exhaust/inflow air volume 400 m3/h (230 CFM) Heat emission at 25°C ambient ~0.15 kW Filter Specification Supply/exhaust air filter HEPA H 14 EN 1822, Additional exhaust filter option (AEF) HEPA H 14 EN 1822, Performance Certification EN 12469; GS Nord Cert-TÜV Sound pressure level <55 dB (A) Lighting power >1200 lx Electrical Data Voltage 1/N/PE 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Power consumption 0.4 kW Current consumption 1.7 A Protection class I / IP 20 Protective measure Conductor connection Conductor connection


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 51

Individual precautions on customer side Lead fuse (slow blow) T 16 A or circuit breaker B 16. The local electrical regulations in the country of use as well as the relevant connection conditions must be observed. The national regulations for electrical engineering as well as the relevant technical connection conditions must be taken into account. Supply Management Supply requirement 230 V, 50/60 Hz standard supply. Total requirement including interior sockets 13-16 Amps. Receptacles The receptacles have a load capacity of up to 5 A and are protected with T 5 A fuses. When all receptacles are in use simultaneously, they must not exceed the maximum total load capacity of 5 A. Radio interference Circuit is interference free in accordance with EN 55 014 Service valves Up to 4 (installed through access ports) Receptacles One double, right side

Item No. 3

COLD PACK UNIT · Must be Five Cubic Feet of Storage and able to hold 12 Gel packs · Should have adjustable thermostatic control and drain for defrosting · Dimension 27” deep, 34 “ high has to be a cooler and not a freezer · Have to provide compressed cold therapy pack for extremities able to 360 degree around the injured area made out of durable Nylon outer chamber. · Must provide Body ice packs with non-freezing gel · Must be made out of PVC Vinyl exterior and available in different sizes for different body parts cervical, lumbar, and extremities · Should able to hold temperature up to 30 minutes · UL-listed, ETL/CE and CSA –approved with 220 volts option available

Item No. 4

Combination Therapy Unit · Should have multi-frequency Ultrasound 1, 2, 3 MHz · Should have duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous · Should have option to add any size sound heads: 2 cm2, 5 cm2, 10 cm2 · Should have ultrasound settings: up to 2 watts/cm2 · Should able to display both in watts and watts/cm2 · Should able to produce head warming and Coupling · Should able to deliver combination therapy with all the available currents through the Sound Head · Should have stim input for electrotherapy · Should have 5 channels with 1 number of dedicated High Volt channels · Should able to deliver 7 wave forms: such as Interferential , Premodulated ,Russian ,Biphasic ,High Volt ,Microcurrent ,Direct Current ,Target and Target Sweep feature for Interferential with touch pad technology · Should have internal power supply and conversion capabilities · Must be durable and sturdy with aluminium casing · Should have modifiable frequency ranges , single, reciprocal, co-contraction modes in


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 52

Russian, Biphasic · Must able to have selectable and customizable on/off times for High Volt, Biphasic and Russian · Able to modify pulse rate, pulse width in Biphasic, Russian · Must able to deliver Microcurrent and High Volt therapy delivered with either electrodes or probes · Must have the option to select Microcurrent and High Volt polarity (positive, negative,

or bipolar) · Must have microcurrent conductance indicator and Electrode conductance meter · Should able to deliver Direct Current through MultiStim probe with toggle switch for control · Should have a Infrared cluster probe with 660 nm and 880 nm SLDS and have Laser point probe available as an optional unit for attachment. · Must also provide a Blue light 405 nm and 660 nm cluster probe. · Must provide a certified Protocol Reference Manual for Electrotherapy & Ultrasound · Must provide a Light Therapy Applications Manual (included with probe order) · Have an internal current conversion 110 to 240 Volts, 50/60 Hz, able to operate on a battery or have option to operate with a car battery · Must be light 5.9 kg with dimensions of 14.32 inches W, 4.46” height, 12.7 length able to transport in a carry bag. · Should be a certified class device with all CE mark and FDA approved Unit, and must provide proprietary certificate and IEC 60601-1(CE) and CSA/NRTL

Item No 5

CPM UNIT

Must have a ultra-wide carriage to accommodate the typical knee replacement patients, ACL restructuring, athletes and pediatrics patients Must have Progressive ROM to eliminate the time consuming adjustments that interrupts rehab time Must have oscillation setting to increase the time spent in the working ROM by automating and replicating the benefits of active physical therapy protocols Should come with adjustment for controlling the flexion angle to control patients threshold for pain and able to reduce the angle of flexion accordingly with out interruption Must have hyperextension (-10º ) to full knee flexion of (110º) Must have a control unit attached with easy instruction and setting Must have context sensitive help and multiple language interface Should have back-lit display and buttons for maximum visibility in low light conditions Must be light weight easy for transportation for one room to another with little effort at about 28 lbs and over all length at 37” with built in carry handle Must come with all soft goods, patient kit and treatment protocol Must meet UL, CSA, and CE for safety and EMC

Item No. 6

Cryo Surgical Unit 1. Facility to cutoff gas line without closing cylinder while inter changing probes. 2. Twin Trigger system to frost and defrost.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 53

3. Cleaning the inner hypodermic needle should be much easier 4. System should be operated by CO2 or NO2 gas. 5. Console to house cylinder with temperature indicator 6. Probes Tips: Exo Cervical, Endo Exo Endo cervical and long Endo Exo Cervial, HPV, Flat and Round in different sizes and shapes. 7. System high quality and reliability.

Item No 7

Cryostat system Section machine selection 1 – 60 um in 1 um steps from 1 to 10 um 2 um steps from 10 to 20 um 3 um steps from 20 to 60 um Maximum specimen size is 55mmØ Total horizontal specimen feed 25 mm Total vertical specimen store 50 mm Specimen orientation with o positioning 8º x/y part of standard delivery. Trimming – via motorized coarse feed. Motorised coarse feed – 2 speed setting rapid: 0.65 mm/sec. Slow” 0.3 mm/sec Refrigerating capacity: Temperature selection range - 0º to – 30º C Time required to refrigerate to -30º C approximate 3 hours at 22º C ambient temperature. Chamber defrosting automatic hot gas defrosting cucle duration 8 min starting time freely programmable. Manual defrost cycle on demanding temperature of quick freeze shelf max -45º at a cryo chamber temperature of -30º C Quick freeze shelf defrosting – manual defrost in demand. System should be FDA and CE marked.

Item No. 8

Dental Sterilizer 1. Mains voltage shall be 220V - 50hz 1,300 watt. The power cord shall have a minimum length of 1,2 meters. The steriliser shall not require an electrical current higher than 13 amps. 2. The water reservoir shall have a capacity of 4 litres that is sufficient for approximately 30 cycles. The reservoir shall have a float that reads the level of the water that indicates on the display when the reservoir needs to be refilled The water reservoir shall have a conductivity probe to ensure that the quality of the water used is acceptable 3. The sterilisation chamber shall have a capacity of at least 5 litres and be a removable cassette, constructed of stainless steel. The cassettes internal dimensions shall be 38 cm x 18 cm x 8 cm. The cassette shall act as the sterilisation chamber and have a stainless steel grid 4. The sterilizer shall function with a micro - processor which controls a defined volume of distilled water , that is pumped into a boiler, converted into steam, and then injected into the Sterilising chamber which will actively force 99% of the air from the chamber.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 54

The micro processor shall accurately control and monitor the sterilising temperature and pressure The distilled water shall not be recycle but used only once every cycle and automatically ejected through a cooling coil into a waste bottle. 6. The cassette shall be thermally insulated to prevent heat loss for fast heating and cooling to minimise the overall processing time. 7. The steriliser shall have a keypad, which controls the pre-set programs and the start control with a single touch 7:1 Unwrapped Cycle. To sterilise unwrapped instruments the sterilising cycle shall be constant at 136 degrees C for 3.5 minutes. The total cycle time including warm up, pressurisation and de-pressurisation shall not be more than be 11 minutes. The temperature shall never exceed 137 degrees. 7:2 Wrapped Cycle. To sterilise wrapped instruments the sterilising cycle shall be constant at 136 degrees C for 6 minutes. The total cycle time including warm up, pressurisation and de-pressurisation shall not be more than 15 minutes. The temperature shall never exceed 137 degrees. 7:3 Cycle for delicate items. To sterilise certain rubber, plastic and delicate items the sterilising cycle shall be constant at 121 degrees C for 15 minutes. The total cycle time including warm up pressurisation and de-pressurisation shall not be more than 24 minutes. The temperature shall never exceed 124 degrees. 8. L. C. Display for monitoring the systems throughout the processing cycle including the temperature, pressure and time elapsed. 9. The unit shall also have a 60 minute air drying program that switches on automatically after the completion of any cycle. There shall be a manual keypad override abort control, that allows safe interruption of any sterilising cycle, at any stage of the cycle, that can be operated by a single touch. 10. The unit shall have the facility for a internal printer, external printer or data logger that captures the date, time, temperature and cycle number 13. The unit shall have a level indicator to ensure the correct levelling of the unit. 14. The microprocessor shall regulate functions to eliminate over heating and temperature spikes to ensure optimal sterilising conditions and ensure the correct operating sequence. 15. The steriliser shall be validated with both a biological monitor and the Bowie Dick test 16. The steriliser shall have a .042 micron biological filter, for filtering the air entering the chamber during the drying cycle 17. The external dimensions of the unit shall not exceed 55 cm x 41.5 cm x 19 cm and shall have an external design which will accommodate easy handling and transportation.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 55

Item No. 9

ELISA Reader with Washer

1. Description of Function 1.1 ELISA Reader is required to Read the Colour Density known as OD(Optical Density) in ELISA (Enzyme Linked Immuno-Sorbent Assay.)Plates. 2 Operational Requirements 2.1 Only ELISA Reader is required. 3 Technical Specifications 3.1 OPTICAL SYSTEM Digital light control 8 measurement channels including 1 reference. Single and dual wavelength measurement with facility for kinetic measurement 8 s maximum measurement time for single and dual wavelength and 5 s(+/_1Sec.) for kinetic Measurement Range 400-700nm Indication Range 0-2.999 abs Accuracy Plus/Minus 2% or Plus/Minus 0.005 abs Resolution 0.001 abs Inbuilt Filters: Narrow band interference Should have the following filters – 405, 450, 492(+/_2nm), 540, 620 (+/-10nm) and 690 nm Should measure end point, curves and kinetic. 3.2 SOFTWARE: Storage of immediately preceding measurement At least 15 user programmable tests permanently stored Time programmable between each measurement. Agitation programmable before each reading Bidirectional printer interface. Data memory through computer Built in Windows based software programming software. 3.3 MEASUREMENT MODES Plate shaking mode for sample mixing selectable speed and time) Flexible blank mode setting Matrix Modes: Matrix -/x/t, Matrix-/0-0 (Range ), Matrix-/f/(Floating cut off) Difference Mode: Absorbance of each well in even numbered subtracted from those of odd numbered columns Curve fit Modes: LIN/LIN.LIN/LOG.LOG/LOG or auto curve transformation with ability to add the standard curve; 8 to 12 way string orientation or kinetic modes Table of optical densities, Delta DD, Graphic, Reaction rate/V-Max 3.4 Adjustable for different micro plate geometrics 3.5 Halogen Lamp 20 - 40 W. 3.6 16 digit alphanumeric fluorescent display 3.7 Membrane keyboard. 3 .7 Technical Specifications for washer 3.1 Auto strip washer for 96 well plates / strips 3.2 1 x 8 strips/ 1x12 strips.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 56

3.3 Dispensable wash volume 50 - 300 µl. 3.3a Residual wash Volume -<0.5µl 3.4 Aerosol Shield for user safety. 3.5 In built shaking facility 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 8-12 channel manifold, all tubing sets, wash, rinse and waste bottles Maintenance kit to be provided. 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 System as specified- 4.2 Halogen Lamps : 2 4.3 Printer inbuilt or external to be supplied along with 10 Rolls/Z Fold 4.4 Dust cover. 5 Environmental factors 5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 - 40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug 6.2 Resettable over current breaker shall be fitted for protection 6.3 Suitable voltage corrector/stabilizer 6.4 Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum one-hour back-up should be supplied with the system. 7 Standards and Safety 7.1 Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with the system. 7.2 Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems - Medical devices - Particular requirements for the application of ISO 9001 applicable to manufacturers and service providers that perform their own design activities. 7.3 Should be FDA or CE or ISI approved product 8 Documentation 8.1 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied 8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory. 8.3 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as per manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual. 8.4 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing. 8.5 Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist. The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 57

Item No. 10

Emergency Resuscitation Kit (imported)

1. To have Retromolar Intubation fiberscope for unexpected difficult airways. a. Tip Distal Bending 40°. b. To be movable eyepiece c. To have a light source connection d. With length 40-42cms and dia 5-6 cms. e. ET tube holder should be provided f. Should take min. 5.5 size of ET tube 2. Portable LED light source should be provided i. with illumination not less than 50000 Lux ii. should run on two 3v photo batteries iii. burning life should be more than 100 minutes iv. ergonomically designed and can be connected to both the fibrescopes v. life of LED should be close to 50000 hrs 3. One Laryngoscope with rechargeable battery pack and blade with fibreoptic mechanism should be provided to be used on both adult and pediatric patients with charger. 4. Other accessories like, magill forceps should be provided. 5. Should have Emergency Cricothyroidotomy for pediatric and adult i. disposable blades ii. dialator 6. Should have Combitube size 37Fr. i. with complete kit 7. Should have Intubating Laryngeal Mask Airways with Following Components: a. ILMA Sizes 3 & 4. b. ILMA Tubes ID 7mm & 7.5mm. c. Tube Stabilizing rod d. Cuff deflator 8. Should have Laryngeal Mask Airways i. sizes 1,2 and 4 9. Handy and strong brief case/bag should be provided to keep all the instruments safe. 10. Set of disposable percutaneous tracheotomy kit for adult and pediatric. 11. Should have standard AMBU bag for pediatric and adult. 12. Mechanical suction pump with suction catheter and stomach tubes. 13. Should have Aluminum Oxygen reservoir 2 Liter with oxygen tube and cather. 14. Oxygen pressure reducer, regulable 0-15 liter with coupler for respirator. 15. Ventilating bag 16. Lubricant 17. Blood pressure meter, boso K-II 18. Stethoscope 19. Rescue blanket gold/silver 20. Infusion system.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 58

Item No. - 11

Fiber optic Bronchoscope

Bronchoscope should have: Field of view: 120deg. Depth of field : 3-50mm Tip deflection up/down : 180/130deg. Distal diameter : 4.9 mm Insertion tube diameter : 4.8mm Diameter of working channel : 2.8mm Insertion tube working length : 600mm Total length : 900mm Sharp, smooth image Ergonomic control section Easy insertion and excellent maneuverability Compatible to electrosurgical treatment Light Source should have : Compatible light source (Xenon / Halogen) with fibre-optic cable & back-up lamp Standard Accessories like : Foreign Body Retriever Forceps Tempo-nation Balloons Magnet Forceps Biopsy Forceps Single Chip camera of high resolution > 500 lines Incorporate 1/3" high sensitivity CCD and should have anti moire filter C-mount camerahead to attach bronchoscope and 3 windows size. 14" colour Medical grade LCD monitor for images Single Chip camera of high resolution > 500 lines

Item No 12

Glass cover slipper model

Designed for histology sections and cytopathology smears. Minimized operator interaction. High throughput glass on glass cover slipping up to 400 slides / hour Auto slip magazine for automatic adaptation to different coverslip sizes. Avoids glass dust blocking the suction cup vacuum air lines suction cup filter system. Operator defined mouonting media settings. Acceptance of a large variety of slide rack types. Wet or dry cover slipping. Wet park position for nozzle module. Broken cover slip sensor with automatic disposal function. Software settings for main functions. Easy access to all key components. Quick setup and installation. Option to connect to multi stainer; fully integrated workstation. System should have CE, GS, and UL certifications.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 59

Item No. - 13

HOT PACK UNIT · Must be full stainless steel unit with wheels with option to easily change water and heating capacity of upto 12 large packs at one time and temperature preset at 167 degree F. · Should have a PVC coated and low-water cutoff feature with special insulate to preserve heat and help conserve power consumption · Must come with built in adjustable thermostats and provide lighted on/off switches · Should have concelead elements, coved bottoms, coated racks and hospital-grade power cord · Unit must have inside mesh and hangers to hold the pads for proper stable heating to transfer · Unit should be provided with different size white clay pads and able to hold temperature upto 30minutes of deep moist heat. · Hot Packs able to be reused for hundreds of treatments and provide 12 months of warranty · Should come with durable custom size and shapes Terry covers for hot packs with different sizes for cervical, lower back, extremities and more · UL-listed, ETL/CE and CSA –approved with 220 volts

Item No. 14

Infant Resuscitator

Manometer Range: 20 to 80 cm H2O (-20 to 7.8 kPa) Maximum Pressure relief should be 5 to 70 cm h2O at 8 LPM Peak inspiratory Pressure (PIP) should be 5 to 70 cm H2O at 8 LPM Positive-end expiratory pressure PEEP) should be 1 to 9 cm H2O at 8 LPM. Gas inlet flow range:- 5 LPM (min) to 15 LPM (max) If the gas inlet flow rate increases from 5 to 15 LPM, the peak inspiratory pressure typically increases approximately 8cm H2O (0.8 kPa). Delivered oxygen Concentration: - Up to 100% depending on gas supply Operating time (400 L cylinder):- @ 8 LPM 50 minutes Recommended body weight: - Up to 10 kg (22 lb) Should be supplied with all related tubing’s and consumable (Preferable reusable) for at least 50 cases (application)

Item No. 15

Micro Centrifuge

Max RCF 21,100 x g Max Speed 14,800 rpm Max Noise Level 56 dBA (ventilated), 50 dBA (refrigerated) Time Set Range 1 min - 99 min; 1 min increments + HOLD mode Temperature Range* Set from -9 °C to +40 °C per 1 °C increment Dimensions, H xWx D 330 x 295 x 445 mm (12.9 x 11.6 x 17.5 in) with 24 x 1.5 / 2.0 mL rotor with ClickSeal bio-containment lid, 230V, 50/60 HZ


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 60

Item No. 16

NEONATAL MONITOR Patient monitor system should be of modular type and capable of monitoring adult, pediatric & neonatal patients. Monitor should have 17” independent flat panel display. Touch screen user interface . Module rack / housing should be independent and shall be able to be placed near to the patient. Should be capable of 8 traces display. Monitor must be capable of simultaneously monitoring the following parameters which should be present as standard: ECG, NIBP, SpO2, invasive pressures (2), temperatures (2) Should be compatible with Capnography, Cardiac output, EEG, and BIS and prices to be offered as optional ECG should have capability for 3, 5 and / or 10 lead monitoring and should have built in arrhythmia monitoring on all leads. Inbuilt ST segment analysis and arrhythmia detection for all the leads should be possible. Haemodynamic and drug dose calculations should be available. Arrhythmia should be grouped based on classifications – and should show no of arrhythmias occurred. Respiration should be available with Cardio Vascular Artifact filter. ICP monitoring should be possible. Alarm parameter should flash red in the presence of high priority alarms (e.g. ventricular fibrillation and asystole) and flash yellow in the presence of medium or low priority alarms (e.g. noisy signal, etc.) 24 hours trend data should be displayed. All monitors including central station should have similar user interface for usage among all clinicians. Monitor shall provide the capability to interact with alarms at remote bedsides. Monitor shall provide the capability to receive and display real-time waveforms, trended data and alarm status from other bedside or telemetry units on the patient monitoring network. Monitor shall provide the capability enter patient information at the bedside or central monitor. On-screen keyboard for entering this data is preferable. Should have USB ports to connect mouse, key board, bar code scanner. Alarm limit status (ON/OFF) must be indicated on-screen for each parameter and actual parameter alarm settings must be displayed on-screen when alarms are on. Position of the displayed waveforms must be user configurable. Waveform color changing should be user configurable. Monitor shall permit the optional ability to receive and display information from other patient devices such as ventilators, infusion pumps and other standalone devices. All modules should be compatible with all monitors quoted. Bed to bed communication between the monitors should be possible with out a central station. Networking to central station should be possible and price of central station should be offered as optional Patient monitoring network shall use standard TCP/IP protocol and be capable of residing on hospital’s network infra-structure. Should be compatible with HIS and should be HL7 compliant.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 61

Monitor should provide remote viewing of real time waveforms through internet. Patient monitoring network shall be able to support up to 1,000 monitoring nodes. Should be supplied with necessary accessories for adult , pediatric and neonatal accessories. Accessories and spares 1. ECG / respiration: 5 lead ECG cable and lead wire set per monitor 2. NIBP: Adult: 2 sizes and Pediatric 2 sizes and neonatal, 1 size per monitor 3. SPo2 Sensor: Adult sensor with cable, pediatric sensor with cable and neonatal sensor with cable per monitor 4. IBP: Include 10 nos of disposable pressure transducer with bracket and interface cable per monitor 5. Temperature: Skin and nasopharyngeal probes per monitor. The equipment should be CE & US FDA Approved.

Item No. - 17

OAE Tester-Hearing Screener

Baby screener for measurement of OAE by DPOAE and / or TEOAE tests , hand held, lightweight, fast automatic tests print out, with measuring probe, screening software carrying case. Screener should be integrated with evoked otoacoustic emissions (OAE) and brain Stem Responses (ABR) into a single, portable screening device, battery operated, self- contained with diagnostic features, to test new borns, children, adults, the elderly and all difficult- to- test patients, storage memory. The above system should be supplied with all standard accessories including: Probe Adapter Power cord - Electrodes 2 each - Disposable Electrodes – minimum 4 Pkts. Printer with cartridges. - Infant Ear Tip Kit-5 sizes Universal Ear Tips-100 Child Ear Tip Kit Adult Ear Tip Kit Comfort cops Probe cleaning Kit Labels, video and Software on database. Carrying case Operating and service manuals.

Item No 18

Open Care System It should have micro processed control and Temperature range should be 25’C to 38’C Temperature indication range 20’C to 45’C Power Adjustment (Manual Mode) 0-100% Display resolution Skin Temp. Should be 0.1’C


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 62

Control Precision (skin Temp.) +/- 0.2’C Alarms: - Power failure High temp. - +1’C +/- 0.2’C Low temp. - -1’C +/- 0.2’C Safety High temp. 15 Min. on Maximum power Probe failure, dislodged skin probe Manual Mode – Every 10 Min. It should have indication for Heating Power bar graph, Sound inhibid, manual mode, servo mode. It should have metabolic scale with capacity 7Kg display resolution 2gm. Heater power 560 W It should have rotary reflector 180◦ Voltage 220 V 50/60 Hz Height till mattress area should be 1000mm (+/-100mm)* Mattress dimensions Approx. 565mm X 810mm Bed Inclination grade up to 12◦ It should have height adjustment motorised. It should have X ray cassette tray. It should have 4 drawers with tray. It should have observation lamp. It should have blender set for O2 support with two flow meters with one humidification flask and O2 mask with 1.5 meter hose. It should have aspirator with vacuum meter mounted on the front panel. It should have gas panel with two O2 and two compressed air and one vacuum outlet, ABNT slandered. It should have I.V. Pole. It should have upgar timer 0 to 10 Min. It should have tray for monitor

Item No. - 19

PH meter

Meter, Electrochemistry, pH/mV/ deg. C Meter Kit; Large LCD; -1.99 to +19.99 pH, 0 to +/-999mV, -5 to +100 deg. C ranges; ATC, Autorecognition of 5 pH buffers, 1 to 5 calibration points

Item No: 20

NEONATAL PHOTOTHERAPY UNIT - CFL 1 Description of Function 1.1 Phototherapy units are used to treat hyperbilirubinemia, a condition characterized by high bilirubin concentrations in the blood.These units are also called: bilirubin lamps, bilirubin lights, fiberoptic phototherapy blankets, neonatal phototherapy units 2 Operational Requirements 2.1 Should be Compact Florescent Lamp (CFL) based Phototherapy unit used for clinical management of neonatal hyperbilirubinemia 2.2 Lamp unit should be made with plastic lamp module with metallic top cover for efficient heat dissipation to reduce radiant heat on infant. 2.3 Should occupy very little bedside space, offer convenience in observation and procedures 2.4 The unit should be mobile with 3 swivel castors of 2" diameter fixed to a T-shaped base to be accommodated beneath trolley/bed with adjustable height. 3 Technical Specifications


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 63

3.1 Irradiance at 430 - 480 nm- effective to the baby of at least 18 mw/cm/nm at 45cm from the lamp. 3.2 Lamps: compact florescent lamps 3.3 Height adjustable:(app+/-5 cm): 138cm (minimum) - 190 cm (maximum) 3.4 Lamp tiltability :- horizontal to vertical at any angle. 3.5 Time totaliser : Mechanical / Electronic 3.6 Therapy duration timer: Resettable - optional 3.7 Height of the base app: 6-8 cm (at the front) 3.8 Size of the lamp unit (LxBxH) 47 x 40 x 9 cm +/- 5 cm 3.9 Coating: Epoxy / Powder coated body for scratch and rust prevention 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 System as specified 4.2 All consumables required for installation and standardization of system to be given free of cost. 4.3 100 bulbs should be supplied along with each unit 4.4 Phototherapy eye pads 100 each for preterm and term babies to be provided free. 5 Environmental factors 5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug 6.2 UPS of suitable rating with voltage regulation and spike protection for 60 minutes back up. 7 Standards, Safety and Training 7.1 Should be FDA , CE,UL or BIS approved product 7.2 Shall CERTIFIED to be meeting Electrical Safety requirements as per IEC 60601-2-50 Medical Electrical Equipment part-2-50 Particular requirements for the safety of Infant Phoototherapy Equipments 7.3 Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO certification for quality standards. 7.4 Comprehensive warranty for 2 years and 5 years CMC after warranty and it includes checking flux as per specification every month. CMC would include all electrical, electronic and mechanical items. The CMC should provide at least 100 CFL lamps every year per unit. 8 Documentations to be provided 8.1 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English. 8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection. 8.3 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance Support. as per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual. 8.4 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing. 8.5 Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist. 8.1 The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out.

Item No. 21

Portable Ultrasound B & W · Portable ultrasound machine with biopsy attachment. · Scanning mode: linear and convex · Display mode: b mode, m mode and b+m · Monitor screen should be 10” high resolution latest technology · Display depth:25 cm max · Magnification: 8 steps


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 64

· Facility for image zoom, image reverse, image freeze and image magnification, reduction · Alphanumeric keyboard for character entry and character display · Gynecology measurement facility for uterus, cervix, special probe for gynecology to be provided 3.5mhz linear probe, 3.5mhz convex probe, ultrasound gel, biopsy attachment and black and white video printer with at least 10 no. Rolls, mobile stand.

Item No 22

QBC Blood parasite detection system

Should supply complete system with UV Micro Adaptor, Illumination, Fibre Optic cable, Paraviewer, spare lamp, Immersion Oil, Centrifuge malaria atlas. Paralens assembly consisting of Focusing lens, 470 nm – 490 nm wavelength, Excitation filter, dichroic beam splitter, 1.0 N.A, 60x oil immersion lens, 520 nm, wavelength barrier filter and standard royal microscopic threading. Illuminator should have LED light source consisting of Rheostat controlled illumination. Fibre Optic cable transmits white light illuminator. Paraviewer tube holder for direct examination of capillary tube under the microscope. Immersion oil (7cc) ND = 1.5150 ±0.0002 ND temp coeff = -0.00031 /+deg C Ne = 1.5180 ± 0.0002 Abbe Ve = 42.6 Nf-Nc = 0.0120 cSt = 1250 ± 10% Flouresecence = low To be supplied with monocular microscope System should have CE, GS, and UL certifications. Enclose Gold standard products with supporting documents like traceability certificate and QC certificates. Should provide FDA / CE certifications.

Item No. 23 Refrigerated Centrifuge Table Top Max Capacity Swing-out 4 x 135 mL Fixed Angle 6 x 50 mL Max Density 1200 kg/ m3 Max Load 0.648 kg Max Speed Swing-out 4000 rpm Fixed Angle 6500 rpm Max RCF Swing-out 2647 x g Fixed Angle 3684 x g Control System Microprocessor Speed Set/ Display Range 300 - 6500 rpm


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 65

Step 10 rpm Accuracy ±20 rpm (display) Timer Set/ Display 1 min up to 99 min + Hd Acceleration Rates High or Low Braking Rates High or Low Drive System Direct Motor Type Brushless induction Power (average/ max) 150 W Noise 57 dBA Standards IEC 1010-1, IEC 1010-2-020, CE marked, UL listed, cUL listed Product Dimensions Height (lid closed) [cm/ in] 28/ 11 Width [cm/ in] 37/ 14.6 Depth [cm/ in] 46/ 18.1 Weight unpacked [kg/ lb] 28/ 61.7

Item No. - 24

STREAK RETINOSCOPE

The unique optical design provides the first truly bimodal Retinoscope with just a quick bulb change. A true streak or spot - no compromises. Features · Brilliant, bright halogen illumination · Earth magnetic signke control for rotation, convergence and divergence · Double neutralization check makes it easier for students Two position apertures that optimize brightness of the retinal reflex

Item No. - 25

Traction Unit

· Must be FDA approved decompression-traction unit · Should able to deliver decompression therapy along with 3-channel of light therapy to muscle stimulation and blood circulation · Should able to deliver light therapy treatment and decompression simultaneously. · Should have a touch screen interactive display for easy treatment set-ups and easy angle selection and must come with treatment protocol manual · Must provide along with the package Angle reference chart · Should able to automatically calculate and digitally display the rope pull angle for decompression and traction as per the treatment protocol · Must provide a 8”x 10’ Infrared light Pad unit for muscles relaxing and muscle spasms · Must have built in training information for traction and light therapy protocols · Should provide protocol manual for light therapy and lumbar and cervical protocol manual · Must be a build in computerized software package and protection against accidental setting of force-must have a safety switch for emergency shut of · Should come with Flexion stool, Knee bolsters, Cervical pillow, Ankle bolsters, and decompression belts thoracic and pelvic. · Should provide with a 4 section motorized table hi/lo with clamps, frame attachments for connecting the traction unit


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 66

· Should be a certified class device with all CE mark and US FDA approved Unit, and must provide proprietary certificate and IEC 60601-1(CE) and CSA/NRTL

Item No. - 26

TRANSPORT INCUBATOR

· Built-in membrane pump & receiver bottle complete within the incubator chassis, with ECG, SPO2, NIBP monitor. · Oxygen flow meter & 1 lit O2 cylinder with clear front panel display of pressure completely integrated within the incubator. · Manual temp. setting with over temp (40º C) audible & visual alarm. · Internal lighting · Removable infant tray. · Special straps to fix the transport incubator securely to all stretchers in both ambulance & helicopters. · Harness to secure the infant on the tray. · Power supply: Main supply and dry battery (12V) or mains power supply of ambulance/automobile/helicopter. · Should have a 25x10 mm rail at the back of transport incubator. · Relative humidity up to 60% C distilled water. · Weight with 1 lit O2 tank not to exceed 25 kgs. · Unit should be completely detachable from trolley for putting in plane. · Unit should be complete with all accessories and startup kit, extra dry battery for 12 hours work, probes electrodes etc.

Item No. 27 Tuboplasty Set

Allis forceps 6” 4 Aneurysm needle (curved to left ) 2 Aneurysm needle (curved to right) 2 Artery forceps mosquito curved 12 Artery forceps mosquito straight 8 Babcock 6” 4 Dissecting forceps Adson Plain 2 Dissecting forceps Adson Toothed 2 Needle holder mayohegar 6” 2 Needle holder curved 8” 2 Probe with director 4 Probe grooved 6” 2 Langenback retractor medium 4 Round ligament forceps 2 Scissors fine straight 5” 2 MICRO TUBOPLASTY Micro forceps without teeth 2 Micro forceps with teeth 2 Retracting rod 0.5”, 2”, 3” – 6” 2 Tubal scissor 2 Irrigator 2


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 67

Blunt probe ligature conductor 2 Irrigator cannula 19 g 2 Irrigator cannula 20 g 2 Irrigator needle 2

Item No. 28

Water bath ( Refrigerated & Non- Refrigerated)

Baths; Open; Stainless steel; Non refrigerated; Capacity 7.37 gal. (28L); 19.4L x 11.4W x 8.4 in. D (49 x 29 x 21cm) reservoir; 21.2L x 13W x 9 in. H (54 x 33 x 23cm) overall; Scratch-resistant exterior coating Bath, Open; Stainless Steel; Refrigerated Model; 3-3/8 gal. capacity; 16 L x 21-1/2 W x 11-1/2 in. H; Scratch-resistant exterior coating; Work down to 0 deg. C; 115V 50/60Hz

Item No. - 29 ECG 12 CHANNEL PAGE PRINTER WITH CART

Simultaneous acquisition of up to 12 leads. Real time continuous recording of 3, 6 and 12 channel. Recording speeds of 5, 10, 25 or 50 mm/sec Extensive ECG quality control by AC Noise Filtering and Baseline. A4 size reports for convenient reading and filing. Colour coded keys for case of operation. Convenient battery operation for greater mobility. Versatile report formats and speed options to provide auto reports or rhythm reports. User configurable filters. Preview signal quality prior to printing, saving time and paper. Keyboard entry for patient ID information. Capability to generate any number of ECG copies possible for filing and distribution. Adult and paediatric analysis programs std. Automatic interpretations of ECG data. Availability of adult, paediatric and neonatal accessories. Optional accessories e.g., stand, cables, electrodes etc. Should be quoted separately. Consumables for one year, ( a list should be attached) Service and operation manual complete.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 68

Item No. 30

DEEP FREEZER (-20C) 1. Microprocessor controlled vertical Freezer, double , door with adjustable ( 5 shelves or more) 2. Capacity 400liters approximately. 3. Outside and Inner chambers made of rust free stainless steel to prevent corrosion 4. Should be mounted on lockable castor wheels. 5. Separate pull out Drawer/Chamber racks for easy handling. 6. Refrigerant should be Non –CFC 7. Insulation: High density polyurethyane4 gaskets with double seal silicon. 8. Digital display of set and actual temperature. 9. Should have automatic defrost and inbuilt condensate evaporator to prevent condensation on storing material. 10. Heavy duty refrigeration system with cooling system to maintain an even and constant temp. Through the cabinet. 11. Hermetically sealed compressors to minimize noise and vibration. 12. Audiovisual electronic system in case of temp. Shooting up or power failure. 13. Safety door lock and door opening alarm. 14. Capable of operating continuously in ambient temp. oif 350 C- 450C and relative humidity of 15—90%. 15. Power input of 220-240v 50Hz fitted with suitable cord and plug. 16. Suitable line voltage corrector compatible with the equipment. 17. Certificate of calibration from factory. 18. Should confirm to the standards for electrical safety.

Item No. 31

UROFLOWMETER SYSTEM The unit should have the following features; • Should measure flow rate and volume rapidly and precisely • Modular design and network capability • Facility for a printout using a PC and direct printout alone • Online graph display on screen. • Should give a printout of result • Should be supplied with complete funnel and stand, and micturition chair & others accessories. • Should be supplied with PC, printer, CD writer, speakers, keyboard, mouse, microphone, software, monitor, trolley and UPS of suitable rating. • Essential consumables (like chart paper) shall be supplied for 100 examinations. Technical Specifications: Flow range: 0 to 200 ml/sec. Volume range: 0 to 1500 M Graph Scaling: 0 to 200m / sec Printout time: Less than 35 seconds Transducer shall be designed for convenient use.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 69

Item No. 32

SPECIFICATION OF PURE TONE AUDIOMETER i. Digital computerized audiometer, two independent channel

ii. Built in display

iii. Computer interface

iv. Should be able to perform

• Air conduction pure tone testing from 120 hz to not less than 16000Hz intensity range from -10db to not less than 100db in speech frequencies.

• Bone conduction pure tone testing from 250 Hz intensity range from 0 db to not less than 250db

• Masking with white noise, narrow band noise, up to a maximum of not less than 100db

• Speech audiometry

• Special tests like SISI, Tone decay, ABLB, Stenger

• Free field testing

• High frequency audiometry

v. Should be supplied with

• Patients head set

• Bone vibrator

• Patients response switch

• Power cord

• Free field amplifier

• Talk back microphone

• Patients instruction microphone

• Insert earphone

• Operating manual

• Voltage stabilizer 1 KVA

Vi Should be supplied with color monitor 14” , UPS and CPU and necessary Software to operate audiometer.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 70

Item No 33

PHOTOTHERAPHY MACHINE 1. Dimensions of the chamber should be at least 6 feetx 3 feet x 3feet. 2. Phototheraphy chamber of 18 UVA+18 NB UVB tubes designed for providing even irradiation of the body in the treatment area. 3. UV chockes must be provided to provide long life to the tube light and cooling fans for effective cooling of the unit. 4. integrated dosimeter system for easy calculation of irradiation levels. 5. The equipment have CE or FDA or ISI certification. 6. Advanced micro computerized electronic LCD/TFT Controller which allows setting of joules/time for UVA and milli Joules/time for NB UVB tubes. 7. Automatic computation of irradiation time from joules/time for NB UVB tubes. 8. Dose limit can be preset and cumulative dose is displayed instntaneously with provision of storage of data. Provision of 'software backup' is preferable. 9. Variation in irradiation is taken care by built in UVA/NB UVB sensors which should be able to detect all irradiation completely and uniformly. 10. Switches the system 'off' automatically with warming alarm at the end of set irradiation time. 11. Built in memory system that helps to avoide error in treatement. 12. Body to be of a metal which is rust free so as to ensure long rust free life of the unit. 13. Automated and/or mechaical safety mechanism to prevent excess irradiation to the pantients so as to avoid/prevent burns etc. 14. Electrical leakage circuit tripper/breaker in each panel to ensure maximum safety of the patient. 15. Open top unit to ensure maximum ventilation and prevent claustrophobia. 16. Mechanism to provide information to the patient regarding duration of treatment and time left for exposure during their treatment. 17. Computer for patient data management with software and interface for the phototheraphy chamber which is Rs.232 compatible. 18. To be supplied with suitable stabilizer. 19. Black UV Goggles and Eye pads cover (3 pairs each for adult and 3 pair for children ) as protective+.

Item No. 34 Specifications for Electrosurgical Unit

Integrated CPU control, feather touch, digital system Operating frequency: 350KHZ Display: Digital Monopolar auto cut: 300 to 400 W Not less than two blend modes Provision for spray, Fulgration and Dessication Micro/Macro Bipolar Coagulation Low: 80 W Bipolar/Coagulation/Cut High: 80 W Low weight Input Voltage: 150 to 270 V Facility for underwater cutting/coagulation Accessories: Double pedal foot switch (Monopolar) Single pedal foot switch (bipolar) SS patient plate with cable/Rubber patient plate


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 71

Autoclavable handles: onset Electrodes: one set Bipolar forceps with cord Mobile trolley Approximate cost of equipment: Rs. 2.5 lacs (rupees two and a half lacs) No. of equipments required: 5(Five)

Item No. 35

BOD INCUBATOR

Stainless steel make, full length inner plexi-glass door. Castor wheel mounted tie easy movability. CFC free High efficiency refrigerator system mounted at bottom, proper air circulation for uniformity. Temperature Range: +5degC to 50deg.C, 0.1degC resolution Temperature Control: Digital Control, Micorprocessor based controller for mains, heating, and cooling with separated indicator lights. Accuracy of Temperature: + 0.5degC Power:230 volts, 50Hz AC, Mains single phase. Size: 700 x 900 x 650 mm approx. 15cu.ft. 3 shelfs, made of stainless steel Inner illumination with sleek fluorescent tubes. Voltage Stabilizer: 3 KVA Remarks The apparatus should confirm to Indian Standard Institution Guidelines with latest. Amendments in Indian Standard Specification for Incubators or equivalent National or International Standards covering Markings, tests and Safety requirements Voltage regulators of appropriate rating to be included for each item to cope with 160-260 V.

Item No. 36

Specifications for Ultrasound Machine Digital Ultrasound equipment suitable for USG exam of abdomen, Obstetrics and Gynecology.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 72

System should have digital scan converters capable of supporting two or more probes with facility to switch between transducers. Fast selection of transducers with a single key stroke. The system should include B-mode, M-mode, and simultaneous B+M mode. Keyboard/Hard disc;

a) Full alphanumeric A keyboard having back lift central panel with Pre and Post processing functions.

b) Adjustable dynamic range of 100 db or more. c) 256 frame cine loop or more.

Display Monitor, 12” or more, high resolution, swivel and tilt facility. Software:

a) Gray shades-256 in M-mode b) TGC control enabling, multistep transmit focusing. c) Magnification in Real time and Frozen mode in any point zone. d) Scrolling facility should be possible after magnification. e) Standard measurements and calculations: circumference/area. f) Tissue Harmonic Imaging facility should be available. g) Standard examinations, specific calculations for abdomen, heart rate,

obstetrics,gynaecology. h) Dicom compatible.

Transducers: a)2.5 to 5 MHZ convex. b)5 to 9 MHZ endocavitary. c)5 to 10 MHZ linear transducers. d) Transducers should be Broad Band,multi-frequency,high density.

Item No. 37

Specifications for Cysto-Resectoscope Cystoscope sheath with obturator,19Fr, with oblique beak, inner tube with continuous irrigation 1; Cystoscope sheath with obturator,22 Fr,with oblique beak, inner tube with continuous irrigation 1; Bridge, two channels, with catheter deflecting mechanism1; Telescope 0 degree 1; Telescope 30 degree 1; Fiberoptic light cable 1; Light source, Xenon 1; Biopsy forceps 1; Resectoscope sheath with obturator, 26Fr, inner tube for continuous irrigation, with ceramic insulator 1; Resectoscope sheath with obturator, 27Fr, inner tube for continuous irrigation, with ceramic insulator 1; Visual obturator fitting into 26Fr sheath1; Resectoscope(working element) for loops, finger action type, with a slot for high frequency cord 1; Urethrotome sheath with obturator 21 Fr 1; Cold knife, straight 1;


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 73

Coagulating electrode, ball end,6; Ellick evacuator 2;

Item No. - 38

Elisa Reader with Printer and Automatic Washer

Elisa Plate Washer Fully automatic 96 well elisa plate washer Programmatic for all plate type Residual volume less then 2 micro liter Bottle set for wash, rinse and waste liquid Pressure free dispensing system Manifold position sensor Automatic rinsing Liquid Level sensors and bubble detection Aerosed Cover Minimum 20 wash protocols memory LED Display RS 232 interface Power requirements 220v - 240v CE/FDA Certification Elisa Plate Reader Ability to read different microplates Measurment channels 12, Reference channel 1 Single and dual wavelength messurement with facility for kinetic move Wave length range 340- 750 nm filters 405, 450, 492, 620, 550, 690 nm Absorbance range 0 to 4.0 OD Accuracy and precision +_ 0.005 Resolution 0.001 OD Maximum measuring time 8 seconds Plateshaking made with selectable time and speed Blank mode setting Broad Touch screen Display of opuation and display of results Halogen lamp with prefailure warning Membrane keyboard. Storage of at least fifteen user programmable tests software for quality control and self calibration along with QC plate RS 232 interface Power supply 220v - 240v Dust proof cover CE certifited / FDA External laser printer Single Phase UPS with battery back up for at least 30 ft


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 74

Item No. 39 BIOSAFETY CABINET,CLASS II BI(As per NSF guidelines) The basic equipment shall consist of exhaust HEPA filter,’ Supply HEPA filter,HEPA filter for supply air, negative pressure exhaust plenum, front opening sash with either counter weight of motorized movement, suitable blower assembly, necessary lighting, indicators and controls for the cabinet. The equipment should be mounted on a stand with leveling feet. The exhaust plenum should be under negative pressure, hard ducted to the outside. HEPA FILTER: Face dimensions;4ft.(L) X 2ft.(W) X 6ft. The HEPA filter should have rated efficiency of 99.97%(or better)at 0.3 microns to provide product protection of class 100 or exceeding Class 100 requirements of Federal Standards 209E Or equivalent ISO within the work area. Face Velocity: 105 FPM Light Intensity at work surface: 800 lux or more over the entire work surface. Noise level: <70dba. UV germicidal lamp intensity: >40 microwatts/sq.cm over the entire work surface. Main body, side and rear panel: Electrogalvanized Steel or Mild Steel, oven baked epoxy powder coated finish. Workable (surface):SS304 or SS 316.Individual switches and indicator lamps for blower motor,florescent lamp and UV lamp. Differential pressure gauge: Scale display in cms of water Electical: Electrical outlet socket (5 ampere rating)qty:2 nos.Should be fitted with earth leakage circuit breaker(ELCB) Prejitter: one The Biosaftey Cabinet comply with the following requirements at site:- 1. Down flow velocity and Volume Test. 2. Inflow Velocity Test. 3. Airflow Smoke Pattern Test. 4. HEPA filter Leakage Test. 5. Cabinet Leakage Test. 6.Electrical Leakage: Ground Circuit Resistance and Polarity Test. 7.Lighting Intensity Test. 8. Vibration Test. 9. Noise Level Test. 10. UV lamp Intensity Test. 11. Alarms and indicators test(if provided). 12. The differential pressure gauge should be calibrated. Remarks: Equipment quoted should comply with Indian Standards Institutions Guidelines or

any other National or International Guidelines.

Item No. 40

Glycosylated Haemoglobinometer 1. Fully automatic 2. User Friendly, easy to use

3. Multiple sample accommodation in primary tubes and sample vials. Whole blood primary


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 75

tube sampling 4. Facility of result display with chromatogram in a printed format 5. Minimum interference from other labile HbA1C, Lipemic samples, other haemoglobin

variants

6. With Bar Code Facility. 7. With LCD Display. 8. With Built in printer. 9. With Data Storage facility. 10. With Service port for connectivity 11. With Suitable UPS for ½ hr capacity. 12. With Two years warranty. 13. Five Year AMC along with rate.

Item No. 41

Specification for camera for Digital x-ray Machines and Mammography

Processing Capacity: 14” x 17” cm

26” x 36” cm 8” x 10” cm Total Film processing rate more than 100 film/hr. Pixel size -Min 35 microns Spatial resolution -500 dpi Grey Scale Resolution -Min 12 bits

• Density Adjustment should be automatic.

Power Supply 200 – 240 V Ac Single Phase, 50hz 12A. Details of warranty, maintenance, Spare parts supply in case of Breakdown. Should be given along with.

• Details of installation in Govt. Institutions should be given. • Also it should be specified if film of same concern only can be used and if yes, Assurance

of availability of the same should be given.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 76

Item No 42

Ultrasound Machine 3D with Color Doppler

It should be robust state of art, fully digital system capable of performing imaging application in abdominal, obs/gynae , musculo sketeal, cardiovascular, small part etc. It should be eaisly traspoartable and capable of performing bed side examination in operation theater, endoscopic and intervention suits. 1. System should have board band all digital beam former capable of processing singles from 2-18 MHz with tissue specific preset and enhanced spatial focus and resolution and complex pulse design and wave form excitation. 2. System should have advance image processing softwere algorithm to analyse target and artifacts so as to sharpen target anatomy and reduce/eliminate artifact and improve resoluction for example separate two objest 0.2mm apart laterally (laterl resoluction ) at 11 MHz approx. 3. System should in corporate facility for high resoluction 2D , M-mode , PW,CW,color flow imaiging modes, colour sdge processing. 4. System should have real time triplex mode facility in 2D, colour and Doppler modes with at least 20 frames/sec. or higher . 5. System shoyld have color campare mode color /color power mode and normal gray scale mode side by side or equivalent. 6.System should have quad &thumbanail display etc. 7. System should have dynamic range of 180db or higher. Higher will be preferred. 8. MI & TI should be displayed on screen. 9. System should have more then 500 frames per second and high PRF (5k) mention rate highest will be preferred. 10. System should have scan dept of 30cm or more. 11.System should have 256 shades of gray display and a frame rate of 100/Sec or higher. 12. System should have facility for real time or frozen, pan or point zoom upto 8times. 13. System should have cineloop review possible on all modes for individual and mixed loops for more then 5000 frames and more 30 seconds of spectral doppler and m-mode strip. 14. System should have 120 or more transmit channels and 20,000 or more receiving channels with on site upgradability to higher number. Full spectrum imaging where whole of band width is utillized. 15.Sytem should have automatic as well as manually adjusable touch screen guided control of :- i) Focus Transmit and dynamic recive at multiple dept individually and simultaneously. ii) Frame rate for B mode, color, compounded resolution ect. iii) Dynamic range compression. iv) Pre-processing such as edge enhancing, beam line density. v) Post processing such as image persistance, speckle reduction. vi) Real time compound resolution image no of viewing angles and lines per frame (<9) vii) Audio adjustments. viii)Adjusttable "packet" size in phase shift analyses for example 10 or move transmit and receive sequences. 16. System should have panoramic extended field of view and trapezoidal view on linear propes. 17. System should independent steering of B mode and color on linear probe. 18. System should have 3D acquisition and analysis package for e.g. free hand 3D ,static 3D, multislice view capabilities. a. Data Acquisition : free hand, mechanecal & electronic and gated techiniques. b. Transducer : matrix acquisition for faster scan rate with better damping of traansducer element for sharper focus. 19. It should have advanced issue harmonic imaging on all probes such as fundamental,phase inversion ,


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 77

coded Octave and Intravenous US contrast tuned imaging and quantification. 20. It should have cardiac package and probe for adult and fetal echo cardiography e.g. myocardial velocity, stress & strain quantification, quality intima media thickness, tissue velocity maping and peripheral vascular study optimization programmes. 21. It should have extensive software and automatic and user programmable calculation packeg for gray scale color Doppler, 3D applications. 22. It should have a 17"hight resolution medical grade LCD screen monitor with articulated arm. 23. It should be provided with following transducers, board band full spectrum functioning, with colour, covering 2 to 18 MHz. • Convex Abdominal 3-6 MHz Approximately. • Endocavity (TVS+TRUS)5-9 MHZ approx. with 200*R. • Linear high frequency 6-18 MHz approx. • Micro convex phased array 2-5/3-6 with cardiac capabilities. The configuration may vary according to manufacturer but all function should be served. 24. It should be capable of supporting at least three or more transducers ports with switching from consol. 25. System should have built in image Management Software, for off line application when patient has gone after examination, such as image Manipulation, Multi Planner reformating, etc. its should have hard disk memory of 360GB or more with built in CD/DVD read write and limitless connectivity e.g. USB/HDD/CD/DVD. 26. For paralle processing of imaging Data system should be provided with a separate latest Pentium i3 (2.9GHz) configuration with 1Tera Byte Hard based station with USB and serial port with 19" LCD medical grade monitor with very high quality image management Software (e.g.radion) with same capabilities as main machine such as retriving data along Demography, Zoom, Pan, retrieving information from CD/DVD wretriving and Teleradiology Software exporting JPG & AVI file format to link other state in the hospital information service (HIS), RIS & PACS server. iIt should have minimum memory storage for about 100 patients per day and cine loops for 6 month's work. 27. System should be provided with black & white tharmal printer & colour laser printer capacity of printing 3000 sheets per cartride and 3000sheet for starting work. 28. On line UPS for 2KVA or more as appropriate for supporting main equipment &all line accessosies for 30 minutes should be provided with system machine should have high inherent voltage fluctuation protection. 29. Standard accessories such as various cuffs, elbow rest, standardization phantoms, bio guides & needles etc. should also be provided. 30. Syatem should be upgradable to : a. Elastography and sound speed measurement free of cost as and when it become available with the Company. b. Comparison/super imposition/fusion with CT/MRI images obtained by teleradio.

Item No. 43

Specification for oxytocin infusion pump

1. Flow rate should be print 0.1 to 450 ml / hour with 0.1 ml / hour increment. 2. It should have choice of micro and macro drops. 3. Volume limit should be more than 9900 ml. 4. It should use conventional tubing (4 mm), PVC any Indian make. 5. Immediate display of choice of programming after purge. 6. Must have function for immediate forward and reversed of screen parameters. 7. Programming – MI/hour, time x volume limit.

Specification for oxytocin in fusion pump


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 78

8. Must have display of flow rate observed from a distance of 10-12 feet. 9. Must have occlusion pressure from 0 to 120 KPA. 10. KVO 3 ml / hour or less. 11. Bolus rate more than 450 ml / hour. 12. Special function, titration, fluid balance. 13. Time limit one minute to 99 hours 59 minutes. 14. Should have prealarms ultrasonic sensor type. 15. Visual or sound alarms like endof battery, incorrect flow rate, door open, no drops,

occlusion, programming error, running in KVO, Fluid balance etc. 16. Flow rate deviation with standard tubing should not be more than + or – 6% of the

programme flow rate. 17. Battery rechargeable more than 5 hours of operations. 18. Should be able to work on 220 V.

Item No. 44

SPECIFICATION FOR “ CARDIOTOCOGRAPH”

Cardiotocograph antenatal (NST) and intra par tum fetal monitor. Fetal monitor for three functions a) Fetal Heart rate recording b) Toco-recording (For intrauterine pressure recording) c) Maternally sensed fetal movement recording.

• Twin monitoring facility required. • Colour coded transducers, plugs and sockets. • Very compact and light weight. • Detachable printer • 1.5 MHZ multi crystal directional pulse Doppler.

FHR detection with low ultrasound energy exposure to fetus. • Optimize, fully screened and water proof FHR transducer the transducer and

belt clip are designed for ease of use • Built in transducer storage. • Manual or automatic Toco-Zero light weight flat faced with guarding type

toco dynamo meter. It has the same belt clip and belt in, as the transducer • Display 260 x 64 mm graphic LID in Alphanumeric mode. • 6 hour memory with fast print facility. • Actogram – Automatic movement signal can be printed on the chart record as

a graph or as any event marks • True dual channel twins print out • Purpose designed trolley/cart • Display wave form and digitals • Automatic fetal movement detection • Built in Rechargeable battery for 2 hours continuous work • Built in network capacity.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 79

Item No 45

Rotary microtome

Accurate reproducible section of same thickness of high quality throughout the length of the specimen travel. Specimen advance 1-30µm, 1µ steps selectable. Coarse specimen advance about 200 µm/revolution. Specimen tilted = +/- 50 with x nad y Micro adjustment. Ergonomic balanced flywheel. Brake for flywheel. Total specimen advance about 18mm. Audiovisual alarm at beginning and end of travel range. Disposable blade holder for both high and low profile blade. Spring loaded disposable blades. List of installations to be provided. FDA /CE Certificate required.

Item No 46

NEONATAL VENTILATOR

The ventilator should be microprocessor based for exclusive use on neonatal patients with sensitive monitoring functions and alarm limits a) Essential Ventilator Air compressor Resuable Circuit with online bacterial filter Humidifier Stand for circuit Operator manual Service manual b) Modes of Ventilation a. Time cycled pressure limited ventilation - Pressure controlled ventilation, Pressure - SIMV, Pressure

Support, combined SIMV with PS, CPAP, c) Controls a. Time cycled pressure limited ventilation Ventilatory rate-o-150 bpm Inspiratory time-0.1-3.5 sec Flow-3-15 lpm PEEP-0-10cm H2O

Peak Inspiratory Pressure-0-50 cm H2O

I:E ratio-1: 0.5 - 1:5 Measured Oxygen concentration - 21 - 100% Support pressure - 0 - 50 cm H2O


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 80

Trigger sensitivity - flow sensor - 1 - 51/min & PRESSURE "-6" Wide rang of TV 2 ml to 200 ml. Optional : Ability to use nebulizer circuit for bronchodilator etc. d)Displays a. LCD/TFT color Graphic Display b. Waveform for pressure, flow and volume c. Loops - pressure- flow, pressure - volume, volume - flow d. Measured parameters - Tidal volume (preferably measured at pt. end rather than vent end) Minute ventilation Spontaneous Peak airway pressure Positive end expiratory pressure Mean airway pressure FIO2 e)Audiovisual Alerts a. Sensitive alarms with adjustable high and low limits for the following parameters

Peak airway pressure Respiratory rate Mean airway pressure Minute ventilation Oxygen concentration Tidal Volume a. Miscellaneous Alarms Compressor failure Failure of sensors Airway Leak Tube obstruction Power loss Low oxygen pressure alarm Apnea Ventilator inoperative b. Alarm Mute - 120 sec b)Miscellaneous a. Should operate on power supply- 220 V AC- 50/60 Hz b. Internal or external battery/ UPS with AC charging and should last for atleast 4 hours

c. Attached air/ oxygen blender c)Humidifier:- a) Servo controlled humidifier with temperature monitoring b) Temperature range 31-400 C.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 81

c) Temperature control +20 C d) Digital display of temperature e) Water level indicator f) Alarm - Temperature tracking range +20 C g) Reusable neonatal ventilator circuits compatible with servo controlled humidifier with heater wire and water traps - 4 no. v The following accessories should be supplied along with the ventilator: a) Disposable/ autoclavable neonatal ventilator circuits compatible with servo controlled humidifier with heater wire and water traps - 10 no. b) Nebulizer chamber- 2 c) External oxygen & compressed air tubing- 2 each d) Test lung- 2 No. e) Oxygen sensor - 2 e) Flow Sensor (reusable) - 2No.

Item No 47

MULTIPLE VITAL SIGN MONITOR (MULTIMONITOR)

It should have modular design with color coded interchangeable modules. It should have valid FDA approval and CE certification. It should function on AC mains and should have rechargeable internal battery of more than 2 hrs. capacity. Monitor should have port for connectivity to central nursing station and hospital local networking system. It should have bright and highly visible TFT screen display of 14" to 18". Should have capability to monitor at least 6 real time wave forms along with related numerical parameters on a single configurable screen. It should monitor SPO2, pulse rate, ECG, NIBP, Respiration, 2 Temperatures 2 Invasive pressures, with provision of suitable audio visual Alarms It should have capability to monitor the above parameters in adult, Pediatric patients. The size of numeric and wave forms should be adjustable. Colors of display of various parameters should be interchangeable. It should have facility for monitoring 12 lead ECG. It should have minimum of 24 hrs. graphical, tabular trending facility. It should have advanced multilead arrhythmia analysis capability. Standard accessories and peripherals for monitoring the parameters mentioned in Para 7 adult & Pediatric patients should be provided.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 82

Item No 48

TRANSPORT VENTILATOR (PORTABLE)

Principle: Pneumatically operated, time cycled, compact, user friendly, with suitable good quality carrying case. Flow Rate: 10-95 L/min approx. Insp. Time: 0.5-2.5 sec. Exp. Time: 0.5-5.0 sec. Peak Insp. Pressure: 50-60 cm H2O Safety Feature: Battery Back up, Pressure Indicator. Standard Accessories: a. O2 Regulator b. Pipe lint Adapter c. High pressure Tubing with end fitings d. A breathing circuit with Nebulization Kit e. Expiratory Valve.

Item No 49

Resuscitation kit with trolley

Should consist of self – inflating, Silicon resuscitator bags for adults, and paediatric with three joint

less masks each, should be reusable and autoclavable. Adult Resuscitation Bag:- Silicon resuscitator 1600ml with oxygen reservoir and tubing, Non – rebreathing valve with

pressure limiting device. Three face mask size 3, 4 & 5 Three oropharyngeal airways size 2, 3 & 4 ten Endotracheal suction catheters One McGill Forceps Three reusable cuffed Endotracheal Tubes sizes 6, 7 & 8 Gum-elastic Bougie Laryngeal mask airway Peadiatric Resuscitation bag:- Silicon resuscitator 500ml with oxygen reservoir and tubing, Non-rebreathing valve with pressure limitinh device. Two face masks sizes 2 & 3 Three oropharyngeal airways sizes Ten Endotracheal suction catheters One McGill Forceps Three Reusable cuffed Endotracheal Tubes size 3, 4, 5. Gum-elastic Bougie Laryngeal mask airway SS Trolley to fit in the above gadgets in appropriate way.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 83

Laryngoscope of superior quality with 4 blades, ISI Marked, Round handle with three spare bulbs.

Two yankauer suckers Magill blades 0, 1, 2 Surgical Scissors size 6" Bains Apparatus

Item No 50

SYRINGE INFUSION PUMP

Light weight, comfortable design, portable, and sturdy. It should Support Syringes sizes: 10, 20, 30, 50/60ml It should have Dual display facility (LCD & LED) It should automatically detect the Syringe capacity It should support Bolus and occlusion detection facility KOR/KVO function to prevent needle from clogging Syringe Pump

Syringe Acceptability: All available standard Indian and Imported syringes. Syringe Loading: Front loading arrangement. Flow _ Rate Range:

Syringe capacity Flow-Rate

10ml 0.1 - 60ml/hr

20ml 0.1 - 100ml/hr

30ml 0.1 - 120ml/hr

50/60 ml 0.1 - 200ml/hr

High Flow - Rate range (There should be a provision of password protection for safety reasons)

Syringe capacity Flow Rate 10ml 300ml/hr 20ml 500ml/hr 30ml 650ml/hr

50/60 ml 1000 ml/hr Bolus Flow Rate

Syringe capacity Flow Rate 10ml 300ml/hr 20ml 500ml/hr 30ml 650ml/hr

50/60 ml 1000 ml/hr


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 84

Volume Limit: From 0.1 ml to capacity of syringe

Accuracy: Volume: +/- 2% max

Flow rate: +/- 2% max Cumulative Volume Display: 0.1 - 999.9 ml

Alarms: Unit must have standard alarms (low battery, low volume, occlusion, power failure,

system error etc.) Standard 110-240V AC 50/60 HZ power supply Rechargeable inbuilt Lithium/lead acid battery with inbuilt battery charger. Standard IV pole mounting device, stand and handle grip.

Item No 51

Volumetric Infusion Pump

Description of Function

Volumetric Infusion Pump is a medical device that delivers intravenous fluids and medicine to patients in hospitals, outpatient surgical centres, hospices, nursing homes, and in ambulances Operational Requirements

Programmable volumetric infusion pump is required. Technical Specifications

Battery back-up operating time 5 hours. LCD programming display Data entry calculator style numeric programming keyboard Pole clamp Multi-function mounting clamp Nurse call output alarm, time and date settings Quick titration of rate or dose with volume-time programming Flow rate range (primary) 0.1 to 99.9 ml/hr. (0.1 ml increments) and 1 to 1000 ml/hr. (1ml increments.)

Volume to be infused 0.1 to 99.9 ml (0.1 ml increments) and 1 to 1000 ml (1 ml increments)

Both flow rates and volume to be infused should be configured to limit the maximum allowable range RS232C/USB/RS485 output for Printer, PC connectivity and Data acquisition with selectable baud rate options should be there Accuracy +5% System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables

Compatible with standard infusion sets required with the unit should be supplied by the vender supplier and the same should be made available in local Indian market 1000 numbers of required infusion sets should be supplied with the single unit. Environmental factors

Shall meet General Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 85

The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 - 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%

Item No 52

INCUBATOR

Stainless steel make, inner full length plexi- glass door. Triple wall with special grade glass wool insulation Long lasting stainless steel tabular heaters with fins Removable wire mesh trays at fixed distance : Min. 2 Nos. Air circulation: Forced air motor with blower for uniform temperature. Temperature range, ambient + 50C to 800+10C Resolution controller/Digital indicator for Temperature Size 24"x 24" x 24". and Door swing 65 cms Operation at 230V AC. Double door with innser glas dor Cord and plug Remarks : The apparatus should confirm to Indian Standard Institution Guidelines with latest amendments in Indian Standard Specification for Incubators or equivalent National or International Standards covering Markings, tests and Safety requirements Voltage regulators of appropriate rating to be included for each item to cope with 160-260 V.

Item No 53

Cell Separator

1. The apheresis machine should have facility for all Blood components collection with single /double access including 1. Platelepheresis, 2. Peripheral blood stem cells, 3. Therapeutic Plasma Exchange. And 4.Red Cell Apheresis. Protocols for the above said proceduresis. 2. The cell separator should be fully automatic, microprocessor controlled with access operator control panel such as touch screen. 3. It should be based on intermittent or continuous flow technology during duble/ single needle access. 4. The Cell separator should ensure all donor safety parameters before starting the procedure and at all time during operation. 5. The cell separator should be able to perform priming with normal salineor with mixture of anticoagulant and self test as a part of donor's safety. 6. The cell separator should have inbuilt cuff pressure and promt grip for donor comfort and adequate blood flow. 7. It should have auto cuff mechanism for automatic inflation and deflation. 8. Advance help menu should be available at any time during alarm conditions. 9.Extra corporeal volume not exceed 250 ml. 10. The yield estimator to help decide yield, volume to be processed and suggested storege fiuid. 11.Interphace detector should continuously monitor the collection line to avoid any contamination during esch protocol.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 86

12. Capable of downloading or printing full procedure report any time time after the procedure. 13. The cell separator should have rechargeble battery to store data and re-start in case of power filure. 14. Inlet and return flow rates upto 100 ml +/-15 ml per minute. 15. In case inlet line occlusion, machine should be able to re-start automatically. 16. It should have fluid leak detector for donor's safety. 17. It should have provision for saline re-infusion to donor. 18. It should be able to regulate ACD delivery, should not have bolus return. 19. It should have automatic door lock for centrifuge during the procedure. 20. Lickable castors/ trolley for easy mobillity. 21. Should have Automatic kit loading facillity. 22. The disposable kit should be self sufficeient in terms of collection bag, transfer beg, needles, anticoagulant and normal saline. 23. Should be a totally closed system. 24. Should be able to provlbe Leucoreduced platelet products 25.Power supply -220-240 volts/50Hz. 26. Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum one hour back up. 27. FDA/CE approved 28. Five year Warranty. Five year CMC 29. Disposable kits should be available at fixed price for three years from date of installation

Item No 54

CELL WASHER

1. Microprocessor controlled fully automatic cell washer 2. Touch pad with digital LCD display 3. Programmes for wash cycles, saline volume, spin time and RPM 4. Save and store multiple programmes 5. To accommodate 12 tube of standard 12x75 mm size 6. Brushless motor for quiet operation 7. Saline detec system with audible low saline warining 8. Agitate cycle to ensure complete re-suspension of cells 9. Audible and visible alert at the end of process 10. Power 220 v/50 Hz 11. CE/FDA/BIS approved

Item No 55

DONOR COUCH

1. Provide comfortable position to donors 2. Chair type with soft padding for cushioning and rexin cover 3. Ability to adjust donor's position automatically by operating a simple switch 4. Easily tilted to head low position 5.Easily adjustable arm rest with swinging out as well as moving up and down facility 6. Arm rest wide, sturdy to hold donor's arm in a comfortable position throught the procedure of blood donation, provided on both sides 7. Lifting capacity : minimum 130 Kilograms 8. Four lockable castors for easy mobility 9. Trays and stands for keeping all blood collection accessories 10. Input power -220V/50Hz


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 87

11. CE/FDA/BIS approved

Item No 56

PLATELET INCUBATOR AND AGITATOR

1. Coountertop model for safe storage of platelets 2. Temperature set to 22+/- 2 degree C 3. Capacity : minimum 96 random bags or 32 apheresis bags 4. Power coated MS exterior, stainless stell interior 5. Transparent glass door 6. Flate bed agitator 7. Oscillations: 70 to 80 cycles per minute 8. Agitation stops when the incubator is opened and restarts automatically 9. Pull out easily removable, stainless steel, perforated doawers 10. Microprocessor controlled temperature indicator with digital display of temperature 11. Alarm for temperature deviation, door open, power failure, sensor failure 12. Built in vasible and autdible motion alarm 13. 24x7 days inkless temperature chart recorder 14.Power 220v/50 Hz 15. Voltage stabilizer of appropriate required specifications conmpatible with the unit to be provided 16.All disposables to be provided at fixed rate for three years from of installation 17. CE/FDA/BIS approved

Item No 57

STERILE TUBE CONNECTING DEVICE

1. Compatible with all standard of different types of blood bag 2. Able to weld wet to wet, dry and wet to dry tubing combinations 3. In built sensor to monitor the temperature during entering welding process 4. LCD display for continuous monitoring 5. Ensure complete sterility of transferred blood 6. No Particle or chemical residues should be formed during the welding procedure 7. Welds should have optimal tube alignment and no leakage of blood of during the process 8. Automatic replacement of wafers after each use 9. Built in wafer disposal box 10. Input power -220V/50Hz 11. CE/FDA/BIS approved

Item No. 58

FULLY AUTOMATED CHEMILUMINESCENCE ANALYSER

1. Fully automated 2. Random access. 3. Based on enzyme amplified chemi luminescence technology. 4. Throughput of 100 tests per hr/or more.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 88

5. On board menu for more than 50 tests. 6. On board refrigeration facility. 7. At least ten reagent position on board. 8. Bar code facility 9. Pre calibration facility for least 2 weeks 10. Clot and bubble detection facility. 11. Facility of primary tube and sample cups 12. Stat facility. 13 Shelf life of reagents to be 6-12 months from the date of supply with on board stability of 2-3 months. 14. Consumable tubing and other such items required for keeping the machine in order for at least one year from the date of installation to be provided along with the equipment. 15. Tubing, peristaltic pump tubes, probes, mixers reaction corvettes, wash solution and diluents etc, which needs to be procured during the warranty period to be quoted along with the rates in the tender documents 16. Price of the various kits that are compatible with the system should be provided in the price bid which should be valid for next 5 years. 17. Only latest manufactured models should be quoted with the facility for up gradation. 18. Suitable UPS backup for at least for half an hour. 19. With 500 tests each of start up kit of free T3 and free T4 and TSH.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 89

Item No. – 59

Micro Laryngeal Surgery Set (MLS Set)

1. Kleinsasser’s operating laryngoscope:

a) Length 17 cm (large and extra large, medium) -2each 19cm (for adults with difficult anatomical structure and children small)-1 13cm infants – 2nos. 15cm paediatric – 2nos b) Clip for proximal illumination – 4nos. c) Fibreoptic light carrier: 14cm, 12cm-10nos (14 cm), 5nos (12 cm) d) Laryngoscope holder 34 cm long, diameter – 9.5 cm (goettingen mode 3nos 2) Grasping forceps

Serrated – 22cm, delicate : 4nos Oval Jaws – 22cm, small : 4nos Serrated – 23 cm, curved upwards left and right : 2each Serrated – insulated curved left and right, 23 cm each : 2 each

3) Direct laryngoscope: adult & paediatric size-2 each 4) Ant. Commissure laryngoscope: 18cm(medium), 22cm-2each 5) Oesophageal speculum: 1no 6) Injection cannula 8.5 cm: 6nos 7) Suction cannula: working length 12.5cm, 9 cm, diameter 3mm: 3 each 8) Laryngoscopic holder (goettingen model) ring 9 cm, rod length 34 cm: 3 each 9) Support table for laryngoscope holder (goettingen model), attachable operating table’s sliding rails: 2nos 10) Microlaryngeal Knife: Straight: 4nos

Angled 45degrees: 4nos sickle curved, pointed: 4 nos golf club shaped curved, round: 2nos

Round vertical cutting: 4nos Blunt hook-with probe end: 4nos Sharp hook-4nos Hook 90 degree, probe end – 4nos 11) Microlaryngeal elevator with suction channel: 4nos 12) Laryngeal probe 23cm: 4nos 13)Cooledge swab holder : 4nos 14)Cotton carrier : 4nos 15)Kleinssaser injection needle-luer lock, 23 cm working length, curved & straight: 4 each 16) Kleinssaser suction tube wl 23 cm-outer dia 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3mm:4each 17) Kleinssaser insulated suction cannula wl 26 cm, OD 3mm for use with high frequency cable: 2nos 18) Teeth protector a) Plastic-autoclavable: 4nos b) Metallic(large, small, medium): 2each 19) Bipolar coagulation electrode wl 26 cm with suction channel for use with high frequency cable: 2nos Handle – compatible with micorlaryngeal instruments: 4nos 20) Cold light source: xenon with back up lamp, with variable intensity control should be compatible with fibre optic light transmission cable 4.5mm (storz type fitting) 15v/300w: 2 nos 21) Microlaryngeal scissiors:- Straight, right & left curved (cutting blade 10mm, 23cm and 18cm: 4each) - Cutting blade 18 mm 90 & 45 degree curved to left and right: 2each 22) Microlaryngeal cutting forceps: straight-cupped jaws, dia 2mm, 3mm: 4 each Curved upwards 2mm, 1mm: 4each


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 90

Curved left 2mm: 4 each Curved right 2 mm: 2each 23) Grasping forceps (alligator forceps) Straight serrated 18cm, 23cm: 4each

Curved left 18 cm: 4 each Curved right 18 cm: 4each

24) Micrograsping forceps – curved upright to right & left both serrated with triangular fenestrated jaws: 2each 25) Cutting forceps: Cupped jaws 4 mm Jaws horizontal opening, wl 18cm, distal end malleable: 2nos 26) Microlaryngeal ring curette: 3 nos 27) Hopkins telescopes:- 24cm long, 5mm diameter, incorporated fibreoptic light transmission, 0deg, 30deg, 70deg, 120deg,: one each -0deg, 30deg, 45 deg, 29cm, 5mm: 1each 28) Fibreoptic light transmission cable, 3.5 mm diameter, 210cm long; 4nos 29) Endocamera – 1 quantity 1. Compatible with the Hopkin’s telescope, comprising of camera controller and video camera head with video cable, power supply cable and shielded S-VSH cable. 2. Having digital signal processing. 3. Should be atleast one chip video camera for colour system. 4. Immersible in disinfectant solution. 5. Good resolution – Horizontal resolution not less than 470 TV lines. 6. Universal C- mount. 7. Brilliant brightness and contrast (adjustable from Control unit). 8. Light weight. 9. Power supply 100-240 vac 50/60 Hz. 30) Colour Monitor: 1 Quantity - Flat screen, 23inch size, with power supply cable. Compatible wthendocamera. 31) Aluminium container consisting of 3 trays for storage of telescopes, instruments & forceps rack: 1 quantity, (520mm x 248mm x 175mm), instruments, (520mm x 248mm x 53mm), forceps rack (460mm x 242mm x 172mm) 32) Mobile video cart consisting of 6 antistatic double castor, locking brakes, 1 shelf fixed, 1 shelf with mains switch, 1 shelf inclinable, 1 drawer unit with lock, 1 push bar, with large lumen cable channels integrated in both columns, 4 sets of non-sliding stands. 1 camera mount, Power Box with electricity supply terminal strip with 12 plugs, 12 equipotential plugs: 1 no


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 91

Item No. 60

Functional Endoscopy Sinus Surgery Set (FESS Set)

A) Nasal Endoscopes: Quantity=3 (one each of 0 deg, 25/30 deg, 70 deg of 4mm)

3 (one each of 0 deg, 25/30 deg, 70 deg of 2.7mm) TOTAL=6

a. Hopkins Rod lens system. b. Diameter 4mm, 2.7 mm. c. Length-150 mm to 180mm. d. 0 deg, 25/30 deg, 70deg angel of view. e. Autoclavable. f. Incorporated fibreoptic light transmission g. Enlarged image size with bright and sharp images.

b) Telescope handle: Quantity = 6 Compatible with nasal endoscopes, round / flat, 11cm

c) Endo camera: Quantity = 1 1. Compatible with the nasal endoscopes, comprising of camera controller and video camera

head with video cable, power supply cable and shielded S-VHS cable. 2. Having digital signal processing. 3. Should be atleast one chip video camera for colour System. 4. Immersible in disinfectant solution. 5. Good resolution – Horizontal resolution not less than 470 TV lines. 6. Universal C-mount. 7. Brilliant brightness and contrast(adjustable from Control unit) 8. Light weight. 9. Power supply 100-240 vac 50/60 Hz.

d) Colour monitor: Flat screen, 23inch size, with power supply cable compatible with endocamera – Quantity 1 (one) e) Should have following instruments:

1. Hartmann Nasal speculum – 2nos 2. Septum needle angular LUER – lock – 2nos 3. Freer elevator double – ended – 4nos 4. Sickle Knife pointed -19cm-2nos 5. Antrum curette – 4 nos 6. Frontal sinus curette – 4 nos. 7. Suction tube with mandrel and cut-off hole – 4 nos.0 8. Antrum cannula LUER-lock-4nos 9. Blakesley nasal forceps: straight – 4nos., 45 deg upturned-4nos, 90deg upturned-4nos 10 Suction punch-2 nos 11. Nasal cutting forceps-2nos 12. Nasal scissors straight-working length 13cm: 2each 13. Stammberger Antrum punch, -- left and right side backward cutting – 2each. 14 Biopsy and grasping forceps-vertical opening, malleable sheath and cupped jars – 4nos 15 STAMMBERGER Punch, circular cutting diameter 3.5 mm working length 18cm-4nos. 16 Stammberger Antrum punch, downwards & forwards cutting – left & right-2nos each 17 Stammberger Bipolar suction forceps, 15deg, 45 deg upturned 12.5cm-2each. 18 Bipolar universal high frequency cord, one side with two 2mm cable sockets 7 other side with Standard pin: 2nos 19 Bipolar coagulation forceps, insulated angular, blunt with integrated suction channel, cut off hole length 19 cm: 2nos


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 92

20 Bipolar high frequency cord: 2 nos 21Cold light xenon source, with built in antifog airpump, back up lamp, mains cord, BNC-connecting cable, silicon tubing set. Xenonlamp 300watt, 15 volt: 1no 22 Fibreoptic cable 230cm, size3.5mm:3nos 23. Mobile video cart consisting of 6 antistatic double castor, locking brakes, 1 shelf fixed, 1 shelf with mains switch, 1shelf inclinable, 1 drawer unit with lock, 1 push bar, with large lumen cable channels integrated in both columns, 4 sets of non-sliding stands. 1 camera mount, Power Box with electrical supply terminal strip with12 plugs, 12 equipotential plugs: 1no 24 ALUMINIUM CONTAINER CONSISTING OF 3 TRAYS for storage of telescopes,(520mm x 248mm x 53mm), instruments, (520mm x 248mm x 53mm), forceps rack (460mm x 242mm x175mm): 1no 25 MICRODEBRIDER, consisting of main control unit with speed upto not less than 40000 rpm, inbult irrigation pump, forward & reverse cutting, LED, Shaver hand piece with micromotor (speed not less than 40000 rpm), with integrated suction channel, mains cord, two-pedal footswitch, silicon tubing for irrigation. Handpieces 2 nos straight & contra angle, Suction shaver blades (straight cutting edge, rectangular/oblique cutting window, concave cutting edge, serrated cutting edge – 2 nos each), clip set, SCB connecting cable, All components to be compatible power supply 100-240 vac : 1no

Item No. 61

NERVE & MUSCLE STIMULATOR 1. Input: 210-240 AC 50Hz 2. Portable unit with Galvanic, Interrupted galvanic, Faradic and surge Faradic currents. 3. Voltmeter and Ammeter display of current intensity or digital display. 4. Graphic display of SD curve. 5. Memory to store at least 100 strength duration curves with patient data. 6. Interrupted galvanic with pulse duration of 0.01 millisecond to 3 second (0.01,0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1,3,10,30,100, 300, 1000, 3000 mseconds) 7 Manual control for setting contraction and relaxation periods of surged faradic currents 1-30 surges/minute. 8. Carbon rubber electrodes of various sizes. 9. Pen/button electrode. 10. Timer with a buzzer to indicate the completion of treatment session.

Item No. 62

Automated Blood culture & TB Culture System 1. Fully automated modular System capable of culture of blood and body fluids for bacteria, mycobacteria, yeast and fungi. 2. Capacity 480 bottle positions (including blood culture & TB culture). 3. Should be a nonradiometric assay system. 4. System should have specific algorithms for detection of growing micro organisms and should be capable of continuous monitoring of all samples for growth of micro organisms. 5. Every cell (bottle position) should have its own optics and detection device. 6. System should be capable of analyzing delayed entry specimens along with routine samples in case of blood culture. 7. System should be have continuous agitation and incubation facility to provide optimal growth of


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 93

micro organisms. 8. The bottled media should be capable of neutralizing the effect of antibiotic. 9. The culture bottles should be made of plastic. 10. System should be capable of processing both adult and pediatric samples. 11. The system should be capable of culture for mycobacteria from respiratory, non respiratory & blood specimens. 12. System should have interface for lab information system. 13. System should an external computer and laser/DeskJet printer and bar code reader. 14. The system should be supplemented with automated bacterial identification and antibiotic susceptibility testing system using standard procedure as per NCCLS guidelines. 15. The mycobacterial culture system should be able to perform drugs susceptibility tests to both 1st and 2nd line of drugs 16. Source of supply- Indigenous/Imported.

Item No. 63 Specification for Hysteroscopy set & Endovision & Hysteromat 1. Hysteroscopy set – telescope 30º Diameter 4 mm length 30 cm 1 2. Examination sheath Diameter 5.4 mm 1 3. Continuous flow examination sheath 1 4. Operating Sheath 5.4 mm 1 5. Continuous flow operating sheath 6mm 1 6. Biopsy forceps, trough cutting single action jaws, 5 FR 2 7. Scissors, single action jaws, 5 FR 2 8. Biopsy and Grasping forceps 5 FR 2 9. Endomat set operating voltage – 100-240 VAC, 50/60 HZ consisting of endomat, with integrated SEB module, 400A power cord, 3 tubing

set irrigation HYS, for single use, 3 tubing set irrigation LAP, for single use, pack suction for long term use 1

10 Essential accessories 1. One pedal foot switch one stage 1 2. Suction bottle 51 1 3. Bottle cap 1 4. Bottle stand 1 5. Bottle stand holder 1

Item No. 64

Technical Specifications of Ultrasound machine 4 D with colour Doppler with biopsy attachment

It shold be robust state of art, fully digital system capable of performing imaging applications in abdominal, obs/gynae, musculo skeletal, cardiovascular, small part etc. It should be easily transportable and capable of

performing bed side examination, examination in operation theatre, endoscpic and intervention suits.

1 System should have broad band beam former cpable of processing singnals from 2-18 MHZ.

2

System should have advanced image processing software algorithm ot analyse target and artifacts so as to sharpen target anatomy and reduce / eliminate artifact and improve resolution for example separate two objects 0.2 mm apart laterally (lateral resolution) at 11 MHZ approx

3 System should in corporate facility for high resoulution 2D, M-mode, PW, CW, color flow imaging, color power angio imaging, directional color power angio imaging


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 94

modes

4 System shou.ld have real time triplex mode facility in 2D, color and Doppler modes with at least 20 frames/sec. or equivalent.

5 System should hjave color compare mode, color/color power mode and normal gray scale mode side by side or equivalent.

6 System should have quad & thumbnail displays etc. 7 System should have dynamic range of 170 db or higher. Higher will be preffered. 8 MI & TI should be displayed on screen. 9 System should have high PRF (mention rate-highest will be preferred).

10 System should have scan depth of 28 cm or more. 11 System should have 256 shades of gray display and a frame rate of 100/Sec or higher. 12 System should have facility for ral time or frozen, pan or point zoom

13

System should have cineloop review possible on all modes for individual and mixed loops for more than 3000 frames and more than 30 seconds of spectral dppler and m-mode strip.

14 System should have 120 or more transmit channels and 1,000,000 or more receiving channels with on site upgradability to higher number.

15

System should have automatic as well as manually adjustable control. i. Focus Transmit and dynamic receive at multiple depth individually and

simultaneously. ii. Fame rat3e for B mode, color, compounded resolution etc.

iii. Dynamic range compression. iv. Pre-processing such as edge enhancing, beam line density. v. Post-Processing such as image persistence, speckle reduction.

vi. Compound resolution image-no of viewing angles and lines per frame. vii. Audio adjustments

viii. Adjustable “packet” size in phase shift analyses for example 10 or more transmit and receive sequences.

16 System should have panoramic extended field of view 17 System should Independent steering of B mode and color on linear probe.

18

System should have 4d capabilities. a. Data Acquisition: free hand, mechanical & electronic and gated techniques. b. Transducer: matrix acquisition for faster scan rate with better damping of

transducer element for sharper focus. c. Reconstruction: Live images @ 12 FPS or faster, higher will be preferred.

19 It should have advanced issue harmonic imaging on all probes such as fundamental, phase inversion, Coded Octave and Intravenous US contrast imaging.

20 It should have cardiac package for adult and fetal echo cardiography.

21 It should have extensive software and automatic and user programmable calculation package for gray scale, color Doppler, 3D and 4D applications.

22 It should have a 17” high resolution medical grade TFT/LCD screen monitor with articulated arm.

23

It should be provided with following transducers. • Convex Abdominal 3-6 MHZ Approximately. • Endocavity (TVS+TRUS) 5-9 MHZ Approx. with 120ºR. • Linear high frequency 6-18 MHZ approx. • Convex 4D probe. • Endocavity (TVS+TRUS) with 4D capabilities.

24 It should be capable of supporting at least three or more transducers ports with switching from consol.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 95

25

System should have built in Image Management Software, for off line application when patient has gone after examination, such as Image Manipulation, Multi Planner reformatting, surface & volume rendering etc. Its should have hard disk memory of 80GN or more wit built in CD/DVD read write.

26

For parallel processing of Imaging Data, system should be provided with a separate latest configuration with 1 Tera Byte Hard Disk based work station with USB and serial port with 19” TFT/LCD medical grade monitor with very high quality Image Management Software with same capabilities as main machine such as retriving data along Demography, Zoom, Pan, Volume Rendering, Multiplanar Reformatting, MIP, retriving information from CD/DVD with reporting and Teleradiology Software exporting JPG & AVI file format to link other stations in the hospital.

27 System should be provided with black & white thermal printer, color laser jet printer with capacity of printing 3000 sheets per cartridge.

28 On line UPS for 2KVA or more as appropriate for supporting main equivalent & all linked accessories for 30 minutes should be provided with systems.

29 Standard accessories such as various cuffs, elbow rest, standardization phantoms, biopsy guides, needles etc. should also be provided.

30

System should have a. Elastography and sound measurement free of cost as and when it becomes

available with the company. b. Comparison/super imposition/fusion with CT/MRI images obtained by

teleradiology. c. Contrast Harmonic Imaging with Quantification.

31 Company representative should bring the operation manual of the machine along with for consulting demonstration.

32 Please respond to each specification in the same format and order and support it with product data sheet.

Item No. 65

SPECIFICATION FOR VITAL SIGN MONITOR Should monitor ECG (3/5 leads selectable), NIBP, Pulse Oximeter, Body Temperature, Respiration, ST

Segment & arrhythmia monitoring facility. Should have option for future up-gradation with IBP (2ch) and EtCo2 monitoring \ Monitor should preferably have LCD colour display of 8.4” and should display at least three traces of

different colours. Should measure NIBP from Neonates to adults. Should have selectable NIBP measurement mode, viz high speed, smart inflation & error reduction mode

for fast & accurate BP measurement. Should have facility to record BP when there are rapid circulation changes between the cuff interval

measurements. Should also display the trend of circulation changes over a period of time. Should have an indicator displaying on screen the increase / decrease in circulating status and also the

normal / Alarming range. Should have manual, automatic & continuous modes for BP Measurement with selectable BP interval

form continuous to 180 min. Monitor should automatically measure the BP on any alarm condition and should give cuff me3asurement

ending chime. Should be capable of Measuring Oxygen Saturation even in case of Motion Artifact. Should display the NIBP waveform graph and pulse bar graph.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 96

Should have display for trend and listing facility for all parameters with facility to store at least 400 data items in the memory.

Alarms should be audio-visual and should have automatic and manual alarm setting for all parameters Should display alphanumeric alarm messages and should have alarm lamp at top for clear visibility from

distance. Monitor should have Inbuilt rechargeable battery (2 hrs. operation), with on screen battery status indicator. Should have inbuilt thermal printer with selectable printing speed 50, 25, 12.5 & 6.25mm/sec. Should have card slot for storage of arrhythmia data & maintenance purposes. All Cable connections should be at side of the monitor for easy connections & disconnections of the

probes. Should be easy &simple to operate using single jog dial operation. Should be compatible with central monitor station through Wireless Telemetry. Should meet international quality directives such as CE, ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 Should complete with

Cuff for Adult: 12 cm & Chi8ld : 9 Cm, 1 no. each Disposable Neonatal Cuffs – 2.5 cm, 3 cm, 4cm & 5cm, 1 no. each Cuff Hose for reusable & disposal cuffs, 1 no. each Temperature Probe (Rectal), 1 no. ECG Lead Wires (5 lead) with cable, 1 no. SpO2 Sensor (finger) with extension cable, 1 no.

Item No. 66

Vaginal Hysterectomy Set

Sl No Instruments Demand Size 1 Sponge Holder 4 x 2=8 650 x 8 2 Needl holder 4 x 2=8 750 x8 3 Artery Forceps 8" 4 x 2=8 675 x 8 4 Artery Forceps 6 1/2 inch 10 x 2 = 20 405 x 20 5 Allis Forcep 10 x 2 = 20 750 x 20 6 Straight Hys. Clamp 5 x 2= 10 700 x 10 7 Curved Clamp 5 x 2= 10 700 x 10 8 Mosquitoes Forcep 5' 6 x 2 =12 375 x 12 9 Towel Clip 6 x 2 =12 375 x 12

10 Steel Basin 2 x 2 = 4 250 x 4 11 Valasulum 2 x 2 = 4 650 x 4 12 S.S. Bowl 3 x 2 = 6 100 x 6 13 Bladder Retracter 2 x 2 = 4 750 x 6 14 Steel Tray Big without cover 12" X 15" 2 x 2 = 4 1200 x 4

Item No. 67

Transport Ventilator Specifications for portable ventilator 1. Micro turbine controlled electrically driven intensive care ventilator adult and paediatric 2. Should have invasive. Noninvasive ventilation with leakage compensation. 3. Ventilator should weight not more than 5kg ( five kg) Modes: 1. Should have the following modes- A. PCV (pressure controlled ventilation) / PACV (pressure assisted controlled ventilation)


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 97

B. CV (controlled volume)/ ACV (assisted controlled volume) C. SIMV (synchronous intermittent mandatory ventilation). D. PSV-S(pressure support ventilation) / PSV-ST (pressure support with apnea backup rate). E. CPAP (continuous positive pressure) F. Should have target tidal volume available with all dual pressure modes Parameter settings: A. Tidal volume : 50-2000ml B. Rate: 4-60bpm C. Inspiratory flow rate:0 to 200 liter/min. D. SIMV rate 2-40 bmp. E. Peep: 0-20mbar F. Pressure support'ASB: 0-40 cm H2O relative to PEEP G. Inspiration pressure: 0-100 mbar H. I/E ratio:1.0-3.0 I. Inspiratory time control cycle 0.1-0.3 sec (time cycke operation ). J. FiO2 measurement from 21 to 100% K. Should have inspiratory trigger L. Should have exhalation trigger M. How trigger 3-15 liter /min (adults) & 0.15-15 liter/min (pediatrie). N. Should have sigh O. Should have integrated SpO2 monitor P. Should have double limb ventilation Q. Should have battery back up for at least 10 hours R. Should have automatic adjustment of flow at airway pressure for delivering set tidal volume. S. Ventiltor should have oxygen blending from high pressure oxygen source as well as low pressure oxygen blending. T. Should be possible to operate from a varicty of power sources including AC power (220), rechargeable external/internal batteries (Lithium ion/ Nickel-cadmium battery or equivalent standard). U. Should have availability to change the flow pattern in volume control (rectangle and decelerate) V. Ramp control for pressure modes Alarms A. Should have minimum & maximum inspired tidal volume alarm B. Should have minimum exhaled tidal volume leak maxi alarm C. Should have fr(frequency) maxi D. Should have min &maxi inspiratory time alarm. E. Should have alarms for high/low peak pressure, apnea, external power low/ failure, disconnection, PEEP not set, low battery /fail.high /low minute volume and oxygen line failure. Alarm silence & reset facility should be available. Monitoring & display (real time) A. Should have vent parameters: inspired positive airway pressure IPAP (inspired pressure) EPAP (positive exhalation pressure) inspired tidal volume, leak , breath rate , FiO2,SpO2,I/E, inspiratory time. Peak pressure. Plateau pressure, CPAP/PEEP. Inspired minute volume. B. Should have alarms, graphics, alarm history, general configuration, preferences, curves configuration, maintenance menu and sub menu. C. Should have pressure volume loop, and flow volume loop Ventilator should be supplied with following accessories: a) Adult breathing cricuits 4 sets ab) Pedratric breathing eircuits 4 sets


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 98

c) Rechargeable batteries 2 sets d) Base to mount ventilator

Item No. 68

Harmonic Scalpel Harmonic Scalpel with following items-

Generator 300 Footswitch & Cable Accessories:

Handpiece Adaptor for 10mm Shears 5 mm Adaptor

Probes for Laparoscopic Surgery:

Laparoscopic Coagulating Shears 10mm Laparoscopic Coagulating Shears 5mm-Curved ‘ACE’ Laparoscopic Coagulating Shears 5mm

Probes for Open Surgery: Coagulating Shears 10mm

Item No.69

NST/CTG Machine Cardiotocograph machine with twin monitoring capability should meet the following specification and capabilities: • FHR twin monitoring using external ultrasound </MHz • Direct ECG and maternal ECG measurements. • Uterine activity using an external toco transducer and a frequency response of DC=0.5Hz or IUP catheter. • Fetal movement profile parameter to record accurately the fetal movements using the ultrasound channel without additional procedures or transducers and statistics for advance information on fetal well-being. • Low ultrasound energy to the fetus. • Audible alert indication of fetal bradycardia and tachycardia • Audible indications of paper out and NST time complete. • Should have a feature to provide more accurate and continuous fetal heart rate (FHR) thereby reducing the need for repositioning the ultrasound transducer. • Should have the facility of cross channel verification when two channels are picking up the same signal. • Should have signal quality indicators guiding to obtain the strongest and most continuous ultrasound HR signal. • Built-in multi channel high resolution thermal array recorder with visual and audible paper end detection and should annotate time of day, date and paper. Should be supplied with the following accessories: • Mobile cart with two drawers and integrated mounting rail. Additionally wall mounting facility


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 99

should be there. • 2* ultrasound transducers • 1* external toco transducer • 1* ECG module with degl & MECG adapter cable • 20* 250 g bottle of gel. • 100 numbers of disposable signal spiral fetal scalp electrodes, quick connect type • 80 packs of recording paper. (to be supplied as per the usage; i.e. in a manner that they should not get faded without being used.) > Should have built in thermal printer with auto print facility 10,20,30,40,50,60 axis. > Should have paper feeding function. > Display should have 3 channel waveform for FHR1, FHR2, and uterine contractions > Should have minimum 7" color TFT screen > Screen should rotate at 360o for viewing from different angles > Size of machine should not be more then 80* 330* 280mm. > Should be FDA approved. > Should have central monitoring facility > Should be rechargeable battery > Should have minimum data storage for 450 hours (3 hrs/person).

Item No. 70

Cryocautery

Should have interchangeable gun probes of 6 different sizes Dia 25mm length 8mm Dia 22mm length 15mm Dia 22mm length 25mm Dia 19mm length 13mm Dia 19mm length 10mm Dia 18mm length 10mm > A carrying case for keeping guns should be hand operated light weting easy maneuverability. > Should also be equipped with N2O gas cylinder with connector with a filter pressure regulator & trolley for cylinder. > Cusco's aspeculum (required in large medium & small size), stainless steel with smooth edges.

Item No. 71

Color Doppler system System should have minimum 15 application preset le thin abdomen obese abdomen OB/GYN

small parts Thyroid, Vascular and musculoskeltel etc., Fully Digital system with Digital Beam Former/256 T/R Channel Monitior size

15"(inch) flat color monitor should be provided (LCD Monitor Grip)

DISPLAY MODE


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 100

B- mode

B/B Mode B/M Mode-up/down, right/left B/PW Dopper - up/down Right/left B/CW Dopper - up/down Right/left B/CFW Mode CFM Mode B and CFM Mode B/Directional color Angio Directional color Angio TISSUE HARMONIC IMAGIN Tissue Harmonic imagin mode Should be Avilable with Convex Extended field of view imaging SPECTRAL DOPPLER PRF range should be 1.5KHz to 17.5KHz The gate size should be 1mm to 15mm range COLOR FLOW IMAGING PRF range should be 1.5KHz to 17.5KHz FREE CURSOR Direct Adjustment of image quality parameter & Patient Information

HIPAA COMPLIANT

System should have mulitiful User log on account to Prevent Misuse of System DYNAMIC RANGE System Dynamic range should more then 150db LINE DENSITY B Mode density adjustment Mode should be Available Depth of field minimum 24cm should be available Automatic Gain control should be available

Post processing should be available Read and write zoom (Spot&pan ) should be available

Real time triplex mode should be available in all the probes

PROBE CONNECTOR 3 Active and 3 parking ports should be available any probes any port interchangable connectivity should be possible WORK FLOW EDITOR Different workflow Sequence should be programable and it should be executable by single key

PANNEL KEY All pannel key should be customised ALPHA NUMERIC KEY BOARD

The above should be available HARD DISK Minimum 120GB hard disk standard COLOR TINT Color tint should be available B-mode M-mode and Doppler mode Auto Trace should be available

MICROSPECIFIC IMAGING CAPABILITY


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 101

Superficial imaging capability upto 2cm depth. COMPOUND IMAGING Frequency compounding imaging should be available ADVANCED CFMFLOW IMAGING System should pick up tiny blood vessel with out blooming (outside of vessel) with contrast and without contrast mode. QUIK SCAN Single key image optimization for 2D imaging should be available FRAME RATE It should be minimum 390 frames per secound. CINE MEMORY System should have 15000 still image storabe. 10000 cine image storage which include M/D cine storage and review image storage : induilt hard disc for image storage (minimum 180 GB) Inbuilt DVD writer should be available for read and write of stored images in CD-R, DVD-R etc. Inbuilt flash drive with the facility to transfer images Direct inkjet printing connectivity for printing storage images Should be provide PRINTER : color laser printer (with ce or fda mark ) (min dpi 1200) Printer should be interfaced directtly to the system. DICOM Compatible

MEASUREMENT PACKAGES: complete package for measurement and calculation provision

for distance area volume & cricumference. Detailed OB package should be provided Quad pregnancy measurement should be possible. Minimum 8 caliper should be available Real package should be available Uterus/ovary package should be available Bladder/prostate packages should be available. Radiology measurement package should be available Detailed vascular package which include lower limp upper limp and Carotid thyroid small parts and etc. should be included % stenosis package should be available REGULATION Compliance with all international standards. PROBES: Convex provex probe with wide Band of 3-6MHz and 70 degree field of view and 3 selectable fundamental frequency and 2 selectable THI Frequency And 2CDI frequency for Radiology and OBGYN application TV probe with wide band of 5-8.0 MHz and 140 degree field of view And 3 selectable fundamental frequency and 2 selectable THI frequency And 2 CDI frequency for Gyn application Linear probe with wide band of 6-10 MHz Radius of 35 mm length And 3 selectable fundamental frequency and 2 selectable THI frequency And 2 CDI frequenc for peripheral vascular application Convex volume probe with wide band of 3-6 MHz & 70 degree field of view for 3D/4D imaging Phased array sector probe with band of 2-3.75MHz 90 degree field of view And 3 selectable fundamental frequency and 2 selectable THI frequency And 2 CDI frequenc for Adult Cardiology. Biopsy attachment for the convex and TVS probes. OTHER TERMS UPS with 60 minutes backup should be provided; Additional to inbuilt battery backup of at least


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 102

30 min Operation manual - one hard copy and one soft copy should be attached Spares and consumable parts should be available for 10 years 20 free software upgrade(s) during the period of warranty/AMC

Item No. 72

Computerized Radiovisiography Systems(RVG)

Sensor: - CCD or Advanced CMOS, must have sufficient Fiber optics to protect the life of the sensing element. Dimension Of Active area: - minimum 29 X 20 mm Theoretical Resolution: - More than 26 lines per mm Actual (true) resolution: - More than 13 lines per mm Gray shades that can be resolved: - 4000 minimum Number of pixels in the sensor: - 1.8 mega pixels minimum The product must be totally mobile and can be connected to any PC through USB. The Sensor must be having smooth curves for patient comfort. The length of sensor wire must be minimum 2 meters. The Sensor must be provided with software, which has facility to enhance, zoom, colorize, invert, annotate, rotate etc. the image. Should be DICOM Compatible. The software must have licenses for at least 3 users. Should be supplied with Medical grade printer. Should be supplied with sensor holder Compatible PC should be supplied. Should be certified as a CL II Medecal device, guaranteeing maximum securty for the patient Should have ' autotrigger function to eliminate the need to manually activate the sensor before the exposure.

Item No. 73

SPECIFICATIONS OF DOUBLE SURFACE PHOTOTHERAPY UNITS

1. Double surface phototherapy machine having Upper and lower surface phototherapy outputs as below and a baby bassinet having transparent baby bed side rails made of acrylic. All these should be mounted on a stainless steel stand (scratch and rust proof, Epoxy / Powder coated) with three or four castor wheels with brakes and earthing facility. a) Upper surface phototherapy Should have 4-blue and 2-white compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs) With irradiance of at least 18µW/cm²/nm Wave-length range of 420-470 nm Mounted on a stainless steel canopy with adjustable height facility and well fixed baby protection sheet Re-adjustable time totalizer for counting total elapsed life of CFL lamps. b) Lower surface phototherapy: Should have 6-blue compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs). With irradiance of at least 18µW/cm²/nm Wave-length range of 420-470 nm Mounted on a stainless steel canopy fixed at 45 cms from baby bassinets and covered with adequate insulation sheet/ covering (to avoid soiling and short circuiting) with adjustable height facility and baby protection sheet. Re-adjustable time totalizer for counting total elapsed life of CFL lamps


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 103

2. CVT of appropriate voltage adequate for the equipment – 1 KVA with each unit. 3. Power supplies – 220-240V A.C. 4. Should confirm to IEC – 601 safety standards. 5. Should be ISO 9001: 2000 & 13485 certified. Warranty for two years Post-warranty CAMC for 3 years List of essential accessories should be provided and quoted separately. Prices so quoted to be frozen for 5 years. The department will like to have a live demonstration of the equipment Original literature, and not the photocopy, to be supplied with the quotation. Company should certify that model quoted is latest and not obsolete, and spares will be available for next 5 years after the completion of warranty. Specification are not tailor-made, and more than one company manufacturing the equipment.

Item No. 74

Centrifuge Cyto / Cyto span

Equipment Specifications for Cytocentrifuge

1 Description of Function

1.1 A cytocentrifuge, which operates at a speed of between 500 and 2,000 rpm, forces the cells from a suspension onto a microscope slide and a blotter simultaneously, absorbs the suspension medium. Cyto evaluation is evaluation of cells under microscope.

2 Operational Requirements

2.1 Latest Model Microprocessor controlled compact Centrifuge with sealed rotor head for separation of cells found in body fluids Cells are directly attached in a monolayer to a microscope slide by means of centrifugal force and a slide and funnel device.

3 Technical Specifications

3.1 Speed range at least :500-2000rpm 3.2 Time range at least : 1-60 minutes 3.3 Number of specimen-can handle up to 12 samples in one cycle. 3.4 Memory to store 20 preset procedures. 3.5 There should be a membrane keypad with bright LCD/LED Display of Time, Speed and program

protocols. 3.6 Audiovisual alarm for out of balance, outside speed tolerance or if the lid is not properly locked.

The system will not run if the lid is not locked properly. 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables

4.1 It should be supplied with reusable and auto-clavable specimen chamber capable of handling low volumes and high volumes Prices should be quoted separately

4.2 Quote consumables for 1000 samples.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 104

5 Environmental factors

5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%

5.2 Thu unit shall be capable of operating in ambient temperature of 20-30 deg C and relative humidity of 80%.

6 Power Supply

6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug 6.2 Reset table over current breaker shall be fitted for protection 6.3 Suitable voltage corrector/stabilizer

7 Standards and Safety

7.1 Should preferably be compliant with IEC 61010-1:covering safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use.

7.2 Should be preferably be FDA or CE or ISI approved product. 7.3 Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with the system.

8 Documentation

8.1 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied 8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory. 8.3 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as per

manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual. 8.4 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing. 8.5 Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist. The

job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out.

8.6 Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly mentioning the page/para number of original catalogue.

Item No. 75

Biosafety Hood

Equipment Specifications for Biological Safety Cabinets-Class-IIA, Microbiology. 1. Description of Function 1.1 Bio safety cabinets are used to provide primary containment in the laboratory when the

investigator is using potentially infectious materials.

1 Operational Requirements 1.1 Protection for operator, environment and the product, from aerosols and microorganisms 1.2 Microprocessor/Microcontroller/Microcomputer controlled system. 2 Technical Specifications 3.1 Outer Body made of MS Steel with epoxy Powder coated(dimensions4x2x3 feet with variation range +/- 3inches 3.2 HEPA filters with 99.999% efficiency for particles ³ 0.3 mm (H14 class according to ENI 822) 3.3 Automatic speed compensation system against clogged main HEPA filter Pre-filteration unit with

retention of 10 to 15 micro meter 3.4 Air Circulation to vertical with 30% exhaust and 70% recirculation


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 105

3.5 Single stainless steel perforated working platform 3.6 Alarms for power failure and door opening 3.7 Should be fitted with UV light > 800 lux 3.8 High-speed centrifugal blower with lifetime lubricated 3.9 Noise level <58dBA, Elapsed hour counter 3.10 DOP test outlet 3.11 Fluorescent lamp to obtain powerful glare-free lighting . On site installation and appropriate

certificate to be provided 3.12 On/Off switch with key lock. 3.13 Gas connection should be provided in the cabinet 3.14 Quote for BOP tested Hepa filters separately

4. System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 As specified 5 Environmental factors 5.1 Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2 :2001(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility. 5.2 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 5.3 Thu unit shall be capable of operating in ambient temperature of 20-30 deg C and relative humidity of 80%. 5.4 One filter set replacement should be included in AMC once in a year 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug 6.2 Reset table over current breaker shall be fitted for protection 6.3 Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum one-hour back-up should be supplied with the system. 7. Standards and Safety 7.1 Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems - Medical devices - Particular requirements for the application of ISO 9001. applicable to manufacturers and service providers that perform their own design activities. 7.2 Should be FDA or CE or ISI approved product 7.3 Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601 / IS-13450 8. Documentation 8.1 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied 8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory. 8.3 Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly mentioning the page/para number of original catalogue. 8.4 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing available in stock with the supplier 8.5 Log book with instruction for daily , weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist. The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out 8.6 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as per manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual.

Item No. 76

Blood bank refrigerator (2-6º C)

General Should operate at 4 ° C with +/- 1 °C temperature uniformity


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 106

Must be designed for blood bank use. Commercial or modified commercial refrigerators are not acceptable Should be able to pass through standard door heights of 201 cm (79”) with casters without requiring the unit to be tipped or laid on its side. Should be CE marked. Construction Should have an interior and exterior that is constructed of minimum 20 gauge, galvanized steel. Should incorporate) bacteria resistant, powder coated interior, exterior and door handle. Should have a minimum non-CFC urethane insulation Should utilize a self-closing door with full-length handle, key lock and non- CFC urethane insulation. Should include swivel-locking casters as a standard feature. Should incorporate a recessed interior floor to contain spills. Should have a chamber access port in the top of the unit. Should have an interior fluorescent light with control panel mounted switch as a standard feature. Should have a light bulb that can be changed without removing the drawers. Should have dual-pane, glass door and key lock with a right hand hinge. Should have self-closing door system Independent Temperature Controller Should utilize an independent, microprocessor temperature controller that is programmable from +2o C to +8o C. Should have a Microprocessor controlled temperature readout, readable in 0.1o C increments. Should have a stainless steel, RTD temperature probe that is located in the chamber. Should have all functions accessible through a touch pad on the control panel. Should have refrigeration system “On” indicator provided as a standard feature. Independent Alarm / Monitor System Should be able to program the high and low temperature alarms. Should have audible and visual high and low temperature alarms as a standard feature. Should have a stainless steel RTD temperature probe located in the top portion of the chamber in a product simulation bottle. Should have audible and visual door ajar alarm as a standard feature. Must have all functions accessible through a touch pad on the control panel. Should have an alarm silence button. Should have alarm disable switch. Should have remote alarm contacts as a standard feature. Should have battery backup with a minimum of 2 hours life. Should have a power fail alarm as a standard feature. 1.5 Temperature Recorder Must have four inch, 7-day, ink-less, pressure-sensitive circular chart recorder. Must have chart recorder temperature range of -5oC to +20oC. Must incorporate a separate battery backup to ensure continuous operation of the chart recorder during power failure.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 107

Must have temperature recorder probe that is independent from other probes. Must have power status indicator. Must have an optional deduction of the chart recorder. . Should have LCD Temprature Graphs that should display 24 continuous hours of data and event logging of door openings and alarm conditions. . Should have adjustable alarm volumes and password protected configurations. Refrigeration System Must incorporate a heavy-duty, air-cooled refrigeration system designed to operate on 230 volt 50/60 Hz. Must utilize non-CFC, commercially available refrigerant. Must have an automatic condense evaporator as a standard feature. Must have an internal evaporator fan that shuts off when the door is opened. Must have a compressor that can maintain required chamber temperatures when operating between 200-240 volts and 50 Hz. Must incorporate a defrost system that requires no defrost timer, electric heaters or defrost down time. Must keep the refrigerator free of frost without elevating the chamber temperature. Drawers Must have solid bottom and liquid tight stainless steel drawers for containment of spills Must incorporate Scratch-Guard drawer edge protectors that keep the glass from being scratched. Must have fully extendable drawer slides. Must have shelf standards with a clear powder-coated finish to guard against rust and corrosion. Must have drawers that are adjustable Must have optional drawer dividers available as an accessory. Must have a cabinet designed to accommodate available optional half-size wire shelves, full-size wire shelves and rollout wire baskets with no cabinet modifications. Electrical External transformers are not acceptable.

Item No. 77

REFRIGERATOR:2000Lts Laboratory refrigerator,lockable with temperature monitoring

• Capacity-2000ltrs • Explosion_proof interior • Anti spark protection • Audio-visual alarm • Temperature setting range: 0 to 10 º C • Key controlled on/off • Key controlled door opening • Adjustable floor stand • Low noise,automatic defrosting,Freon free


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 108

Item No. 78

Refrigerator - Deep freezer (-40º C) 200 Ltr

Deep Freezer: -40 deg.C

1 Plasma Freezer should be able to maintain low temperature upto -40 deg C

2 Should be able to hold minimum 300 plasma bags & the Freezer should be vertical (upright)

3 Should be heavy duty refrigeration system, maintenance free, with hermetically sealed refrigeration compressors reliable refrigeration with minimal noise & vibration

4 Should have a short cooling time of 4-5 hrs at maximum ambient temperature of 33 deg C

5 Integrated digital temperature cum controller with inbuilt 7 days circular chart recorder with battery back up of 3-4 hours to ensure display & recording of temperature even during power failures

6 Should have integrated data management system with storage efficiency of temperature records upto 1000 readings & facility to transfer data through LAN to a PC

7 Should have Large LCD display with facility to see current & last 24 hours temperature recording , High & Low alarm points with date & time recording, Power resumption/failure data etc.

8 Construction of double wall with efficient insulation to minimize temperature loss, inner chamber should be made of AISI 304 grade non corrosive stainless steel & outer made of high quality C/R sheet with minimum 1mm thickness

9 Servo controlled line voltage corrector should form part of the standard configuration

10 A line voltage corrector of appropriate rating giving all the specifications should be supplied alongwith the unit.

11.Should be a CE marked product & from a ISO , WHO-GMP compliant manufacturer

Item No. 79

INTRA ORAL, DIGITAL RADIOGRAPHY/IMAGING Unit for digital intra oral radiography. Wall mounted or unit mounted flexible suspension. System, easy adjustment and positioning. Comprising Tube head

Control unit • Suspension system • X-ray sensor, CCD Functions / Specifications: Tube head:


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 109

• 70 kV, multi-pulse 10 mA. • Focus spot: 0.8 x 0.8 mm • Focus-skin distance: 200 mm • Radiated field at end of cone: Dia = 60 mm • Total filter: min. 2.1 mm AL. Control Unit: • Exposure release control, L (cable) min: 3 m • Exposure time settings, range, min: 0.05-3.2 sec. Suspension Unit: • Manoeuvarability • Vertical min. 270 degrees • Horizontal 360 degrees To be supplied with: 1 pack of sensor covers, 100 pcs.

Item No. 80

Examination light mobile - 20000 lux

Light, examination, mobile, 220V/12V

Mobile light for medical examination Stand with 5 anti-static swivel castors Articulated arm 105 cm, spring loaded, with on/off switch and integrated transformer Halogene bulb: 12V/20W Light intensity approx: 20.000 Lux at 40 cm Natural white light: colour temperature 4000 K Reflector adjustable for positioning Power cord: length approx 3 m Power requirements: 220 V / 50 Hz Power

• Device is produced by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer (Certificate to be submitted, • CE/FDA/BIS approved product) Supplied with:

1 x spare halogene bulb 1 x spare set of fuses

• User manual with trouble shooting guidance, in English • Technical manual with maintenance and first line technical intervention instructions, in

English • List of priced accessories • List of priced spare parts

Item No. 81 AUDIOMETER

• Two channel audiometer for clinical use interface with sound proof room with complete accessories to insure complete functionally

Specifications: • Input: Tone, microphone 1&2 Tape/CD 1&2, NB, WN, SN

• Output: Left, right, bone, L&R, free-field, insert phones, High frequency phones


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 110

Frequency range • Air conduction : 125 to 12000 Hz

• High frequency : 8000 to 20000 Hz

• Bone conduction : 250 to 8000 Hz

• Sound field : 250 to 12000 Hz

• Insert : 125 to 6000 Hz

• U-V meter : Two independent U-V meters one for Ch. 1 and 1 for Ch.2 speech • Microphone : For live voice testing and communication

• Speech score counter

• External A and external B: To accept recorded speech material from external stereo tap cassette or CD player

• Talk forward, talk back and monitoring facilities

• Signal format

• Steady : Tone continuously present.

• Pulsed : Tone pulsed 200 mses ON, 200 msec OFF

• FM : Tone modulated +/- 5% of center frequency at rate of 5Hz

• With signal processing software and patient management software to be supplied with PC and manual • All accessories for all above facilities to be included. • Airbone Or Tree Field • Pure, Pulsed Or Warble Tones • Frequency : 125 Hz 20 Khz • Bone Frequency : 250 Hz To 8 Khz • Attenuation : 1dB Step Resolution • To be able to Procees All Type Of Test Including S.I.S.I. Ablb , Stenger, Rainville, Dli, Auto Thresh

Hold, Tone Decay, Mcl/Ucl, Dlf, Mlb • Built In Thermal Printer . • Should be regularly calibrated in warranty and contract period as per manufacturer’s recommendations.

( pl mention the frequency of calibrations as mentioned in operation or service manual)

Item No. 82

TYMPANOMETER

Tympanometer, clinical tests to be performed: • Tympanogram • Stepedial reflexes contra and IPSI • Reflex decay • Reflex lantency • E.T function with perforation without perforation

Specification


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 111

• Probe tones • 266 Hz (85dB SPL +/- 1.5 dB) • 678 Hz (85dB SPL +/- 3.0 dB) • 1000 Hz (75dB SPL +/- 3.0 dB) • Accuracy: +/- 1 % Pressure measurements: • Range: +200 to -600 daPa • Accuracy: +/- 1 % • Sweep rate: 12.5, 50.0, 200 daPa/sec • Sweep accuracy: 10% of nominal rate • Maximum limits (in 5 cc cavity): -800 daPa and +600 daPa • LPSI and control Reflex measurements

• Stimuli: 250, 500, 1k, 2k, 4k, BBn, LBN, HBN, click external input

• Frequency accuracy: +/- 3%

• Harmonic distortion: Less than 5%

• Intensity range: 35 to 120 dB HL in 5 dB steps

• Calibration accuracy: +/- 3 dB

• Step accuracy: +/- 5 dB

• Computer interface

• Built-in display and printer

• To be including: Probe assembling, ear tips, printer paper, calibration kit and cleaning kit All accessories to carry out above tests to be included.

Item No. 83

A/B Scan (Ophthalmic Ultrasound)

The following requirements must be met · High resolution dedicated A and B, ophthalmic scanning unit B scan will cross vector. · The system should consist of fourth generation microcomputer and high speed digital electronics, with highest resolution monitor. Technical features: · A-scan · Three a scan modes · Auto biometric, manual biometric, diagnostic · Complete IOL program capabilities include SRK1 SRK11 SRK. T Hollady or Binkhorest formulas. · Save in memory capacity at least 45 cases for a-scan images and corresponding IOL data. · 10mhz solid probe · The unit should incorporate, audio feed back for probe alignment. · B-scan · 256 gray levels · User definable, DGC curve · Pre & post processing capabilities. · Volume, distance and area/ perimeter measurement


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 112

· Selectable a-vector for simultaneous A/B display. · Annotation/arrow placement · Archiving of at least 150 patients in a single data file with an unlimited number of data files possible. · Complete IOL calculation capability with IOL data storage. · B-scan sector angle at least 55° · Standard accessories · Should include : · Console with 7’’ display · Alphanumeric keyboard · Trackball · Foot pedal · 7&10 MHz, A-B scan probe · A scan calibration cylinder · Probe holders etc. · Vendors may quote other accessories · Standard accessories should include : · Console with 7” display · Alphanumeric key board · Trackball · Foot pedal · 100 & 12.5 MHz, A-B scan probe · A scan calibration cylinder · Probe holders etc

Item No. 84

AUTOMATIC ELECTRONIC TOURNIQUET WITH HOSE & CUFFS

1. Electrically operated system from reputed international manufacturers with two hoses and battery

back up of upto 45 min. 2. Should have option for bier"s block and bilateral procedures. 3. Seven Sizes 8'' to 42" of cylindrical cuffs should meet individual requirements of thin and fat

patient for arm and thigh. cuffs should be autoclavable. 4. Small and light weight unit that can be mounted on I.V pole or placed on a table. 5. Audible and visual alarms when pressure variation is detected 6. Unit should perform self-calibration check every time it is turn on. 7. 7.50 to 475 mm Hg pressure setting 8. 8.6 to 240 minutes time setting. 9. 9.positive locking connectors, leak free inflation cuff sleeves, which help reduce wrinkles pinching

and shearing of soft tissues. 10. 10.cuff with lockout features, which should ensure that the cuffs stays inflated.

Item No. 85

MICROWAVE THERAPY UNIT

CONTINUOUS & PULSED MICROWAVE THERAPY UNIT

Generator:

• Frequency : At least 2400 MHz • Pulsed output : At least 1500 w


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 113

• Cont. output : max 250w continuously adjustable. • Time : At least 0-25 Accessories:

• Self retaining radiator arm • HF cable The vendor should include any other accessories that are required.

Item No. 86 C-ARM COMPATIBLE ELECTRO HYDRAULIC OT TABLE 1 description of function 1.1 electro-hydraulic operation table suitable for all surgical operations 2 operational requirement 2.1 the radiolucent/c-arm compatible four section table top with provision for xX-ray cassette with anti bacterial, anti static and fluid proof mattress to avoid bed sores. 2.2 high storage capacity battery back up to support 50 operation cycles. 2.3 patient carrying capacity should be more than 400 kgs. 2.4 all the functions of the table should be operated via corded hand control or optionally with infrared hand control a) height up/down b) trendelenburg/reverse trendelenburg c) lateral tilt d) flex/reflex e) lock/unlock f) back up/down g) leg up/down h) kidney elevator up/down i) beach chair position j) return to normal/zero position k) patient reverse orientation to be locked in memory 2.5 the table should have the facility to position on a single press button, the patient from any of the sides and the reverse orientation has to be locked into the memory to enable all the table functions to be reversed automatically. 2.6 in addition to and in case of failure of the electronic hand control, the table should be provided with override control panel on the column of the table to operate the required positions in care of emergency. 2.7 in case of failure of the electronic hand control, electronic override control panel and also the battery back up in extreme emergency, the table should be provided with manual foot pump to operate all the required positions. 2.8 the table top should be completely free of disturbing cross bar offering generous latitude for using c-arm image intensifier as well as to provide enough leg room for the surgeons and to cover the patient’s body from head to pelvic region with patient orientation on either side. 2.9 the column head and the base of the table should be y Y shaped made of chemical and impact resistance engineering plastic cover for easy cleaning and infection control. 2.10 there should be no crevices in the table for ingress of liquids so as to enable proper infection control 3 technical specification 3.1 dimensions table top length 1950mm.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 114

width without side rails 530mm. weight of the table should be above 300 kgs. 3.2 electro hydraulically operated functions: height up/down 1120 to 680mm trendelenburg 30 deg. reverse trendeleburg 30 deg. lateral tilt 20 deg. back up/down 65 and 40 deg. leg up/down 80 and 105 deg. head up/down 90 deg.(manual) inbuilt powered kidney elevator up 0 to 12cm. flex/reflex normal 220/120 deg. flex/reflex reverse orientation 245/110 deg. single button operated beach chair position. memory locking of reverse orientation position. single button operated return to zero position. lock and unlock of the table by hand control. 3.2 full length xX-ray translucent top with removable interchangeable head rest for positioning the patient in reverse orientation 3.4 inbuilt xX-ray translucent powered kidney bridge. 3.5 the powered locking and unlocking of the table base via hand control. 3.6 the table top should provide unhindered access from head to pelvic section in both the normal and reverse orientation. 3.7 to accommodate heavy / obese patients, width extension facility of the table top is to be provided. 3.8 the table top should have a length of 1950mm. 3.9 the table should offer minimum height of 680mm enabling the surgeons to operate while in seated position 3.10 the table should have powered leg section which should be lowered to 105 deg. To have free access for the surgeons to the pelvic region for gynaec, uro, gastro and orthopaedic surgeries. 4. Standard accessories, 4.1 anaesthesia screen 4.2 body strap 4.3 pair of goepel knee crutches with clamps. 4.4 pair of arm boards. 5. Special accessories 5.1 gel heel pads – 1 pair 5.2 patient positioning gel strap – 1 no. 5.3 hand surgery table – 1 no. 5.4 drain pan for gynaec/uro – 1 no. 5.5 elevated arm board – 1 no. 5.6 lateral support with clamps – 2 nos. 5.7 shoulder support with pads – 2 nos. 5.8 orthopaedic extension device to be attached to the table top The table should be compatible for use with orthopaedic extension device, trolley mounted consisting of: 1. Transfer board 01 2. Boots plate 02 3. Foot traction boots 02 4. Traction bow 01 5. Traction bar 02


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 115

6. Traction unit 02 7. Traction rail 02 8. Adaptor unit 01 9. Straight traction extension 01 10. L shaped traction extension 01 11. Supports 01 12. Trolley 01 Femur nailing in supine 13. Perineal post with pad 01 Femur nailing in lateral 14. Universal leg holder 01 15. Hip rest with pad 01 16. Elevator 01 17. Pelvic crest support 01 18. Lateral counter traction support 01 Tibia & fibula nailing 19. Tibia counter traction with pad 01 20. Condyle support 01 Hip endoprothesis 21. Sacral rest with pad 01 22. Back buttock support 01 23. Lateral supports 01 For knee elbow position 24. Foot rest left and right (pair) 01 6 environment factors 6.1 shall meet iecIEC-60601-1-2: 2001 6.2 en EN 60601-1-1990 electrical safety 6.3 iec IEC tr TR 60878:2003 6.4 medical device directive 93/42/eecEEC 6.5 iso ISO & ceCE 7. Power supply 7.1 power input to be 220-240vac240V AC, 50hz 50Hz fitted with indian plug 7.2 voltage corrector/stabilizer of appropriate ratings meting isi ISIspecifications. (input 160-260 v V and output 220-240 v V and 50 hzHz) 8. Standards, safety and training 8.1 to be isoISO/ceCE/ul UL approved product 8.2 to have current leakage less than 70 u/a U/A ac AC (0.07m ampAmp). 8.3 quality tests as per international standards to be carried out at manufacturing facility. 9 documentation 9.1 user/technical/ maintenance manuals to be supplied 9.2 certificate of calibration and inspection from the manufacturer

Item No. 87

INDIRECT OPHTHALMOSCOPE

• Halogen binocular indirect ophthalmoscope 6V, 10W completely eliminated filament image, wide visual field with simple papillary distance adjustable.

• Papillary distance: 50mm≈75mm


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 116

• Output voltage: 3, 4, 5, 6V

Accessories

o Transformer, red free filter o Cobalt blue filter, teaching mirror o Scleral depressor, spare bulb o Detachment chart (50 sheets) o Carrying case o Rechargeable battery pack o 14 D aspheric lens o 20 D aspheric lens.

Item No. 88

Neonatal Oxygen Hood Oxygen hood, S and M, including connecting tubes • Round shape • size small, approx: height 22 cm, diam 25 cm • size medium, approx: height 18 cm, diam 20 cm • Made of autoclavable polycarbonate • Trauma free silicone neck, with adjustment flap • With bilateral oxygen nozzle • Oxygen tube of 2 m length must be provided with • Device is produced by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer (Certificate to be submitted CE/FDA/BIS approved product) Supplied with: • 1 x spare set of tubing • User manual with trouble shooting guidance, in English • Technical manual with maintenance and first line technical intervention instructions, in English • List of priced accessories List of priced spare parts

Item No. 89 Phototherapy unit, single head, high intensity Technical Specifications:

Heavy base mobile stand phototherapy unit Hood should Properly Streamlined with proper Ventilation.

Antistatic castors, 2 with breaks Single head, surface size, approx: 0.50 x 0.75 m Head height adjustable, approx: 1.40 to 1.75 m Blue light, 4 Compact Fluorescence Tubes (CFL), approx: 20 W White light, 2 Compact Fluorescence Tubes (CFL), approx: 20 W Separate On Off Switch for

White and Blue Light Tubes are protected by grill (Chrome plated wide mess)

Irradiance at skin level, up to: 40 uW / cm2 / nm Wavelength: 420 to 500 nm, with highest intensity at 470 nm

Integrated cumulative hour timer • Power requirement: 220 V / 50 Hz


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 117

• Device is produced by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer (Certificate to be submitted).

• CE/FDA/BIS approved product. (Certificate to be submitted). Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2:2001(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of Safety for

Electromagnetic Compatibility. or should comply with 89/366/EEC; EMC-directive. (Submit the report)

Supplied with: • 2 x spare blue CFL tubes • 1 x spare white CFL tube

1 x spare set of fuses • User manual with trouble shooting guidance, in English • Technical manual with maintenance and first line technical intervention instructions, in

English • List of priced accessories

List of priced spare parts

Item No. 90

Bleaching unit

Specification of Bleaching unit

Ergonomic arc design, fitting the widest scope of illuminating. Proper and direct focus of illuminating light on teeth with distance guide. Full mouth whitening.

Blue LED light sources with high output. Cool light causing no heat to patients.

No fan cooler, no noise.

Digital LCD display for overall understanding of processing. 10 preset programs with 6 adjustable settings of output. Multiple settings of timing and power according to various requests of whitening treatment.

Overall full mouth whitening in just one cycle of 15 minutes. Screwdriver-free design of arm allowing setting proper arm position by just pulling and dragging by hands.

At least 10,000 hours of using life for LED.

Item No.91

Jet Ventilator Use for adults and children Regulator gauge reads 0-60psi Runs directly from 50 psi source Used for emergency cricothyrotomy jet ventilation Smooth stepless control of minute ventilation volume 5- 30 liters per minute Smooth stepless control of ventilation frequency 30-300/per minute Smooth stepless insufflation pressure adjustment 0-4 bars Step-by-step adjustment of inhalation to exhalation rate 1/2, 2/3, 1/1 Measurement and digital indication of respiratory tract pressure – peak, average Expiratory pressure in the range of 0- 60 cm H2O Breathing gas humidity at the end of patient’s tube no less than 33 mg H 2O per liter Breathing gas temperature in the standard mode 36 ± 2 degree Celsius Alarm system:


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 118

- adjustable respiratory tract peak pressure alarm - adjustable expiratory pressure alarm - power loss alarm - oxygen supply pressure loss alarm Indicators: High-frequency valve and inhalation to exhalation rate indicator Low oxygen supply pressure indicator - turns on if oxygen supply pressure at the point of entry into the ventilator falls low Breathing mixture not being humidified indicator Power supply indicator Alarm muted/turned off indicator Power input 220 V, 50 GHz

Item No. 92

Lensometer

• Large measuring capacity (30mm to 90mm) • LED Light source • Power sources: Dry batteries or Ni-Cd rechargeable batteries with auto shut off • Freely adjustable instrumenttilt:0-90 degrees • Measures all types of lenses including progressive lenses • PD Measurement available • Built in thermal printer

Item No. 93

Tonometer

1. Dynamic Contour Tonometer (DCT) Contact type 2. Unit to give digital display of Intra Ocular Pressure (IOP), Ocular Pulse Amplitude (OPA) and quality of signal 3. Unit to give accurate IOP reading 4. Slit lamp Mounted Tonometer 5. Audio feedback during measurement 6. No need for Fluroscein 7. All functions to be accessed by one knob. 8. Self calibrating unit 9. Tonometer readings should not be influenced by Corneal thickness and other characteristics of Cornea. 10. Measurement range IOP : 5 – 80 mmHg 11. Disposable tip cover – 250 nos. to be supplied 12. Blue tooth technology for data transfer to the PC-Laptop 13. PC-Laptop of current generation to be supplied 14. Wireless printer – 1no. 15. Unit to run on disposable or reusable battery 16. 2 nos. Disposable battery 17. 2 nos. of Reusable battery with battery charger 18. CE and FDA approved


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 119

Item No. 94

MOBILE OPERATING LIGHT; Operating lamp, on mobile stand. 4 halogen bulbs, each of 40 Watt, producing a total intensity of 50,000 lux of cold light. • Color temperature 4300 K • Height of stand 190 cm • Horizontal turning range 360 degree • Variable setting of lamp head: 132-265 cm • Diameter of lamp head: 47 cm • Mains voltage 240 V, 50 Hz • With five high quality castors, 2 of them lockable and balance.

Item No. 95

CR Digitizer & Imager; Specifications for state of the art Latest Generation Computed Radiography (CR) system for high resolution Digital radiography Features Remarks Technical Requirements – CR system configuration shall include: a. Imaging plates (IP) b. Image reader system c. CR workstations d. RIS interface e. Remote ID and Preview stations f. Accessories and consumables g. Laser Imager CR Compatible imaging plates (Unit cost of each CR plate to be Quoted) Following sizes are required – a) 35 cm x 35 cm – 12 Nos. b) 24 cm x 30 cm – 12 Nos. c) 18 cm x 24 cm - 12 Nos. d) 15 cm x 30 cm – 6 nos. e) 35 cm x 43 cm – 6 nos. f) 30 cm x 37.5 cm – 6 nos. Image plate storing Rack-one (Price to be quoted separately) Image reader shall meet the Functional requirements: Various image-processing protocols available for the respective regions of the body IP processing rate should be about 90 plates / hour Mechanism for accepting exposed Imaging Plates with out patient demographics, for Casuality/Trauma workflow requirement Mechanism for Re-routing the newly acquired Images to the preconfigured CR workstation Capability of retrieving (Service Intervention) at least last 10 scanned images, as part of contingency plan. Capability for quick check of the image and exam data of at least the last 4 Imaging Plates scanned at the x-ray room Protocaol for verifying the connectivity status of configured image destinations Spatial resolution of the digital image shall preferably be 2kx2kx 16 bits for optimal resolution. Identification and Preview System Functional requirements: Capability of interfacing of HL7, Non-HL7, Proprietary, DICOM Work list or user defined Windows/DOS/Linux based interface protocols to HIS/RIS. Please specify whether you have tested interfacing with HL7-DICOM Bridge.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 120

Mechanism for retrieving Demographics of at least last 10 patients identified on a particular Identification Terminal. Cutomizable Graphic User Interface (GUI) in Identification station with facility of selecting

Item No. 96

Operating zoom microscope for ophthalmology

MICROSCOPE: · Compact microscope body with high quality & complete apochromatic Optics with 1:6 zoom ratio. Magnification factor 0.4X to 2.4X. · Focusing range 50mm, Objective lens f= 200mm, 65mm diameter. · Binocular tube: Tiltable tube with integrated image inverter without any external attachment. · Eyepices: 10X with +8D to-5 D compensator. · Deepview: Depth of field management system for optimal depth perception & maximum light transmission. ILLUMINATION : · Stereo Coaxial Illumination for unique detail recognition, high contrast & stability of Red reflex even with strongly pigmented decentered and ametropic eye. · Retina Protection Device and contrast enhancement aperture. · Integrated 408nm UV barrier filter/ Blue blocking filter/ fluorescence filter. X Y COUPLING: · Motorized foot controlled X-Y coupling with automatic re-centering and X-Y inversion facility. X-Y Range should be at least 60mm x 60mm adjustable range. · Stereo co observation attachment with 360 Rotation -2 joints . SUSPENSION SYSTEM: · 14 function wireless foot control, Motorized foot controlled Zoom and focus with re-centering of focussing position through foot control. Image inversion facility on foot control. · High quality floor stands with long spring balance suspension arm with effective length of 1Metre or more having load bearing capacity of atleast 14Kg or More. · Stand should have touch screen LCD display with programming facility for setting the speed of XY, Zoom and focus, Foot Pedal. · Stand should have cold light fiber Optic illumination 12v 100w Halogen lamp with in built lamp housing with two lamps, with automatic Lamp changeover facility. CCTV ATTACHMENT: · 1CCD Light weight Camera with camera control unit, control unit should be integrated in the in the floor stand. Video o/p S video & analog through the stand & programming through LCD display in the floor stand. NETWORKING: · Ethernet interface for microscope i incl. 10 m cable WIDE ANGLED VIEWING SYSTEM: · Wide angled Non Contact observation/ viewing system (autoclave able) with field of viewing 120deg.(minimum). With independent foccusing

Item No. 97

PHACOEMULSIFICATION MACHINE Advanced Phaco Emulsification Unit with Posterior Vitrectomy system 1.The phaco system should have both peristaltic and Venturi pump. 2.It should be possible during surgery to switch over from peristaltic to venture mode or vice versa instantaneously. 3.Titanium and ultra light 4 or 6 Crystal Phaco handpiece should be quoted having frequency range between 25KHz and 40 KHz.- Four phaco handpieces to be quoted 4.Variable Power


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 121

5.Unit must have programmable Phaco Modulation. 6.Unit should have programmable pulse mode with maximum pulse frequency of 40 Hz. with adjustable Pulse duration 7.Unit must have Phaco and Co-Axial Microincision Phaco Facility 8. Unit should have 3 phaco memories (Phaco1, Phaco 2 and phaco3). 9 .I/A System (Peristaltic)should have max vacuum of 600mm Hg and Aspiration flow rate of 60 cc/min 10, I/A System (Venturi) should have max vacuum of 600 mmHg 10.9 nos. Disposable cassette to be supplied. 11.Reflux - Either through Pump or Bottle 12.Autoclavable Straight Phaco Tips - 15 Degree, 30 Degree -4 nos. each 13.Autoclavable Bent Phaco tip -30 Degree -4nos. 14.Irrigation Sleeves for above tips - 10 nos. 15.Autoclavable Phaco tip with incision size of 1.8 mm and 2.2 mm - 2 nos. each 16. corresponding sleeves- 5 nos each 17.I/A Bimanual - 2no. 18.I/A coaxial with straight and bent tip - 1 set 19.Test Chamber- 5 no and Irrigation Sleeve -10 nos. 20.Serilisation Tray - 4nos. 21.Diathermy handpiece along with Bipolar forceps to be quoted 22.Unit must have Dual Linear Pedal with Complete programmability.

23.Unit must have memory for minimum 3 surgeon program

24.Integrated motorized I/V pole to be supplied 25.Vitrectomy cutter(20G) :12 Electric cutter/ Pneumatic guilotive with cuts rate more than 1000 cuts/minute 26 Pneumatic Cutter(20G)-20 Pneumatic cutter to be quoted.Cut rate to be more than 2500 cuts per minute

27Posterior Vitrectomy-Dual linear Vitrectomy

28.Xenon Light with dual output

29.Single cut mode

30Fragmatome tip

31.Simultaneous connection of vitrectomy instruments

32.Endo diathermy tip 20 G

33.Air delivery line silicon application set,infusion terminus and Endo illuminators for 20G

34.Posterior vitrectomy cutter -20 No. disposable to be quoted

35.23G posterior Vitrectomy accessories-Endo illuminators

36.23G Pneumatic cutter with cut rate more than 2500 cuts/min-20 nos

37.Endo diathermy tip-23G

OPTIONAL :

Overlay facility for displaying phaco parameters on monitor


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 122

46 Power supply 230 V +/- 15%,50Hz. 47.Pars plana Microincision to be quoted-20Nos

Item No. 98 A/B SCAN (OPTHALMIC ULTRASOUND) The following requirements must be met • High resolution dedicated A and B, ophthalmic scanning unit B scan will cross vector.

• The system should consist of fourth microcomputer and high speed digital electronics, with highest resolution monitor.

Technical features:

• A-Scan

• Three a scan modes

• Auto biometric, manual biometric, diagnostic

• Complete IOL program capabilities include SRK 1 SRK11

SRK. T Hollady or Binkhorest formulas.

• Save in memory capacity at least 45 cases for a-scan images and

corresponding IOL data.

• 10mhz solid probe or 12mhz Probe( solid Proper inner

illuminated)

• The unit should incorporate, audio feed back for probe

alignment.

• B-Scan

• 256 gray levels

• User definable, DGC curve

• Pre & Post processing capabilities

• Volume, distance and area/perimeter measurement

• Selectable a-vector for simultaneous A/B display

• Annotation/arrow placement

• Archiving of at least 150 patients in a single data file with an

unlimited number of data files possible

• Complete IOL calculation capability with IOL data storage.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 123

• B-Scan sector angle at least 55o

• Standard accessories

• Should include:

• Console with 7” display

• Alphanumeric keyboard

• Trackball

• Foot pedal

• 10 Mhzor 12 mHZ, A-B scan probe-10mhz magnetic driven

noiseless

• A-scan calibration cylinder

• Probe holders etc

• Gain -30-105 db

Item No. 99

YAG LASER · Laser wavelength 1064nm, · Structure Mode: super-Gaussian for highly precise beam profile. · Optical breakdown 2.5 Mj or less in air · Pulse duration < 4ns · Max. Laser energy 10mj ( Single Pulse), 23mj(Double pulse) And 37mj (Triple pulse) · Minimum Energy 0.3Mj – 10mj( Single Pulse) · Energy levels:22 steps · Pulse repetition frequency Max.2 Hz. · Focus diameter 10 micron in air · Cone angle/Angle of exit aperture 16 Deg. · Aiming beam (Laser diode with 670nm wave Length) with Four point aiming beam system for perfect focusing/ targeting with astigmatic disorders. · Aiming beam focus offset +/- 150 um posterior & anterior focus shift. · Remote/seprate laser control unit so that laser parameters can be changed by assistant for easy use, It should not be Integrated/mounted on the Slit lamp LASER SLIT LAMP : · Slit Lamp with 5,8,12,20,32x magnification changer with 10x eyepieces and straight tube f=140mm with PD adjustable 50-78mm. · Illumination : halogen12v/30w;adjustable · Slit width 0-14mm continuous, Length 1/3/5/9/14mm. · Asymmetrical motorised table for height adjustment


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 124

Item No. 100

TELE-LARYNGO-PHARYNGOSCOPE, Features – Sharp image with significant depth of field Two different degrees of magnification (Panoramic view and examination of details) Integrated air channel (Leur-lock connection) Focusable through one hand operation Soakable for liquid disinfection Integrated fibre optic illumination system Technical Data Outer dia. of probe 10mm Working length 170 mm Vision direction 90 deg lateral Field of view 60 deg Working distance 15 mm to infinity

Item No. 101

FLEXIBLE RHINO LARYNGO PHARYNGOSCOPE Features- High resolution fibre optic image guide; 9800 Pixel Single fiber diameter 10 micron High flexibility through increased angulation angle of distal tip High Image contrast with increased image diameter Soakable for liquid disinfection Technical Data Outer Diameter of flexible probe 3,8mm Length 300 mm Vision Direction 0 Degrees direct Field of view 85 Degrees Angulation 2 way each app. 150 deg Working distance 3 mm to infinity

Item No. 102

AUTOMATIC BIO-CHEMISTRY ANALYZER – RANDOM ACCESS) System should be discrete patient prioritised automated random access walk away clinical chemistry analysis for routine chemistry immune chemistry and drug assay. should have a through put of not less then 300 test /hour for routine biochemistry test Equipment should be provided to run at least 50 sample with capability to run 2/3 reagent chemistry for specific chemistries Reagent requirement should be minimum (260µl/test) and have facility for on board refrigeration of all reagents. The photometric range should be from 340-750nm with diffraction grading. It should also have atleast 12 fixed wavelengths.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 125

Should have an O.D range from 0-3.2Abs instrument should be provided with 2 reagent arms along with 2 separate mixers for performing double reagent tests It should be able to store more than 80 test programs in its memory A sample tray to accommodate at least 50 samples should be provided. The instrument Should be able to load standard tubes of 5,7, 10 ml and also sample cups should be provided with 20 positions for standard 2 blanks 8 controls on the same tray. The analyzer should also have the facilityn to load a minimum of 20 emergency samples on a separate tray. O. Should have permanent non disposable glass reaction Cuvettes (individual ) 1. Should have on board laundry with low de ionized water requirement of 5 Ltrs. /hour and should not need any plumbing connector or continuous water supply or drainge. 2. should have facility of mechanical alignment of all mechanical assemblies including reagent /sample probes + rotors. 3. should have a vertical obstruction detection system for detection of obstruction and protection of needles from any possible damage. 4. should have Q.C. options with daily graph monthly graph and twin plot facility. Equipment should have reagent monitoring facility with messages for replacement or refill and real time display of the reagent level. Inccubation bath should be of dry pelher type for all reaction cuvettes and selectable temperature of 30oC or 37oC should have a single probe capacitance level detection method to provide accurate level detection. Should be capable of connection to the local area network system. Should have automatic maintainance procedures. The instrument should be provided with a UPS.

Item No. 103

Double headed 5 objective binocular microscope with monitor & camera · It should be a quality research microscope with Dual viewing with camera and complete computer system with 17” Desktop monitor. · Dual Eye tubes should provide Simultaneous Viewing by Two People. · Should View Prepared Biological Slides, or create your own specimens. · It should be interchangeable 45 degree inclined Binocular to Trinocular tubes. · Should have Clear and Bright Biological Images through Premium Optics. · Objectives panchromatic and spring-loaded 4X (1 pc.), 10X (1 pc.), 45X (1 pc.), 60X (1 pc.) and 100X (1 pc.) oil immersion. · Objectives should be parcebtered and parfocalised. · Field of view should be > 20mm. · Eye piece wide field 10X one pair each preferably with pointer and mechanical stage with ball bearing slides. · Nosepiece should be quintuple or Quadruple on ball bearings. · Tension should be adjustable on focusing knobs. · Should have soft feel low drive co axial control. · Focusing system should have co axial ball bearing guide ways. · Should have sub stage condenser NA 1.3 · Base should be with heat proof hand rest. · Inbuilt arrangement of illumination with halogen lamp(6V 20W) fitted directly under file lenses with intensity control.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 126

· Should have SMPS electronic control hinged door for quick change of bulb. · Spare halogen lamps - 6 no's to be supplied with each microscope. · Power supply should be 220/240 volts. · Power cord · Dust cover preferable with box. Specification of Camera: · Function of the software should be like Image file management：set up, open up, save, lead in image file Image capture: switch, setting, shoot, measure, full screen view Image edit: picture turn, zoom, cut, modify, email, print. Uniform focusing and Matching lens should be available. Optical magnification should be 10X. Connection should be Ocular tube or C-mount. · Sensor Parameter: 1/2.5" 5.0MP CMOS · Tube diameter: 23.2 mm or 30.00mm · Resolution: 2560*1944 · Power Supply: USB Port, USB 2.0 · Frame Rate: 3.75fps for 5.0 MP · Pixel Size: 2.2µm *2.2µm · Color Filter: RGB Bayer Pattern · Rate of field: 1/3 · White Balance: AUTO · USB Cable Legth: 1.5m · O/P compatibility: WINDOWS-XP2/VISTA

Item No 104

Automatic Tissue Embedding Centre

Should be a Fully Programmable, automatic On/ Off control, unit comprising a maximum of Two consoles, one heated paraffin dispensing unit combined with thermal areas for storage and another Cryo console with cooling plate I- Paraffin Dispensing Unit 1. Capacity of paraffin tank: min 4 litres 2. Capacity of Thermal Chambers for storage of molds: min 1.8 litres 3. Temp. range of Paraffin tank: 50- 70 deg C 4. Temp. range of Thermal Chamber: 50- 70 deg C in steps of 1 Deg C 5. Temp. range of Hot plates & forceps wells: 50-70 deg C 6. Connection for Electrically heated forceps 7. Six heated wells for normal forceps, 3 on either side of the wax dispensing line. 8. Precisely metered and adjustable gravity feed paraffin dispenser to deliver the right amount of paraffin. 9. Finger touch plate and foot switch for control of paraffin flow. 10.Large warm working surface on either side for min 10 cassettes on each side. 11.Control panel must have 2 line LCD display and easy navigation through the menu with help of simple touch key buttons. 12.Should have a Magnifying lens adjustable in any position, large cold spot & illumination for specimen orientation. II- Cold Console 1. Capacity of freezing up to 60 blocks at a time.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 127

2. Temp. range of cold plate: 0- 10deg C, adjustable in steps of 1 deg C. 3. Compressor to be extra quite to reduce noise fatigue. 4. Cryo Console to be controlled via the Dispensing Unit. The system should work on 220-240 V, 50 Hz. Should use CFC free gas and must be original manufacturer and must have ISO 9000/01/02 certification. Accessories: 1. Electrical forceps 2 nos. 2. Magnifying Glass: 1 no. 3. Foot Switch- 1 no. 4. Metallic Base molds -100 nos. 5. Plastic Embedding Rings- 1,000 pcs

Item No 105

Fully Motorized Rotary Microtome

Compact ergonomic design user safety should be incorporated Automatic variable specimen retraction depending on sectioning speed Two motorized forward specimen coarse feed speeds Two separate prog for trimming and sectioning Communication display in instrument Section thickness setting 0.5 (upto 1 µm) to 100µm at 1µm incriments Smooth running hand wheel with incorporated quick lock mechanism enclosed micrometer mechanism Precision specimen orientation with zero point reference. Wide range of accessories for special application. spare/accessories - casset holder, knife holder base std. knife holder object orientation unit, Section waste tray Microtome Knife Disposable blade holder for high +low profile blade std type block holding stage disposale blades Section Modes - 3 (three) One Manual two motorized (continous+single) Max. specimen size (1.9x2.3x1.55 inches) Nominal Supply voltages -100-240V.

Item No 106

Automatic Tissue Processor

1 Description of Function 1.1 Tissues from the body taken for diagnosis of disease processes are processed by

the tissue processor in the histology laboratory to process tissues prior to microtomy to produce microscopic slides that are viewed under the microscope by pathologists. 2 Operational Requirements 2.1 Latest Model Fully automatic system carousel type with minimum 12 stations (10 reagents and 2 wax baths). 2.2 Computer controlled flow through tissue processor to automatically perform


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 128

fixation, dehydration, clearing, and paraffin impregnation of tissue.

Specimens should remain stationary during processing in a fully enclosed retort while processing reagents and molten paraffin are moved to and from the chamber in a programmed sequence.

3 Technical Specifications 3.1 Metal / Polypropelene tissue baskets each with a capacity of160-200 cassettes to be met by either single or double baskets.

3.2 The tissue baskets should be such that they have a firm bottom and do not get

stuck to the sides of the reagent stations. 3.3 Reagent stations – Number of vessels: 10 (1.8- 2 litres each)

3.4 Paraffin stations– Number: 2 ( 1.8- 2 litres each) – Temperature setting range: 45 – 70°C with tempera ture cut out facility (

Temperature should be mentioned )

3.5 Computerized freely selectable and freely programmable Facility should be available. Easy editing and changing of programmes should be possible even during a

processing run Infiltration time for each station should be separately programmable. Program start delay should be selectable without time limit.

3.6 In-built Vacuum function with fume control device.

3.7 Safety device for protection for drying of specimen in case of power failure The buckets should go back inside the respective solution when power fails and

not hang in mid air. 3.8 LCD display panel with ergonomic control, fully protected control with full

protection key board, audible alarm warning/ error message.

3.9 Machine should be able to cater to short time / quick process 3.10 Interrupting an automatic processing for reloading or removing cassettes before

the end of a run should be possible

3.11 Should be an open system capable of using standard cassettes from open markets.

4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 Quote pricing to up gradation to another basket with similar cassettes

capacity.

4.2 Basket Rotor – 01 Nos. 4.3 Metal tissue basket- 04 Nos. 4.4 Aluminium reagent vessels of 1.8-2 litre capacity each-10 nos.

4.5 Beaker covers- 11 Nos. 4.6 Wax baths complete with thermostat – 02 nos. 5 Environmental factors

5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of

0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of

10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 6 Power Supply

6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 129

6.2 Suitable voltage corrector/stabilizer

6.3 Reset table over current breaker shall be fitted for protection 6.4 Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum two-hour back-up

should be supplied with the system.

7 Standards and Safety 7.1 Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems – Medical devices – Particular requirements for the application of ISO 9001

applicable to manufacturers and service providers that perform their own design activities. 7.2 Should be compliant with IEC 61010-1: covering safety requirements for

electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use.

7.3 Should be FDA or CE or ISI approved product 7.4 Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with the

system. 8 Documentation

8.1

Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory. 8.2 Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly mentioning the page/Para number of original catalogue.

8.3 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied

8.4 Log book with instruction for daily , weekly, monthly and quarterly

maintenancechecklist.

The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out 8.5

List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as per manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual.

8.6

List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing.

Item No. 107

Laboratory / Medical Refrigerator * Capacity 380 ltrs.(minimum) * Temp. - 2-10 deg. C * Microprocessor control system * Adjustable shelves/ Partition of stainless steel. * Forced air circulation system * Automatic temperature control with LED display. * Alarm system. - Door close power failure High or low temp. etc for safety of stored material.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 130

Item No. 108

Medical Waste Sterlizer * Rectangular Shape * High grade stainless steel 304/316 or above * Ball piston type of valves, self cleaning arrangement and pneumatically operated. * Free standing type * Horizontally sliding doors with safety divece * LCD display of main cycle phases and actual parameters while in cycle progress * Easy to use and programmable control system * Printer for documentation alongwith microprocessor * Cycle failure / cause of uncompleted cycle should be indicated * PC (advanced) windows based software for monitoring, logging + control. * Temp. and pressure recorder.

Item No. 109

Grossing Table with Airdown Draft systems

* Working area appx 6x3x3 feet. (Large surface) * Contaminated air and formalin vapour from worktable sucked out by built in high efficiency blowers * Adjustable leveling screw. * Stainless steel Body of 304 as GMP std. * Seamlessly welded basin of approx more than (400x350x150 mm) * Built in U.V. germicidal light * Stable perforated stainless steel (appx 304) working plate. * Formaline dispensing tank with sieve * Polyethylene make cutting table board. * Hot-cold mixer tap * Lighting system * Storage space/drawer over the table with sliding doors, Tissue Paper holder & waste bin.

Item No. 110

80KW HIGH FREQUENCY X-RAY MACHINE

X-Ray Generator: - 800mA, 150 KV, 80 KW High Frequency(50 Khz or more) X-Ray Generators for Radiography & Fluoroscopy. - KV RANGE (Rad.): 40 to 150KVP - Mas RANGE (Rad.): 0.4-800mAs

(maximum mA obtainable at 150,125,100 and 80 KV respectively for both under and


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 131

over couch tubes, with corresponding Timer value is to be quoted by the Firm)

- Fluoro parameters: 40 to 110KV, 3mA; Auto flouro brightness control. CONTROL: A very compact, Soft Touch Control Panel having following parameters and functions: . Digital Display of KV, mA, mAs & time. . KV, Ma, mAs and time increase and decrease switches. . Tube and focal spot selection Switch.

. Anatomically Programmed Radiography (APR). . Auto diagnostic facility of errors for simplified maintenance. . Automatic X-Ray Tube calibratuion facility X-Ray Tube: - Two Nos. Rotating Anode, Dual focus high thermal capacity X-ray tubes, having minimum possible focal spot sizes for both undercouch and overcouch tubes with rpm of greater

than 8500 and output power not less than 75/65 KW (over couch) and 65/50KW

(under couch) respectively with two Pairs of H.T Cables compatible with the X-Ray Tubes and a Ceiling suspended telescopic tube stand for over couch radiography, permitting 360 Degree rotation of X-ray tube as well as angular movements(various movement ranges

must be mentioned) having Two Nos. multileaf light beam collimator for adjustment of Exposure Area. - A very compact H.T Tank filled with high dielectric transformer oil to be quoted. Table:

- Motorized table with Motorized Bucky having Grid ratio 10:1, 100 Lines/inch and Stainless steel cassette tray. The table should move from Vertical position to Trendlenburg (and reverse) with automatic stop at Horizontal, Vertical & Trendlenburg(-20 degree) Position. Provision should be given to manually move the table in case of Power failure.4-way movement of the tabletop should be available, the range of which should be mentioned. - Fully Automatic Spot Film Device with motorized cassette transport mechanism capable of doinh all routine Spot Filming with 8'' x 10'', 10'' x 12'', 14'' x 14'' size cassettes. Four spot films on 10x12 size cassette and minimum two spots on 14x14 cassette should be

possible. SFD Grid with Ratio 10:1,100 lines per inch.

- Table Accessories like Compression band, hand grip, radiation protection flap, Foot rest,

Shoulder rest & foot step should be provided. A lateral cassette holder to be quoted

A phase reversal correction system (3-phase sequence monitor) to be quoted. An appropriate

Voltage Stabilizer for operation of the machine is to be quoted.

IITV System: - 12'' Triple field(6'',9''and12'') high resolution, high contrast Images Intensifier without the said

of ceiling suspension, High Resolution compact CCd camera and 1 17'', High-Resolution


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 132

Monitor with local control for image brightness and contrast along with a trolly should be

quoted. System resolution for each component to be mentioned. Machine should be

DICOM compatible.

Power requirement, Space requirement and installation requirement for the equipment should be mentioned.

Item No 111

Automated Visual Field Analyzer with printer (Perimeter) · High quality goldman standard Imported automated full field perimeter with bowl size 30cm.Computer monitor should be inbuilt with the perimeter. Clinically validated normative databases(FDA approved). · Maximim intensity 10,000Asb,Bowl illumination 31.5Asb · Floppy drive ,Internal hard disk drive with future upgradation to MOD · Stimulation duration 200ms,wavelenth Broad band visible light · Stimulus/Background colour White on White · Maximum temporal range 90Deg.Suitable for central 30 as well as full field testing · Central field test patterns 30-2,24-2,10-2,Macula · Peripheral field test pattern 60-4,Nasal Step · Thresold test strtegies full thresold,Fast Pac,SITA,SITA Fast,SITA Standard · Screening field test P-60,FF-80,FF-120,FF-240,Nasal Step for periphery . · Screening test strategies Two zone,Three Zone and Quantify Defects · Custom Test · Stimulus Size I-V as per goldmann standards · Glaucoma hemifield test,Heijl –Krakau blind spot moniter · Video eye monitering,Trial Lens Holder, Touch screen on CRT as well as Keyboard & Mouse · Motorised chinrest, Motorised table with Laser Jet Printer OPTIONAL Glaucoma progression analysis software

Item No 112

Retinal Camera with Flouroscent Angiography

Multifunctional Retiral Camera 3-in-1 Auto Focus and Auto Shoot True optical color/ redfree photography Auto Focus/ Auto Exposure/ Autoshoot Auto small pupil detection / Direct print out Imaging system compatibility with built in CCD Camera Touch screen LCD panel Control Data transfar via USB Flouroscreen and ICG facihity Non- my driatic mode.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 133

Digital Imaging system and Software facility

Item No. 113

LASER Therapy with IRR The Laser therapy unit must be with two sockets for single or cluster probes ensuring quick . and easy treatments It should be supplied mains/battery as standard and has an on-screen battery power indicator. It should be lightweight and easy to use It should have frequency range 2Hz - 20 kHz It should have time setting automatically indicates the energy in joules It should have Joules power setting automatically indicates time required It should have memory function for easy recall of favorite programs It should have range of probes - single point and cluster It should be supplied with shoulder bag and treatment trolley. It should conform to the international standards ISO 13485, CE certified. It should be supplied with Set of protective goggles (two pairs) Should have both continuous and pulsed mode. Technical Specification Power Input: 100-240Vac 50VA Max 50/60Hz Timer: 0-10 Minutes Battery: Internal Rechargeable (Nimh) Probes: Visible Led Probe: Output Power (Ave) 10mW, Wavelength 640nm, Duty Cycle 90% Infrared Laser Probe: Output Power (Ave) 100mW, Wavelength 905nm, Duty Cycle 9% 60-diode Cluster Probe: Output Power (Ave) 32x10mW (Visible) & 28x15mW (infrared), Wavelength 640nm & 950nm, Duty cycle 90% 200mW Probe: Output Power (Ave) 200 mW, Wavelength 905 nm, Duty Cycle 9%, Nominal Ocular Hazard Distance 200 mm, Beam Divergence 5 x 22.5 degrees, Pulse Duration 200 ns. Classification: Class 1 BF (EN 60601-1) Size: 240 x 210 x 100mm Frequency: 2Hz - 20 kHz

Item No. 114

IFT Unit WITH ULTRASOUND · Should have multi-frequency Ultrasound 1, 2, 3 MHz · Should have duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous · Should have option to add any size sound heads: 2 cm2, 5 cm2, 10 cm2 · Should have ultrasound settings: up to 2 watts/cm2 · Should able to display both in watts and watts/cm2 · Should able to produce head warming and Coupling · Should able to deliver combination therapy with all the available currents through the Sound Head · Should have stim input for electrotherapy · Should have 5 channels with 1 number of dedicated High Volt channels


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 134

· Should able to deliver 7 wave forms: such as Interferential , Premodulated ,Russian ,Biphasic ,High Volt ,Microcurrent ,Direct Current ,Target and Target Sweep feature for Interferential with touch pad technology · Should have internal power supply and conversion capabilities · Must be durable and sturdy with aluminum casing

· Should have modifiable frequency ranges , single, reciprocal, co-contraction modes in Russian, Biphasic · Must able to have selectable and customizable on/off times for High Volt, Biphasic and Russian · Able to modify pulse rate, pulse width in Biphasic, Russian · Must able to deliver Microcurrent and High Volt therapy delivered with either electrodes or probes · Must have the option to select Microcurrent and High Volt polarity (positive, negative, or bipolar) · Must have microcurrent conductance indicator and Electrode conductance meter · Should able to deliver Direct Current through MultiStim probe with toggle switch for control · Should have a Infrared cluster probe with 660 nm and 880 nm SLDS and have Laser point probe available as an optional unit for attachment. · Must also provide a Blue light 405 nm and 660 nm cluster probe. · Must provide a certified Protocol Reference Manual for Electrotherapy & Ultrasound · Must provide a Light Therapy Applications Manual (included with probe order) · Have an internal current conversion 110 to 240 Volts, 50/60 Hz, able to operate on a battery or have option to operate with a car battery · Must be light 5.9 kg with dimensions of 14.32 inches W, 4.46” height, 12.7 length able to transport in a carry bag. · Should be a certified class device with all CE mark and FDA approved Unit, and must

Item No 115

CPM UNIT

Must have a ultra-wide carriage to accommodate the typical knee replacement patients, ACL restructuring, athletes and pediatrics patients Must have Progressive ROM to eliminate the time consuming adjustments that interrupts rehab time Must have oscillation setting to increase the time spent in the working ROM by automating and replicating the benefits of active physical therapy protocols Should come with adjustment for controlling the flexion angle to control patients threshold for pain and able to reduce the angle of flexion accordingly with out interruption Must have hyperextension (-10º ) to full knee flexion of (110º) Must have a control unit attached with easy instruction and setting Must have context sensitive help and multiple language interface Should have back-lit display and buttons for maximum visibility in low light conditions


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 135

Must be light weight easy for transportation for one room to another with little effort at about 28 lbs and over all length at 37” with built in carry handle Must come with all soft goods, patient kit and treatment protocol Must meet UL, CSA, and CE for safety and EMC

Item No. 116

TREADMILL FOR REHABILITATION It should have Graphic LED Display to show detailed information on Time, Distance, Speed, Energy Consumption and featuring a 400m running track for more focused training. It should have editable Program Adjustment, It should have at least 14 Programs and various Training Mode functions including Quick Start and HRC, It should allow for a diverse workout with this Treadline Control, which can be adapted for personal requirements. It should conform to the international standards ISO 13485, CE certified. Dimensions: Approx. LxWxH195x87x137cm, Folded: 81x87x186cm Max User Weight: 150kg / 330lbs / 23st 8lbs Motor: 3.0HP (S2 30min) Incline: 0-12% - Elevation Hotkey Speed: 0.5 - 12.4mph - Speed Hotkey Folding: Yes Programs: 14 Total, Various Pre-Set & Training Modes Heart Rate Measurement: Contact Pulse Sensors Console: Graphic LED Display Running Area: 52x150cm

Item No 117

Dental Chair Unit Complete with all Accessories

1. Dental Chair The chair should be designed to provide good ergonomics, hygiene and aesthetics. The design also enables the operator to be close to the patient so as to provide optimum vision of the operating field and safe control of all component devices. 1.1 Fully motorized, hydraulically driven which give smooth start when switch is activated. 1.2 Supplied with multi functional footswitch for user friendly. 1.3 The backrest should be thin. Choice of Back rest 1.31 Contoured back rest. 1.4 Fixed small arm rest, for easy slide in/out for patient to provide support to get up from the chair. Should have the facility for Pivotal Arm rest. 1.5 Height range should be from 14” to 29”. 1.6 Base plate should be Cast Aluminum. Plus a tough urethane coating that enhances corrosion resistance and protects treatment room floors 1.7 Upholstery can be cleaned with disinfectant Solution. 1.8 Chair should have safety brake system while going down for patient exit position. 1.9 Chair should have multipurpose double articulating head rest for ease of adjustment for pediatric patients & should be reversible for wheel Chair patient. 1.10 Chair should have minimum 4 programs. Two patient entry programs, one rinse program &


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 136

one patient exit program. 1.11 Should have integrated 80 Watt power supply for Fibre optic Handpieces, Piezo Scaler, electric motor etc. 2. Dental Unit 2.1 Should be side delivery system. Should rotate to 270o 2.2. Handpiece control block should be flow-through water design to eliminate stagnant water. 2.3 Built-in anti-retraction valves and flush valve system for infection control. 2.4 Autoclavable Quick Disconnect 3 in 1 water syringe. 2.5 2 nos 3 hole tubing for Air Turbine and Air/Micro motor with straight & Contra Handpieces. 2.6 All water tubes should be AlphaSun. An antimicrobial additive that becomes part of the tubing material itself and inhibits the ability of bacteria to attach to the tubing surface by ionic silver exchange 2.7.Ultrasonic Piezo scaler 2.8.1 Wide power range from 2VA to 26 Va 2.8.2 Auto power control adjusts instantaneously to resistance at the tip 2.8.3 deleted. 2.8.4 Wide procedural applications from prophy to endodontics. 2.8 Doctor’s Touchpad should have dual operator modes.(Optional) 2.9 Tray holder 3. Cuspidor 3.1 High and low Air suction. The suction system should be with separating tank and automatic self cleaning separating tank to allow continuous draining. 3.2 Autoclavable saliva ejector. 3.3. Autoclavable High volume evacuator 3.4 Autoclavable syringe. 3.5 Suction should be Air Ventury (should work on compressed air) 3.6 Spitton bowl should be of poly urethane material with cup fill and bowl rinse timers. 3.7 Clean water bottle System. 4. Operating light. 4.1 Light head includes two axial movements – Horizontal, Vertical adjustment. 4.2 Should have normal auto mobile halogen bulb 4.3 Feathered-edge, balanced-intensity light pattern 4.4 Optically designed reflector 4.5 Two-position intensity switch with high and low settings. .4.6 Color temperature to be 5,000 K. 4.7 Light Intensity :, Low 18,000 lux, High 24,000 lux. 5. Doctor’s Stool 5.1 Cast-aluminium base with five tile casters 5.2 Two-way adjustable lumbar support 5.3 Integral gas cylinder for height adjustment. 5.4. Height range 470mm – 635mm 6. Assistant’s stool 6.1 Cast-aluminium base with five tile casters. 6.2 Height adjustable torso support with height adjustable foot-ring 6.3 Integral gas cylinder for height adjustment. 6.4. Height range 572mm – 737 mm. 7. Certification (for all the above) 7.1 US-FDA approved. 7.2 CE-approved 7.3 ISO-approved 7.4 EMC test certificate


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 137

Item No 118

Computerized Radiovisiography Systems(RVG)

Sensor: - CCD or Advanced CMOS, must have sufficient Fiber optics to protect the life of the sensing element. Dimension Of Active area: - minimum 29 X 20 mm Theoretical Resolution: - More than 26 lines per mm Actual (true) resolution: - More than 13 lines per mm Gray shades that can be resolved: - 4000 minimum Number of pixels in the sensor: - 1.8 mega pixels minimum The product must be totally mobile and can be connected to any PC through USB. The Sensor must be having smooth curves for patient comfort. The length of sensor wire must be minimum 2 meters. The Sensor must be provided with software, which has facility to enhance, zoom, colorize, invert, annotate, rotate etc. the image. Should be DICOM Compatible. The software must have licenses for at least 3 users. Should be supplied with Medical grade printer. Should be supplied with sensor holder Compatible PC should be supplied. Should be certified as a CL II Medecal device, guaranteeing maximum securty for the patient Should have ' autotrigger function to eliminate the need to manually activate the sensor before the exposure.

Item No. 119 Intra Oral Camera with Laptop

Should be light weight portable unit. Should have focus free optics from close to long and non- spherical lens. Should have resolution 752x582 PAL and 768x494 NTSC. Definition lines should be 500. Sensitivity should be 3 Lux. Should have 440,000 pixels Should be fog-free · Signal to Noise Ratio should be 46db · Should be card free and have USB cable connectivity. Compatible Laptop should be supplied. Should have true colour reproduction should have memory of storage of at least 108 pictures. Should have 1/4th pictures to divide up and change. Lamp should be high luminance LED. Should have on erqonomically designed handpance with slim distal end for complete intra oral access. Should have a wide range of view & retoflex viewing Three fixed focus settings - Macro wide angle , close up and extraoral Macro focus adjustable to 8.5X magnification Should have a wall mount otion also

Item No. 120

Light Cure Unit LED Based Should have single LED to generate optical power up to 2,200 mW/cm2 over a very wide wavelength spectrum between 420 and 480mn Should be compatible with most composites Should be without ultraviolet light to avoid danger to eyes


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 138

Should be without infrared Should have anodized housing alloy body to give self-cooling curing light Should be totally noiseless, and should have fan Should be shock resistant Should have micro-processor with 3 modes: fast, pulse and ramping Power supply (output): 5 V DC (1250 mA Maximum) Weight: 160 gm ( + 5gm) Should be able to cure to a depth of 3-6mm Should have a separator radiometer Pen style LED curing light Should be cordless Should be fast cure Should have minimum heat generation Should have a bulit in voltage regulator The ramp soft start should follow ADA recommendations of initial curing with low intensity followed by high intensity to prevent under curing of restoration

Item No. 121

Clinical Micromotors

o Straight Handpiece- completely dismentable surgical handpiece o Contra Angel Latch Type o Main Unit with USB interfaces (Facility for documentation of surgary with the help of PAN drive. o Moter with cord o Foot control o Power cord o Saline stand o Complies with all requried standards and guidelines: o Safety standard IEC 60601 o EMC – Tested o AP- Tested , Zone M for Foot Control o CE 0297 o Brushless motor high power and high torque -200 W , 10 NCm ,Sterilizable , maintenance –free o Wide speed range, 20-50000 rpm on the motor o High torque accuracy due to calibration, 2-70 Ncm o 20 Individually adjusttable program locations o Intialization per chip card o Documentation function o Suitable for use in operating theatres Should have foot control as well as hand operated Should have provision for ball bearing for less heat and less noise Should have the provision of inter changeable front atachment with contra and straght angled handpece Handpecies should be autoclacvable.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 139

Item No. 122

Biphasic Defibrillator • Biphasic • Waveform display (min 3) • External energy selection from 2 J to 200 J, biphasic • Charging time less than 8 seconds @ 200 J (with a charged battery) HLL Lifecare Limited Technical Specifications HLL/PCD/ESIC-44/10-11 Page 91 of 119 03.02.2011 • Synchronizer and cardio version • Unique disarm button (in addition to automatic time delay) • Should come with high resolution monitor. • Should come with 3 lead ECG that can be measured from cables, adult external paddles, paediatric paddles. • Heart rate: 20 to 300 bpm BPM with user selectable alarms. • Should come with external pacing, demand and asynchronous modes • Should display the CPR feed back in real time by measuring chest compression rate and depth in real time with both visual and audiable feed back. • Should have large internal memory that stores and prints 25 ECG events. • Battery to last not less than 2 hours of continuous ECG monitoring or 30 full energy discharges. • Battery indicator on display and self test on battery Accessories needed • Paddles with remote energy selection, charge and discharge buttons on paddles. • Pediatric paddles adapters (set of 2) • A/c 240 v V 50 hz charger and mains power source. Adult paddles and test paddles. • 3 lead patient cable • One spare battery • Roll of 50mm recording paper x 10 rolls • 5 oz tube of defibrillation gel x 5 tubes • ECG cable with leads- 2 sets. • External disposable pacing pads-2 sets • Operation manual, service manual complete. . Should have USFDA approval.

Item No. 123

Warming Blankets(patient warming system)

1. The convective air patient warming system should have a basic warming unit and disposable blankets. 2. The convective air patient warming system should have fast warming reaching 38°C with in 30 sec. 3. The warming system should have temperature range settings of 30°C to 34°C, 36°C to 40°C and 42°C to 46C°. 4. The warming system should have an automatic step down facility. After 45 min temperature will come down from high mode to medium mode. 5. Should be CE / FDA certified 6. Should have Hepa filter of 0.05 micron filtration efficacy. 7. Multiple mounting options: Cart, Bedrail, IV Pole and floor. 8. Machine should come with the stainless steel movable trolley for mobile purpose.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 140

9. Machine should have auto power cut facility to control the set pressure and sensors to prevention patient burn. Machine should have hour meter to understand total run time. Blankets 1. The blankets for convective air patient warming system should be compatible with the basic warming unit. 2. The blankets should be lighter and resistance to puncture and fluids. 3. The Blankets should latex free, made of 2 ply material – non -woven outer layer and polyethylene inner layer. They should be precision dye cut to have an even airflow and smooth surface. The Blankets should be disposable available in sizes – Adult upper body, Adult lower body, Adult Full Body, Cardiac Blanket, Pediatric blanket

Item No 124

CTG Machine with Accessories Cardiotocograph machine with twin monitoring capability should meet the following specification and capabilities: CTG Machine for antenatal and intrapartum fetal monotoring for FHR recording Toco recording-uterine pressure recording by external transducers and intrauterine pressure catheters. Automatic fetal movement sensors and recorder. The unit should be compact, light weight and provide for built in transducer storage. low ultrasound energy- 1.5 MHz multicrystal directional pulse doppler. true dual channel twin printouts should be supplied with intrauterine pressure catheters · FHR twin monitoring using external ultrasound · Direct ECG and maternal ECG measurements. · Uterine activity using an external toco transducer or IUP catheter. · Fetal movement profile parameter to record accurately the fetal movements using the ultrasound channel without additional procedures or transducers and statistics for advance information on fetal well-being. · Low ultrasound energy to the fetus. · Audible alert indication of fetal bradycardia and tachycardia · Audible indications of paper out and NST time complete. · Should have a feature to provide more accurate and continuous fetal heart rate (FHR) thereby reducing the need for repositioning the ultrasound transducer. · Should have the facility of cross channel verification when two channels are picking up the same signal. · Should have signal quality indicators guiding to obtain the strongest and most continuous ultrasound HR signal. · Built-in multi channel high resolution thermal array recorder with visual and audible paper end detection and should annotate time of day, date and paper. Should be supplied with the following accessories: · Mobile cart with two drawers and integrated mounting rail. · 2 x ultrasound transducers · 1 x external toco transducer · 1 x ECG module with degl & MECG adapter cable · 20 x 250 g bottle of gel.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 141

· 100 numbers of disposable signal spiral fetal scalp electrodes, quick connect type · 80 packs of recording paper. (to be supplied as per the usage; i.e. in a manner that they should not get faded without being used.)

Item No 125

Thermal Endometrial Ablation Unit

It should be used for uterine ballon ablation therapy Therapy cycle should be pre-programmed between 6-10 mts The ballon catheter should be calibrated before the procedure The ballon catheter should have heating electrode It should have pre-programmed control unit.

Item No 126

BLOOD VESSEL SEALER WITH ADVANCED BIPOLAR TECHNOLOGY

Vessel sealing upto 7mm vessels withstanding 3 times systolic blood pressure. Vessel sealing instrument for open surgery with separate cable. Vessel sealing instrument for laparoscopy with cutting facility. Audio-visual alarm to indicate end point of sealing. All accessories should be from same manufacturer to ensure compatibility. All instruments should be autoclavable or single use. Complete instruction and service manual shall be supplied. Generator should be microprocessor controlled bipolar electrosurgical radiofrequency generator with a quasi –sinusoidal forced impedance output. The RF generator should confirm to all safety standards including IEC. Generator should be equipped with smart technology to measure the tissue impedance and control the power delivery . Should be FDA and CE approved . Should simultaneously seal and transect vessels up to and including 7mm, large tissue pedicles and vascular bundles. Should have temperature controlled energy delivery which should maintain tissue temperature approximately at 100 degree Celsius. Should not have minimal lateral thermal spread more than 1mm . Hand devices should have a unique electrode configuration to minimize the lateral thermal spread. Hand devices should have a technology to deliver high compression uniformly across seal area. Should have a tissue /vessel seal strength to withstand bursting pressure of 5 times the systrolic pressure. Hand devices should have versatile jaw design which can seal, cut, grap &dissect tissue. Should have hand probes of 5mm shaft diameter for both open & laparoscopic procedures with round tip ( 5mm tip width) in the following shaft lengths (14 cm,25 cm,&35) and should be both hand & foot activated .both open and lap devices should be able to simultaneously cut and coagulate tissues. Should have hand probes of 5mm shaft diameter for both open & laparoscopie procedures with curved tip (3mm tip width) in


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 142

the following shaft lengths (14 cm, 25cm, & 35 cm) for fine dissection should be both hand & foot activated. The power output for vessel sealing hould be less than 70w in order to prevent less than thermal damage.

Item No. 127

Mortuary Chamber 1. 4 body chamber 2. Should have interior and exterior finish: 0.5mm SS steel, Should have corrosion free exterior and interior finish, preferably 304 Grade of steel. 3. Should have vapour proof incandescent lamp. 4. Should have electronic temperature indicator cum controller, should be with Audiovisual Alarm. 5. Should be hygienic. 6. Should be easy to maintain. 7. Should be compact and neat. 8. Should have flexibility of shifting. 9. Should have simplified cadaver handling. 10. Can be housed at any convenient location. 11. Width: 2000(mm) approx. 12. Depth: 2400(mm) approx. 13. Height: 1800(mm) approx. 14. Insulation thickness: 80(mm) approx. 15. Insulation material: Rigid polyurethane foam (CFC free), Should be environment friendly, CFC free cooling. 16. Density: 40Kg/m3 17. One piece stainless steel tray with tubular edge and handles, special loading trolley and corrosion free S.S Steel. 18. 230V, 50Hz, Single Phase, 10Kva 19. Specify power consumption. 20. Suitable voltage stabilizer to be supplied (specify make, model and capacity) 21. Room size: 4M(W)x6M(D)x3M(H) 22. Necessary civil works to be included. 23. Compression in the equipments should be ISI Marked/ of international standard. 24. Temperature Range: 2deg C to -17deg C

Item No. 128

EXTRA ORAL TRACER

· Gothic arc tracers.

· Upper, lower caliper with 2 plates and the screws to record centric jaw relations.

Preferably imported/indigenous

Item No. 129

Specifications of Microtome with knife (Rotary)

Technical Data: Well designed features for precise and accurate serial sectioning, with feed setting visible from front, improved locking device and counter balanced wheel.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 143

Spares accessories:

- Fully motorized and programmable.

- Adjustment for orientation and knife holder adjustment.

- Special Alloy Steel Knife. Size:-120mm,145mm,170mm.,180mm.

- Block Holder/Specimen Holder (YSI-140). Size (Dia)35mm,23mm,18mm.

- Disposable embedding ring.

- Standard section thickness settings with automatic variable specimen retraction

- Speed control and other functions during sectioning.

- Disposable blade holder suitable to use with any type of microtome low profile blade or high profile blade.

- All safe modes during operation.

Item No. 130

Specification of Automatic Developer

Fully automatic X-ray developer for automatically developing, fixing, washing and drying of intraoral X-ray films.6 to 8 films simultaneously.

Open room operation; reliable and easy to use.

Professional menu driven operation at the press of a button.

Film sizes- All intraoral films including occlusal film.

Comprehensive range of accessories such as daylight and darkroom loading attachments, a regeneration unit and a collector tank as well as X-ray chemicals and cleaning sets.

Voltage 230 V

Frequency 50 Hz

Total output 400 W

Current 1-8A

Duty rating 100%

Process time - 2.5 mins approx (wet-endodontic)

5 mins approx (dry)

Item No. 131

Specifications of Apex locator

The Apex Locator should be based on ratio method,

it should not require any calibration,

it should have audible signals with adjustable volume to measure the working length of root canals.

Item No. 132 Specification of Airabrasion System

(a) Prep Start – Air Abrasion Unit

It should work on compressed air, air flow and Sand should be separately adjustable, air pressure should be seen on the machine for precise work, should have a crisp on/off control, should have adjustable pressure and powder flow, Weight: 2Kg, Dimensions


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 144

Kit contents: -

1 Unit , 2 Handpieces, 1 Tip of .015”, 1 Tip of .019”, 1 pack of 27 Micron Aluminum Oxide, 1 pack of 50 Micron Aluminum Oxide, Technique Manual and Instructions, foot Pedal. (b) H2O Accessory

This Accessory should be able to convert Air Abrasion into Hydro Abrasion. It should be detachable and attachable to the Air Abrasion Unit; it should be possible to use air abrasion only with air or air abrasion with water accessory. Aluminum Oxide and Wa Kit contents: -

H2O Top Cover, 1 Handpiece with .019” Nozzle, all water and air tubing’s and connections, instruction manual.

Item No. 133

Specifications of Perimeter

Priestley smith model

Vertical stand, metallic arc

Adjustable chin rest

Scale and chart frame

Perimatric Chart

With movable test object

Item No. 134

Orthodontic pliers

Distal end cutter with safety hold

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral cutting with lip safety, safety hold the loose distal end of wire, cut wire upto .022X.028 inches, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Heavy wire cutter

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, cut wire upto .045 inches (1.14 mm), tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Ligature cutter

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral cutting with lip safety, cut wire upto .020 inches, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Tweed Loop forming plier


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 145

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, round beak should have at least two sections of .047 and .059 inches, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

How plier Straight

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral with lip safety, tips should be serrated with hard carbide coating, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation, preferably box joint

Weingart plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral with lip safety, tips serrated, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Light wire plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, for working light round wire upto .016inches, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Wire bending plier (Bird Beak type)

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, cone and pyramid shaped tips, round beak should be precision upto 1.00mm,tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation, box joint preferably

Nance Loop closing plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, four step loop forming beaks, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation, box joint preferably

Rectangular Arch forming plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, for bending, holding or torquing wires, for wire upto .022X.028 inches, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Torquing pliers

Set of two or with key, Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Aderer three prong plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, for rounded or dimensional wire upto .040 inches, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation, box joint preferably

Arch contouring plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Ligature wire forming plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, forms 5mm loops from ligature wire upto .014 inches, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Ligature tying plier(Mathieu type Needle holder)


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 146

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, ratchet lock handle, serrated tips with carbide coating, free sliding inner spring for opening when lock is released, size 12 cm-13.5cm, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant t

Band removing plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral with lip safety, long chisel tip with carbide insert, with replacable nylon pads, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Bracket debonding pllier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral with lip safety, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Johnson Band contouring plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, concave and convex tips fro contouring band, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation, box joint preferrably

Separator Placing plier

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral with lip safety, with easy spring back action,tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Set of Band pinching plier(Right & Left)

Set of two (Right and Left) Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral with lip safety, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Adam plier with two smooth rectangular tips


Universal plier


Other Orthodontic items

Band cutting scissor

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, curved tips with carbide insert for smooth cutting of molar band material, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation Curved

Molar Band seater

Plastic handle with stainless steel barrel and tempered steel removable tip

Bracket positioner (Booon Gauge)

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral marking, with marking of 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5mm

Dontrix Gauge

Used intraorally for measuring the quantity of force atleast upto 14 ounces..

Bracket holding tweezer

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used intraorally, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 147

Mershon band pusher

Standard size made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for intraoral, serrated tip end, tips made of very hard steel/alloy/carbide resistant to indentation

Torqueing Turret

Capable of torquing wire upto .022X.028 inches dimension, torquing range upto 16 degree or more.

Soldering torch

For orthodontic attachment soldering purpose

Plier stand

Standard size made of autoclavable, stainless steel, rust free.

Photographic Metalic Occlusal mirror

Set of Three, should be antifog and scratch free

Separating strip placer

Made of autoclavable stainless steel, rust free, to be used for interdental stripping

LED curing light

Item No. 135 Specification of Hand Piece Sterlization Set (Combination Autoclave)

· Table Top autoclave specially designed to clean atleast 6 dental instruments(hand-pieces & turbines), internally and externally, lubricate & sterilize at a time.

· Should have provision of pulse wash with cold water & final wash with hot water to effectively remove dirt & bio-film from the hand-pieces.

· It should have closed-system lubrication process to prevent release of oil fumes in the clinic during the process.

· Should work on back-flush mechanism ensuring that saturated steam is forced through the instruments thereby thoroughly sterilizing the internal channels as well as external parts of the instruments.

· It should have three-user selectable sterilization processes:

-134 degree C-3 min. sterilization

-134 degree C-18 min. sterilization

-121 degree C-15 min. sterilization · Should have in-built water tank,, drainage tank & oil can. · Should have built-in water conductivity sensor with automatic alarm to signal deteriorating water quality. · Should be supplied alongwith water distiller (from the same manufacturer) having capacity to provide 4 litres of good quality water in only 3 minutes.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 148

Essential Accessories:

· Basket for solid instruments

· Adaptors for various hand-pieces, please mention list.

· Oil Can 50 ml. · Water Drainage Tank.

· Suitable Air Compressor

Other Essential Requirements:

· Please offer suitable compressor.

· Unit must be CE certified.

· Manufacturer must have ISO Certification and the unit should meet the international safety standards.

Item No. 136

Specifications of Physiograph Single channel with time & event channel main console with 9 speed chart drive Couplers : strain gauge, pulse- respiration isotonic, EKG and Bio potential(ECG &EMG) Transducers : muscle activity/force respiration belt, pulse-respiration & temperature Accessories : EKG electrode ECG & EMG paste III pin junction box Action potential electrode 10 pkts of chart paper Z fold and fuse

Item No. 137

Specifications of Bone Cutting Machine

Saw with S.S. Table

Fitted with the large moving table and extension table operated on four ball-bearing rollers

Size of cutting table - 780 x 588 mm approx.

Total Table Travel - 1245 mm

Extension Table -450 x 760 mm

Height -1700 mm approx.

Motor Capacity - 1 HP

The Table is made of thick stainless steel with heavy axles Supplied with one blade, starter, cord & plug.

Suitable to work on 220 V, single phase, 50 Hz, AC supply.

Size of the wheel: 455mm approximately.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 149

Item No. 138

SPECIFICATIONS OF CENTRALIZED SUCTION MACHINE

•••• Centralized suction designed for 70 workplaces for upto 50 operators working simultaneously.

•••• Should be designed for use together with separation units in dry or semi-dry suction system in

dental clinics.

•••• Unit should include suction unit, condensation pump, air bleed opening(electrical &

Mechanical), exhaust air connection, condensation remover, height control, exhaust air,

vacuum

Connection, waste water connection and control unit.

Technical Details: • Power Consumption : 11.6 to 14.4 KW

• Current Consumption : 20.0 till 24.0 Amp • RPM : Atleast 3410 per min. • Suction Volume : 250 – 300 Itr/min.(per unit) • Unit must have monitor function, as well as over-current relays, which will activate accordingly to vacuum and volume flow situation. • A separate control display for machine room should be provided. • Company should also provided layout plan diagram. • Supply & laying of appropriate connection pipes from individual chair unit upto the centralized suction has to be done by the supplier. • Manufacturer should be ISO & CE certified.

Item No. 139 SPECIFICATIONS OF CENTRALIZED OIL, FREE, DENTAL DRY AIR COMPRESSOR

• Centralized Air Compressor designed for upto 70 dental chairs workplace and 50 dental Chairs working simultaneously. • Should produce oil-free, dry & filtered compressed air, which can be used for the operation of dental equipment. • Unit should include pressure tank, electric cyclone separator, compressor machine with 4 aggregates. Heat exchanger, refrigerant dryer, ventilators, manometers, control box with display. Technical Details:

• Power Consumption : 16.0-21.0 kW • RPM : 1500-1600 per min. • Current Consumption : 42-48 Amp • Tank Volume : 500-600 ltrs. • Performance at 5 bar : 1700 ltr/min. • Starting pressure : 6/6.5/7 bar (should be adjustable using key operated switch)


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 150

• Out put – 5 bar with 4 aggregates • Air delivery – 2000 – 2500 ltrs/min • A separate control display for machine room should be provided. • Company should also provide layout plan diagram. • Supply & laying or appropriate connection pipes from individual chair unit upto the centralized compressor has to be done by the supplier. • Manufacturer should be ISO & CE certified.

Item No. 140

VACCUM THERMO FORMING UNIT(VACUPRESS)

Vacuum thermo forming unit with touch less temperature control, pre-vacuum and touch panel upto 240 degree C.

Sensor window for temperature registration.

Granules pot.

Model Plate.

Additional feature of pressure moulding for proper adaptation.

Item No. 141

Flash Autoclave 1. Mains voltage shall be 220V - 50hz 2. The water reservoir shall have a capacity that is sufficient for approximately 30 cycles. The reservoir shall have a float that reads the level of the water that indicates on the display when the reservoir needs to be refilled. The water reservoir shal 3. The sterilization chamber shall have a capacity of at least 5 litres and be a removable cassette, constructed of stainless steel. 4. The sterilizer shall function with a micro - processor which controls a defined volume of distilled water, that is pumped into a boiler, converted into steam, and then injected into the sterilizing chamber which will actively force 99% of the air from 5. The micro processor shall accurately control and monitor the sterilizing temperature and pressure. 6. The sterilizer shall have a keypad, which controls the pre-set programs and the start control with a single touch 6:1 Unwrapped Cycle. To sterilize unwrapped instruments the sterilizing cycle shall be constant at 136 degrees C for 3.5 minutes. The total cycle time including warm up, pressurization and de-pressurisation shall not be more than be 11 minutes. 6.2 Wrapped Cycle To sterilize wrapped instruments the sterilizing cycle shall be constant at 136 degrees C for 6 minutes. The total cycle time including warm up, pressurization and de-pressurisation shall not be more than 15 minutes. 7. Cycle for Delicate Items To sterilize certain rubber, plastic and delicate items the sterilizing cycle


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 151

shall be constant at 121 degrees C for 15 minutes. The total cycle time including warm up pressurization and de-pressurisation shall not be more than 24 minutes. The temperature 8. L. C. Display for monitoring the systems throughout the processing cycle including the temperature, pressure and time elapsed. 9. The unit shall have the facility for a internal printer, external printer or data logger that captures the date, time, temperature and cycle number. 10. CE or USFDA Certified

Item No 142

LRD Bed/Table 1. Bed frame material of stainless steel, screw should be of screws should be of stainless steel 2. Converting of bed, chair, and table, and providing lithotomy position. 3. Should be able to accommodate the mother of approximately 130 kg. 4. Head support and foot support should be there with detachable attachment specially for resuscitation. 5. Trendlenburg’s and anti trendelnburg’s position should be provided. 6. Side guards on both the sides of stainless steel. 7. Lithotomy position and padded knee crutches should be there. 8. Adjustable height. 9. Electro hydraulic system with hand switch and foot switch. 10. Battery backup should be there. 11. C shaped deep cut should be there for perineum. 12. Both sided l/V stand of stainless steel. 13. Waste receptacle of stainless steel which could be pushed under the base. 14. I S O certified. 15. Should have retractable foot section made up of steel. 16. Back rest to provide head elevated position. 17. Hand grip on both the sides. 18. Length of about 200cm. width of about.80-90cm ( Accessories / screws should not be included in the length and width of table) 19. Castors should be there with central locking system and steering facility for easy patient transfer. 20. Mattress of suitable sizes waterproof with 3” to 4” thickness.

Item No 143

Examination Table Stainless steel frame work, screws should be of stainless steel and screws / accessories should not be included in the length and width of the table Length ( approximately):180 to 190cm Width ( approximately ):50 to 55cm Adjustable height with foot control hydraulic system Should accommodate patients of 125 to 130 kg. Patients should be able to lie down in lithotomy and spine portion and elevated head end portion for head end elevation back rest is there for lithotomy padded knee crutches should be there Waste receptable of stainless steel which can be pushed down the base deep C shape cut should be there. Trend lenberg’s and anti trend lenberg’s portion Side rails of stainless steel detachable option based


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 152

Mattress of about 2” to 3” thick waterproof suitable size ISO certified

Item No 144

ELISA READER with washer Description of Function 1.1 ELISA Reader is required to Read the Colour Density known as OD(Optical Density) in ELISA (Enzyme Linked Immuno-Sorbent Assay.)Plates. 2 Operational Requirements 2.1 Only ELISA Reader is required. 3 Technical Specifications 3.1 OPTICAL SYSTEM Digital light control 8 measurement channels including 1 reference. Single and dual wavelength measurement with facility for kinetic measurement 8 s maximum measurement time for single and dual wavelength and 5 s(+/_1Sec.) for kinetic Measurement Range 400-700nm Indication Range 0-2.999 abs Accuracy Plus/Minus 2% or Plus/Minus 0.005 abs Resolution 0.001 abs Inbuilt Filters: Narrow band interference Should have the following filters – 405, 450, 492(+/_2nm), 540, 620 (+/-10nm) and 690 nm Should measure end point, curves and kinetic. 3.2 SOFTWARE: Storage of immediately preceding measurement At least 15 user programmable tests permanently stored Time programmable between each measurement. Agitation programmable before each reading Bidirectional printer interface. Data memory not less than 300 plates/curves Built in Windows based software programming software. 3.3 MEASUREMENT MODES Plate shaking mode for sample mixing selectable speed and time) Flexible blank mode setting Matrix Modes: Matrix -/x/t, Matrix-/0-0 (Range ), Matrix-/f/(Floating cut off) Difference Mode: Absorbance of each well in even numbered subtracted from those of odd numbered columns Curve fit Modes: LIN/LIN.LIN/LOG.LOG/LOG or auto curve transformation with ability to add the standard curve; 8 to 12 way string orientation or kinetic modes Table of optical densities, Delta DD, Graphic, Reaction rate/V-Max 3.4 Adjustable for different micro plate geometrics 3.5 Halogen Lamp 20 - 40 W. 3.6 16 digit alphanumeric fluorescent display 3.7 Membrane keyboard. 3 .7 Technical Specifications for washer 3.1 Auto strip washer for 96 well plates / strips 3.2 1 x 8 strips/ 1x12 strips.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 153

3.3 Dispensable wash volume 50 - 300 µl. 3.3a Residual wash Volume -<0.5µl 3.4 Aerosol Shield for user safety. 3.5 In built shaking facility 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 8-12 channel manifold, all tubing sets, wash, rinse and waste bottles Maintenance kit to be provided. 4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables 4.1 System as specified- 4.2 Halogen Lamps : 2 4.3 Printer inbuilt or external to be supplied along with 10 Rolls/Z Fold 4.4 Dust cover. 5 Environmental factors 5.1 The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 5.2 The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 - 40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90% 6 Power Supply 6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug 6.2 Resettable over current breaker shall be fitted for protection 6.3 Suitable voltage corrector/stabilizer 6.4 Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum one-hour back-up should be supplied with the system. 7 Standards and Safety 7.1 Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with the system. 7.2 Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems - Medical devices - Particular requirements for the application of ISO 9001 applicable to manufacturers and service providers that perform their own design activities. 7.3 Should be FDA or CE or ISI approved product 8 Documentation 8.1 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied 8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory. 8.3 List of Equipments available for providing calibration and routine maintenance support as per manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual. 8.4 List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing. 8.5 Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist. The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer should be clearly spelt out

Item No 145

BLACK AND WHITE ULTRASOUND MACHINE

1. FULLY DIGITAL SYSTEM SHOULD BE FULLY DIGITAL DIGITAL BEAM FORMING DYNAMIC RECEVING FOUSING DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SCAN


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 154

DYNAMIC APODIZATION 2. OPERATING MODE - WINDOW BASED OPERATION

3- APPLICATIONS SOFTWARE - SHOULD HAVE APPLICATION PACKAGE FOR ABDOMINAL, OB/GYN, UROLOGY, CARDIOLOGY, SMALL THYROID, SCROTUM, BREAST, ORBIT 4. OPERATING MODES - B -MODE, M –MODE, BM –MODE, B+B–MODE, 4B- MODE 5- TRANSDUCERS A- TRANSDUCER SHOULD BE BROAD BAND B-CONVEX ARRAY TRANSDUCER WITH EITHER 2-6 OR 3-5 MHZ FREQUENCIES C-BROAD BAND HIGN FREQUENCY LINEAR ARRAY WITH FREQUENY RANGE 5-10 MHZ. D-BROAD BAND MULTIARRAY SECTOR PROBE WITH FREQUENCY RANGE 1-5 MHZ 6-THE SYSTEM SHOULD HAVE 256 GREYSCALE OR MORE 7- SYSTEM SHOULD HAVE A DYNAMIC RANGE 0F 190db 8-THE SYSTEM SHOULD BE ABLE TO SUPPORT ATLEAST TWO TRANSDUCERS---2-ACTIVE PORTS IMAGING DEPTH SHOULD MINIMUM 30 CM MORE WILL BE PREFERABLE 9-THE SYSTEM SHOULD HAVE HIGHER FRAME RATE. 10- THE SYSTEM SHOULD HAVE A 12” OR MORE FLAT PANNEL COLOR MONITOR. 11-ZOOM SHOULD BE IN LIVE AND FREEZE MODE. 12 – THE SYSTEM SHOULD BE AUTOFOCUS AND ALSO TRANSMISSION FOCUS MORE THAN 4 TIMES. THE SYSTEM SHOULD HAVE IN BUILT HARD DISK OF ATLEAST 40GB HIGHER WILL BE PREFERABLE. 13-THE SYSTEM SHOULD HVE A CINE MEMORY OF ATLEAST 256 FRAME, HIGHER WILL BE PREFARABLE. 14-PROGRAMSABLE ANNOTATION SHOULD BE AVAILABLE. 15-TGC SHOULD BE 8 STEPS. 16-KEYBOARD – ALPHANEUMARIC AND WITH BACKLIGHT 17-THE SYSTEM SHOULD HAVE TISSUE HARMONIC—PHASE INVERSION THI. 18-PANORAMIC IMAGING FACILITY. 19-B & W THERMAL PRINTER. 20 AN ON LINE UPS WITH ATLEAT 30 MINUTE POWERS BACKUP. 21-SUPPLIER COMPANY OR FIRM MUST HAVE ITS SERVICE CENTER IN JAIPUR STRICTLY. 22THE SYSTEM INCLUDING TRANSDUCER SHOULD BEAR A COMPRENSIVE WARRANTY OF ATLEAST THREE YEAR. 23-ANNUAL MAINTAINANC CONTRACT FOR FIVE YEARS. 24-SPARESA AND CONUMABLE PARTS SHOULD AVAILABE FOR SEVEN YEARS. 24 –COPY OF SOFT WARE—ONE HARD COPY AND ONE SOFT COPY. 25-FOUR OR MORE CHANNEL MEASUREMENT SHUULD BE AVAILABE IN PACKAGE. DETAILED OBSTETRIC, UROLOGY, GYN AND SMALL PART PACKAGE SHUOLD BE AVAILABE.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 155

26-PERIPHERAL OUT PUTS—VIDEO OUT PUT-FOR CD, DVD RECORDING. VGA OUTPUT MINIMUM TWO USB PORT TWO THERMAL PRINTER OUTPUT DICOM –UPGRADABLE 27-A HIGHER END COMPUTER WITH GRABER SOFT WARE AND B&W LASER PRINTER.

Item No. 146 SPECIFICATIONS OF FULLY AUTOMATED BIO-CHEMISTRY ANALYSER

1. System Completely Open discrete, multichannel random access with automatic rerun facility without ISI:

2. Throughput Minimum 400 photometric tests per hour

3. On line tests and programmable parameters Minimum of 45 photometric tests with facility for calculated test, profiles and formulas

4. Assay Type End point, rate and fixed point.

5. Calibration possibility Linear Kinetic, one point, 2 point rate, 2 point wit linearity

6. Sample Disk Minimum 75 positions for routine with continuous loading facility

7. Dedicated Stat Table Refrigerated stat table with minimum 20 positions.

8. Sample Cups Primary tubes or sample cups (normal or pediatric)

9. Sample type Serum, urine, CSI, acetic fluid, whole blood.

10. Reagent Disk Refrigerated position for at least 70 reagent containers

11. Sample Volume 3-50 microlitre increment with increase or decrease in sample volume with diluter 12. Sample probe

Probe with level sensor and washing 13. Clot detection Clot detection with immediate alarm 14. Reagent Volume 25 ul to 250 ul with 5 ul increment 15. Reagent probe Probe with level sensor and washing 16. Reagent Stirrer On board stirring facility for proper mixing of samples and reagents 17. Cuvette permanent glass quart / cuvette with on board washing with deionised water and auto drain facility for the waste fluid 18. Reaction Temperature Reaction cuvette temperature control by dry bath incubator


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 156

19. Photometer Multi wavelength diffraction grating photometer with 13 wavelength ranging from 340 to 800 mm mono and bichromatic

20 Absorbance range and sensitivity 0-2.5 Abs or more. Sensitivity of 0.001 absorbance 21 Workstation Pentium based PC with 15 inch color monitor 22 Data Output Through display and on line 80 character line printer to hold continuous sheets

of normal paper 23 Data storage Facility to store at least 25,000 sample data on hard disk. 24 Quality Control Real time, individual and cumulative quality controls 25 Interface RS232 C mono and bi directional 26 Back up instrument Discrete analyzer with a thoughput of 240 tests per hour without ISI 27 Deionizer Compatible Deioniser plant with sufficient storage facility. 28 Power Backup Compatible online UPS system with a back up time of 30 minutes 29 Warranty Clause Two years comprehensive warranty.

Item No. 147 VITRECTOMY SYSTEM

• Internal Compressor and power back up, functional even with short power failures • Peristattic pump & Rise time controlled ventusi mode based vacumm generation with

range. 1-600 mm Hz. • 20G and 23G enabled with colour coded accessories. • Pnematic Vitrectomy upto 2500 cuts / min • Phaco fragmentation and phaco emulsification enabled with wide band Ultrasonic

Probes (25-55 Khz range) • Bipolar wet field coagulation • Injection and Extraction of High viscosity Silicon oils. • Rensable and Disposable Light Sources. • Dynamically updated Visualisation and recording of relevant system parameters on

microscope image. • Essential accessories: • Ultrasonic Hand Piece for Phaco Fragmentation & Phaco emulsification - 1 • Bidirectional Footswitch with Porgrammable buttoms – 1 • 20G Vitrectors – 10 / 23G Vitrectors & Trocai set – 5 • Rensable Light Guide (20 & 23 G) – 1 • Cassette & Tubing Sets – 100 • Lensectomy and Phaco Tip Set – 1 • Silicon oil Injection / Extraction set – 1 • Trallon with Infusion stand & Tray – 1


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 157

Item No. 148

OPHTHALMIC ELECTRO HYDRAULIC OT TABLE WITH MANUAL

OVERRIDE.

• Stainless Steel table top frame with high tensile strength. • Stable base construction with wheels for mobility. • Base and column head, control column made of stainless steel. • Movement Eclectically controlled through Hydro Electronic Pumps as well

as Manually. (Manual override function) • Up, Down, Lateral dilt (Right and Left) enabled. • Inbuilt Battery and Battery charging system for 1 week usage. • Length of table: 2000 – 2100 mm (range) • Width of table:- 500 – 600 mm (range) • Height Adjustment : 800 – 1200 mm (range)

Standard Accessories • Arm rest -2 . shoulder support -2 • Lateral Support – 2 / Lateral Support – 2 • Surgeon Motorised Chair – 1 • Body Restrinur belt / I V Pole / -2 pieces each • Anesthetic frame – 1 / Xray plate tray – 1 • CE Certified equipment

Item No. - 149

NEONATAL MULTIPARA MONITOR

Patient monitor system should be of modular type and capable of monitoring adult, pediatric & neonatal patients. Monitor should have 17” independent flat panel display. Touch screen user interface . Module rack / housing should be independent and shall be able to be placed near to the patient. Should be capable of 8 traces display. Monitor must be capable of simultaneously monitoring the following parameters which should be present as standard: ECG, NIBP, SpO2, invasive pressures (2), temperatures (2) Should be compatible with Capnography, Cardiac output, EEG, and BIS and prices to be offered as optional ECG should have capability for 3, 5 and / or 10 lead monitoring and should have built in arrhythmia monitoring on all leads. Inbuilt ST segment analysis and arrhythmia detection for all the leads should be possible. Haemodynamic and drug dose calculations should be available. Arrhythmia should be grouped based on classifications – and should show no of arrhythmias occurred. Respiration should be available with Cardio Vascular Artifact filter. ICP monitoring should be possible. Alarm parameter should flash red in the presence of high priority alarms (e.g. ventricular fibrillation and asystole) and flash yellow in the presence of medium or low priority alarms (e.g. noisy signal, etc.) 24 hours trend data should be displayed. All monitors including central station should have similar user interface for easy usage among all clinicians. Monitor shall provide the capability to interact with alarms at remote bedsides.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 158

Monitor shall provide the capability to receive and display real-time waveforms, trended data and alarm status from other bedside or telemetry units on the patient monitoring network. Monitor shall provide the capability enter patient information at the bedside or central monitor. On-screen keyboard for entering this data is preferable. Should have USB ports to connect mouse, key board, bar code scanner. Alarm limit status (ON/OFF) must be indicated on-screen for each parameter and actual parameter alarm settings must be displayed on-screen when alarms are on. Position of the displayed waveforms must be user configurable. Waveform color changing should be user configurable. Monitor shall permit the optional ability to receive and display information from other patient devices such as ventilators, infusion pumps and other standalone devices. All modules should be compatible with all monitors quoted. Bed to bed communication between the monitors should be possible with out a central station. Networking to central station should be possible and price of central station should be offered as optional Patient monitoring network shall use standard TCP/IP protocol and be capable of residing on hospital’s network infra-structure. Should be compatible with HIS and should be HL7 compliant. Monitor should provide remote viewing of real time waveforms through internet. Patient monitoring network shall be able to support up to 1,000 monitoring nodes. Should be supplied with necessary accessories for adult , pediatric and neonatal accessories.

Accessories and spares

1. ECG / respiration: 5 lead ECG cable and lead wire set per monitor 2. NIBP: Adult: 2 sizes and Pediatric 2 sizes and neonatal, 1 size per monitor 3. SPo2 Sensor: Adult sensor with cable, pediatric sensor with cable and neonatal sensor with cable per monitor

4. IBP: Include 10 nos of disposable pressure transducer with bracket and interface cable per monitor

5. Temperature: Skin and nasopharyngeal probes per monitor.

The equipment should be CE & US FDA Approved. Item No. 150

Anaesthesia Ventilator for O T

The workstation consisting of Anaesthesia machine, Vaporizers,and Monitor should be from single manufacturer to ensure proper maintenance and back up services. The machine should be complaint with CE & US FDA certification. Anesthesia Machine

Should have separate indexed (Pin index/DISS/NIST) provision for pipeline attachments for O2, N2O and Medical air provision for extra attachment of two O2 and one N2O pin indexed cylinders. Should have primary step down regulator fitted with metal diaphragm & have no perishable rebber parts. I ligh pressure tubing for O2 N2O and Medical air with pipeline connectors (one each) Should be supplied with workstation. Pipeline, cylinder and Airway pressures should all be displayed on colour coded gauges in accordance with ISO requirements (separate for each gas) and be visible at all times during the operation. Should provide oxygen basal flow (minimum 200 ml). Should have System on/off switch which should activate both gas delivery of the machine and


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 159

ventilator. Ventilator should be pneumatically driven technology. Decending bellows not preferred. Should have double tube bobbin type/digital rotameters for O2. N2O and single/double for air, should provide low flows and mechanical mixing to provide minimum 25% O2 in the gaseous mixture. Flowmeter adjustment should be at least 50ml/min increments below l liter/min of gas flow and at least 500ml/min above l liter/min of gas flow. Machine should be able to deliver flows up to at least 12 liter/min for O2&N2O.

Should have provision for mounting at least two selectatec vaporizers simultaneously. which allow easy exchange between agents. Vaporisers for Halothane Isoflurane Sevoflurane and Desflurane to be provided alongwith the machine. Should have conveniently placed bag mount and APL valve assembly and separate facility for using bain circuit and Magill circuits. Should have safety features including audio alarm system for oxygen failure, according to international safety guidelines and mechanical hypoxic guard. Should have 02 flush device to deliver oxygen flow>35-50 liter/min. It should be protected from accidental activation as per ISO requirements Activation should be on so long it is pressed Astivation of emeregency O2 flush should not interfare with set flow from the flow meters as well as anesthetic agent output from the wpori/crs. Should have work surface. Should have stainless steel/laminate top, minimum of two drawers to keep accessories, good mobility, anti static caster wheels with locking facility & conveniently placed handles for easy movement of the machine. CO2 Absorber

Should have singe/twin canister, autoclavable CO2 absorber canister and bellows. Absorber system should have bypass capability in the event of removal of canister during clinical procedure. Absorbent capacity of at least 1000 gms Should have analog airway pressure guage to measure patient airway pressure during manual ventilation. Should have bag / vent selecting switch (bistable type) integrated onto the absorber and should automatically turn on the ventilator when positioned to vent mode. APL valve (1.5-70 cm H2O) should be automatically by passed when manual ventilation hag to ventilator switch is turned to ventilator mode. Breathing system should be close circle system type mounted on the machine. Should be nature latex free and autoclavable. Anaesthesia Ventilator

Should have large, colored, digital screen with touch /wheel control facility, pneumatically driven, electronically controlled ventilator and operable on 220-250V, 50 Hz AC with a battery back up of at least 45 min to support ventilator and monitor. There should be only one power input souree with power cable at least 3 meters long for AC power connection. Screen size should be at least 8 inches diagonally. Should have extra O2 Back-up supply with flow meter. should have integrated negative pressure suction sources with negative pressure adjustment & on -off switch. Should have various modes –volume controlled, pressure controlled, spontaneous and standby along with supporting modes like SIMV, PSV and suitable for adult, paedicatric & neonatal patients with single bellows Assisted modes of breathing should be flow triggered Should have integrated FiO2 monitor , inverse 1:E Ratio, electronic PEEP referenced trigger facility, inspiratory pause. Should have pressure and flow waveforms Ventilator should have a bag mode to allow manual ventilation.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 160

Anesthesia machine in mechanical ventilation mode should automatically compensate for compression losses within the absorber and bellows assembly breath by breath with flow measurement from integrated inspiratory & expiratory flow sensors. It should have tidal volume from 20ml to 1400ml It should have breath rate of 4 to 60 bpm or more Should have inverse 1:E ratio capability of 2:1 to 1:4. Should have electronic PEEP 0-20 cm H2O Inspired airway pressure range 5-60cm H2O with Pmax 15-60 cm H2O. Should have built in safety features like O2 failure alarm, N2O cutoff, Low O2 pressure etc. The unit should have an independent measurement and display of fresh gas flow offering safety for low and minimal flow anaesthesia Maximum inspiratory flow should be at least 100 litres/min in case of pressure controlled ventilation mode The Ventilator should have the facility for active anesthetic gas scavenging & audiovisual alarms with temporary muting facility for power failure breathing system disconnection low and high inspiratory airway pressure. Alarm volume should be adjustable. Ventilator should have a leak and compliance test that can be done independently of the full system check. Should provide constant fresh gas flow into the breathing circuit during the inspiratory phase as mandatory. Vaporizer

Must be isolated from the gas flow in the off position &prevent the simultaneous activation of more then one vaporizer. Should be agent specific Calibrated Should have safety features including audio alarm system for oxygen failure, according to international safety guidelines and mechanical hypoxic guard. To have temperature, pressure and flow compensation Should be quick loding/unloding type with anesthetic delivery range There should be isolated electric power socket for desflurane vaporizer near selected bracket as a provision for mounting desflurane vaporizer. Anesthesia Monitor

The anesthesia workstation should have integrated modular system to monitor ventilation anesthesia gas and patient parameters that should have at least 17 inch color TET/CRT display having ergonomic mounting arrangement on the anesthesia work station. It should have at least 12 channels with ability to display at least eight waveforms simulaneously. It should have multi parameter space saving desing of modular formeasuring ECG.NIBP.IBP.Temperature.SpO2.EtCO2 (both mainsteram & sidestream).Spirometery. BIS and Neuromuscular Junction monitoring as following. b) Respiratory rate measurement by impedance method. c) SpO2 measurement with plethysmograph and saturation dependent audio tone. d) NIBP measurement with cuff inflation-deflation eycle time not more then 30 secound. c) Provision for three invasive pressure measurement simultaneously. d) User selectable heart rate display from ECG Pulse oximetery Invasive asterial pressures. e) I win temperature measurement. f) It should have provision for automatic identification and measurement of Anesthetic Agents (I Ialothane,lsoflurane, Sevoflurane and Desflurane). CO2, O2 and N2O Facility to measure MAC value. BIS Module with waveform and trend display for depth of Anesthesia monitoring. Airway Pressure, volume and flow measurement with facility for loop display of pressure vs. time, flow vs.time and pressure vs. volume.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 161

Neuro-muscular junction (NMJ) monitoring module including facilities for single twitch.Train of four Post-tetanie count and double Burst suppression with requisite sensors to measure response. Side arm support cable going to patient from the Anesthesia workstation. Split screen facility and at least 24hrs of graphical and numericaltrending. Facility to store snapshots during critical events for waveform review at a later stage. Adjustable audiovisual and graded alarming system. P ser configurable modes. Data out put port for netwarking facility with remote elient computer.The anesthesia monitor should have capability of being networked to any connected hospital LAN for remote browsing of real time waveforms. Graphical and numerical trends up to 24hrs from each anesthesia workstation monitor and run from any office computer in the hospital LAN. Networking for anesthesia workstation with central monitor at designated place. Should have provision for anesthesia record and laser print out facility on patient anesthesia record chart. The anesthesia ventilator should be accomanied with following accessories a) Standard Bain Circuit – 4 Nos b) Magill Breathing System-2 Nos c) Jackson Rees Circuit Paediatric – 4 Nos d) Silicon Face Mask 0,1,2,3,4, & 5 -4 No each e) Silicon Face Mask 0-000 pediatrie-4 Sets f) Breathing Bag 2 Ltrs.1liter & 500 ml – 5 each, g) Standard closed circuits (cricle system)- Adult :4 sets. Pediatric : 4 sets h) Airway pressure & flow measurement line-10 No i) Ventilator Bellows-2 each for adult & pediatric patients j) Ventilator filters/ sensor -10 No k) Five lead ECG cable l) SpO2 cable & sensor -10 & pediatric 5. m) Temperature probe with cable: • Nasopharyngeal -5 • Skin-2 • Rectal-2 n) EtCO2 and anesthesia gas sampling lines 20 o) NIBP tubing & cuffs: • Adult large 5 • Adult medium 10 • Children 5 • Infant 2 p) Invasive pressure cable & reusable pressure transducers 6 Disposable pressure transducer domes 50 q) BIS cables 2 BIS sensors disposable 100 (to be supplied 25 per year ) r)NMJ monitoring cables and sensors 2 The frim will have to demonstrate the quoted equipment with its complete operative manual to check its functioning and meeting of specifications at own cost. In case of any components or parts used/supplied in anesthesia workstation from different local manufacturer. The principal company will have to take the reponsibility of warranty and CAMC of these components also.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 162

Terms and conditions for warranty for 2 years and CAMC for 5 year after sale service as per institution requirement. During AMC &CAMC firm should ensure uninterrupted functional status of equipment. During warranty and CMS period any nonfunctional/malfunctional accessory items like silicon breathing system, cable/probes/sensors cuff of various monitoring modules will be replaced by the company to keep the workstation functional round the clock. There should be provision for providing anesthesia machine with at least one vaporizer (Isoflurane or Sevofluarne ). Anesthesia ventilator and monitor for ECG,NIBP, EtCO2 and : SpO2 if company fails to repair the workstation within 5 hours during warranty & nonfunction /malfunction of main equipment or its spares and accessories otherwise penalty of 0.1% of basic cost (excluding CMC of workstation will be imposed per day. In case defective anesthesia workstation is replaced by another fully functional anesthesia Compliance statement should be attached.

Item No. - 151

Binocular Loupe with operating headlight

Binocular eye loupe should be custom designed to meet the pappilary distance of the individual surgeon

Should be light weight

Should have increased field size field of view should be 60-65 mm @ 40 cm

Telescope should have bright vision frame of the loupe should be light weight and adjustable

Magnification should be x5 times

Item No. - 152

Fibre optic Bronchoscope for Intubation

Bronchoscope should have:

Field of view: 120deg.

Depth of field : 3-50mm

Tip deflection up/down : 180/130deg.

Distal diameter : 4.9 mm

Insertion tube diameter : 4.8mm

Diameter of working channel : 2.2mm

Insertion tube working length : 600mm

Total length : 900mm

Sharp, smooth image


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 163

Ergonomic control section

Easy insertion and excellent maneuverability

Compatible to electrosurgical treatment

Light Source should have :

Compatible light source (Xenon / Halogen) with fibre-optic cable & back-up lamp

Standard Accessories like :

Foreign Body Retriever Forceps

Tempo-nation Balloons

Magnet Forceps

Biopsy Forceps

T.B.N.A Needles

Cytology Brushes(Disposable/Reusable)

Coagulation Probes

Sampling Bottles. Leakage tester

Item No. 153

SURGICAL OPERATING MICROSCOPE FOR Ophthalmology

Eyepiece head

inclination 200°

wide angle oculars 10x magnification

PD adjustment via knob or by pushing

Front Lens f=200 mm

focal length 200 mm

apochromatic optics with correction of residual aberration

Microscope body

SMD technology

Stereo base 25 mm


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 164

zoom range 4,3 to 26

visual field diameter 8,5 - 51 mm

Incorporated Slit module for 2 horizontal Slits with each 25 mm travel

focus range ± 25 mm

XY range ± 30 mm (= 60 x 60 mm)

comfortable stepless inclination via gear knob ± 10°

new stepper motor technology; motorized focus, zoom (1:6) and XY movement

filter, blue (405 nm), yellow (475 nm), orange (515 nm), green (525 nm)

Illumination angle main light 6°, red reflex enhancer +2°/-2° to –1°

integrated "Zero Beam" red reflex enhancer with double function knob on/off and fine tuning –2° to –1 °

Illumination module with 2 integrated slits

ergonomic handles with integrated function keys for focus, zoom, brakes and XY movement

Floor stand

Small round base (735 mm Diam.) with power supply for external instruments

mobile on castors with lock in provisions

vibration damper

arm extension, max. 1500 mm

weight balanced spring with free floating characteristics; balancing by push of a button

automatic speed control (ASC)

Electro-magnetic brakes

bi-directional computer interface RS 232 / 9 poles for software connection

integrated connection socket for footswitch

control panel with display for software guided individual setting of motorized microscope functions (balancing, 12 user settings etc.)

integrated self-test function and service program

vertical lift 722 mm

Light source

integrated in floor stand through fiber optic cable

brightness control

1 Halogen lamp, min. 150 W/15 V

1 Halogen back-up lamp

min. 150 W/15 V

Footswitch

12 functions: focus (upwards / downwards); zoom (larger / smaller); XY movement (left / right and forward / backward); camera (ON / OFF); light (on / off); brightness control

waterproof


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 165

B. Configuration

Basic Structure

Stereo Operating microscope

with tiltable eyepiece head and apochromatic optics; microscope body on inclinable and tiltable suspension (manual coarse and fine setting); integrated motorized XY linear movement; motorized zoom system 1:6; motorized fine focussing ±25 mm; "zero beam 900" red reflex enhancer; stereo base 25 mm; two sets of sterile caps; dust cover

Floor stand

with mobile microscope; round base with lock-in provisions, weight balanced spring joint arm with rotatable carrier, length 1500 mm; magnetic brakes and free floating characteristics of spring arm patent pending); one button motorized fine-balancing; special arm-cover for integration of cables; integrated, adjustable 15 V-halogen illumination system, 150 W and switchable spare bulb; light fiber cable; user-friendly control panel for software guided individual setting of motorized functions; alpha-numeric display; integrated self-test function and service program; speed control switchable from ASC to individual setting; integrated connection socket for footswitch

Accessories

EIBOS

EIBOS for simultaneous wide-angle observation of fundus and incision area; non-contact, hands-free and bi-manual application for vitreoretinal surgery, approx. 100° field of view; integrated reversing optics for left-right correction (SDI) with reduced building height; safe for patient's eye by spring-loaded suspension; internal focussing via lever ranging from retina to upper vitreous body; ideal for quick inspection of posterior segment; swing-away position without interfering with cataract surgery

adapter ring

90 D lens

SPXL – lens

Professional video camera

PAL system

1 CCD color video camera

image enhancer

min. 500 lines resolution (horizontal)

power supply and connection cable to monitor

Stereoscopic observer

three axis inclination

image erection

straight eyepiece head

two oculars 12.5x (screw type)

diopter setting

video camera adapter for 1 CCD camera

Disposables

sterilizable caps


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 166

dust cover

Item No 154

RIGID BRONCHOSCOPE SET

Bronchoscope Tube

1) 4mm WL.215mm.

2) 5mm WL245mm

3) 5.5mm Wl.265mm

4) 6.0mm WL265mm

5) 7.0mm WL365mm

Forceps:--WL.350

1) Alligator FB forceps (1)

2) Universal forceps (1)

3) Fenestrated forceps for soft FB (1)

4) Peanut forceps (1)

5) Magnetic Extractor (1)

WL.450

1) FB forceps alligator

2) Universal forceps

3) Grasping forceps for soft FB

4) Peanut forceps

ACCESSORIE 1. Adaptor with sliding glass window plug, Sealing cap, notched lens and key hole opening,

movable.

2. Plug for ventilation Attachment of Bronchoscopes.

3. Adaptor from Bronchoscope to any type of pediatric respiration equipment .

4. Atomizer with bulb working length 50 cm,(2)

5. Laryngeal Atomizer with bulb (2)

Suction tube , length 50 cm, diameter2.2.5 & 3cm(2 each)

Item No. - 155


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 167

A SCAN

Technical Features:

• A-scan • Three A scan Modes • Auto biometric, Manual Biometric, Diagnostic • Complete IOL program capabilities include SRK1 SRK11 SRK. T Hollady or Binkhorest formulas. • Save in memory capacity at least 45 cases for A-scan images and corresponding IOL data. • 10MHZ solid probe The unit should incurporate, audio feed back for probe alignment

Item No. - 156 OPHTHALMOSCOPE

• Ophthalmoscope, head, monocular with 3.5V krypton bulb, with the following features: Hemi spot, full circular spot, red-free interference filter, test mark with fixation star and polar coordinates, slit.

• Battery handle, for above e3.5V nominal voltage. Rechargeable Ni-Ca cell. Brightness control • Rheostat. • Battery charger, for 3.5V handle, microprocessor control, boost charge/trickle charge modes. • Charges 2 handles. Should be combined with Retinoscope.

Item No. - 157

MULTI PARAMETER MONITOR: PATIENT MONITOR SYSTEM SHOULD BE OF MODULAR TYPE AND CAPABLE OF MONITORING ADULT, PEDIATRIC NEONATAL PATIENTS. MONITOR SHOULD HAVE 15” INDEPENDENT FLAT PANEL DISPLAY. TOUCH SCREEN USER INTERFACE. MODULE RACK / HOUSING SHOULD BE INDEPENDENT AND SHALL BE ABLE TO BE PLACED NEAR TO THE PATIENT. SHOULD BE CAPABLE OF 8 TRACES DISPLAY. MONITOR MUST BE CAPABLE OF SIMULTANEOUSLY MONITORING THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS WHICH SHOULD BE PRESENT AS STANDARD: ECG, NIBP, SPO2, INVASIVE PRESSURES (4), TEMPERATURES (2), AND CAPNOGRAPHY. SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE WITH CARDIAC OUTPUT, EEG, AND BIS. ECG SHOULD HAVE CAPABILITY FOR 3, 5 AND / OR 10 LEAD MONITORING AND SHOULD HAVE BUILT IN ARRHYTHMIA MONITORING ON ALL LEADS. INBUILT ST SEGMENT ANALYSIS AND ARRHYTHMIA DETECTION FOR ALL THE LEADS SHOULD BE POSSIBLE. HAEMODYNAMIC AND DRUG DOSE CALCULATIONS SHOULD BE AVAILABLE. ARRHYTHMIA SHOULD BE GROUPED BASED ON CLASSIFICATIONS – AND SHOULD SHOW NO OF ARRHYTHMIAS OCCURRED. RESPIRATION SHOULD BE AVAILABLE WITH CARDIO VASCULAR ARTIFACT FILTER. OCRG SHOULD BE AVAILABLE FOR MONITORING NEONATES.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 168

ICP MONITORING SHOULD BE POSSIBLE. ALARM PARAMETER SHOULD FLASH RED IN THE PRESENCE OF HIGH PRIORITY ALARMS (E.G. VENTRICULAR FIBRILLATION AND ASYSTOLE) AND FLASH YELLOW IN THE PRESENCE OF MEDIUM OR LOW PRIORITY ALARMS (E.G. NOISY SIGNAL, ETC.) 24 HOURS TREND DATA SHOULD BE DISPLAYED. ALL MONITORS INCLUDING CENTRAL STATION SHOULD HAVE SIMILAR USER INTERFACE FOR EASY USAGE AMONG ALL CLINICIANS. MONITOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CAPABILITY TO INTERACT WITH ALARMS AT REMOTE BEDSIDES. MONITOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CAPABILITY TO RECEIVE AND DISPLAY REAL-TIME WAVEFORMS, TRENDED DATA AND ALARM STATUS FROM OTHER BEDSIDE OR TELEMETRY UNITS ON THE PATIENT MONITORING NETWORK. MONITOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CAPABILITY ENTER PATIENT INFORMATION AT THE BEDSIDE OR CENTRAL MONITOR. ON-SCREEN KEYBOARD FOR ENTERING THIS DATA IS PREFERABLE. SHOULD HAVE USB PORTS TO CONNECT MOUSE, KEY BOARD, BAR CODE SCANNER. ALARM LIMIT STATUS (ON/OFF) MUST BE INDICATED ON-SCREEN FOR EACH PARAMETER AND ACTUAL PARAMETER ALARM SETTINGS MUST BE DISPLAYED ON-SCREEN WHEN ALARMS ARE ON. POSITION OF THE DISPLAYED WAVEFORMS MUST BE USER CONFIGURABLE. WAVEFORM COLOR CHANGING SHOULD BE USER CONFIGURABLE. MONITOR SHALL PERMIT THE OPTIONAL ABILITY TO RECEIVE AND DISPLAY INFORMATION FROM OTHER PATIENT DEVICES SUCH AS VENTILATORS, INFUSION PUMPS AND OTHER STANDALONE DEVICES. ALL MODULES SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE WITH ALL MONITORS QUOTED. BED TO BED COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE MONITORS SHOULD BE POSSIBLE WITH OUT A CENTRAL STATION. NETWORKING TO CENTRAL STATION SHOULD BE POSSIBLE. PATIENT MONITORING NETWORK SHALL USE STANDARD TCP/IP PROTOCOL AND BE CAPABLE OF RESIDING ON HOSPITAL’S NETWORK INFRA-STRUCTURE. SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE WITH HIS AND SHOULD BE HL7 COMPLIANT. MONITOR SHOULD HAVE CAPABILITY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOTE VIEWING OF REAL TIME WAVEFORMS THROUGH INTERNET. PATIENT MONITORING NETWORK SHALL BE ABLE TO SUPPORT UP TO 1,000 MONITORING NODES. SHOULD BE SUPPLIED WITH NECESSARY ACCESSORIES FOR ADULT , PEDIATRIC AND NEONATAL ACCESSORIES. SHOULD HAVE CE OR FDA CERTIFICATIONS. ACCESSORIES AND SPARES

1. ECG / RESPIRATION: 5 LEAD ECG CABLE AND LEAD WIRE SET AND 10 LEAD ECG CABLE AND LEAD WIRE SET PER MONITOR

2. NIBP: ADULT: 2 SIZES AND PEDIATRIC 2 SIZES AND NEONATAL, 1 SIZE PER MONITOR

3. SPO2 SENSOR: ADULT SENSOR WITH CABLE, PEDIATRIC SENSOR WITH 4. CABLE AND NEONATAL SENSOR WITH CABLE PER MONITOR 5. IBP: INCLUDE 10 NOS OF DISPOSABLE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER WITH

BRACKET AND INTERFACE CABLE PER MONITOR 6. TEMPERATURE: SKIN AND NASOPHARYNGEAL PROBES PER MONITOR.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 169

7. BIS: 25 NOS OF DISPOSABLE SENSORS PER MONITOR

Item No. – 158 Advanced Phaco Emulsification Unit with Posterior Vitrectomy system

1. The phaco system should have both peristaltic and Venturi pump. 2. It should be possible during surgery to switch over from peristaltic to venture mode or vice versa

instantaneously. 3. Titanium and ultra light 6 Crystal Phaco handpiece should be quoted having frequency range

between 25KHz and 35 KHz.- Four phaco handpieces to be quoted 4. Power to be varied between 1 to 100% in steps of 1% 5. Unit must have programmable burst mode with burst duration to be varied between 25 mSecond 6. to 450 mSecond. 7. Unit should have programmable pulse mode with maximum pulse frequency of 40 Hz. Also 8. pulse duration to be adjusted between 0.50 to 1500 mSecond. 9. Unit must have Cool Micropulse Phaco and Co-Axial Microincision Phaco Facility 10. Unit should have 3 phaco memories (Phaco1, Phaco 2 and phaco3). 11. I/A System (Peristaltic)should have max vacuum of 600mm Hg and Aspiration flow rate of 50

ml/min 12. I/A System (Venturi) should have max vacuum of 600 mmHg 13. 9 nos. Autoclavable cassette to be supplied. 14. Reflux – Either through Pump or Bottle 15. Autoclavable Straight Phaco Tips – 15 Degree, 30 Degree – 4 nos. each 16. Autoclavable Bent Phaco tip – 30 Degree – 4nos. 17. Irrigation Sleeves for above tips – 10 nos. 18. Autoclavable Cool Phaco Tip 30 degree with incision size of 1.6 and 2.2 mm - 2 nos. each 19. AND corresponding sleeves- 5 nos each 20. I/A Bimanual – 2no. 21. I/A coaxial with straight and bent tip - 1 set 22. R.F.Capsulotomy Tip-1 no. 23. Test Chamber – 5 no and Irrigation Sleeve – 10 nos. 24. Serilisation Tray – 4nos. 25. Diathermy handpiece along with Bipolar forceps to be quoted 26. Unit must have Dual Linear Pedal with Complete programmability. Should provide function

switching, pump switching and bottle height control. 27. Unit must have memory for minimum 30 surgeon program 28. Integrated motorized I/V pole to be supplied. 29. Vitrectomy Cutter (20G): 12 Electric cutter with a motor to be quoted .Cuts rate to be more 30. than 1000Cuts/Minute 31. Pneumatic Cutter (20G) – 20 Pneumatic cutter to be quoted . Cut rate to be more than 2500

cuts/minute 32. Posterior Vitrectomy – Dual linaer Vitrectomy 33. Metal halide light with dual output 34. Single cut mode 35. Pars Plana Tip 36. Simultaneous connection of 3 Vitrectomy instruments 37. Endo Diathermy tip – 20G 38. Air Delivery Line, Silicon application set, Infusion terminus and Endo illuminaors for 20G 39. posterior vitrectomy -20 nos. each to be quoted 40. 23 G Posterior Vitrectomy accessories – Endo Illuminators,


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 170

41. Pars Plana Microincision set – 20 nos to be quoted 42. 23 G Auto Seal PMS Microincision to be quoted – 20 nos 43. 23 G Pneumatic cutter with cut rate more than 2500 cuts/min – 20 nos 44. Endo diathermy tip – 23 G 45. Optional: Overlay facility for displaying phaco parameters on monitor 46. Power supply 230V +- 15%, 50 Hz 47. Voltage stabilizer of necessary rating to be provided.

Item No. - 159 HEAD LIGHT WITH LIGHT SOURCE

Headlight with fibre-optic cable, ball joint & vertical height adjustment, front section, moveable in all directions, front part rotatable through 45 degrees to the left & right, & 45 degrees downwards (from horizontal levels) all positions self-retaining. Illuminated area adjustable with diaphragm, luminous field adjustable from 60 to 10mm light measurements above 55000 lux at 50 cm (approx). Including cushion with step snaps. Fibre-optic cable connected to the left or right side of the head band, complete with light source.

Item No 160

WATERBATH Stainless Steel, insulated double walled, inner wall of stainless steel, Thermostatic temp. control from ambient to 85 - 900C(+0.50C) complete with immersion heater, Aluminium/SS cover, brass drain cock, 220-240 volts AC, 50Hz, Dimensions: outside:- 36x41x25 cms; inside:- 27x30x15 cms; Power : 480W; Digital microprocessor display to set temp. point preventing thermal runaway., Seamless reservoir with no welds to leak or rust, See-through cover is hinged and removable, and steeply gabled to accept taller samples. IEC-1010 approved. cord and plug Remarks: Equipment quoted should comply with Indian Standards Institutions Guidelines or any other National or International Guidelines. Voltage regulator of appropriate rating to be included to cope with 160-260 V

Item No. 161

Ultrasound Machine System should be latest generation state of the artportable for abdomial, vascular, obsterics & gynecology, musculosketal, small parts application etc., with suitable evaluation and measurement packages remarks 1. System should be offered with following board band width transducers : i) Convex array transducer ( frequency range of 2-4 MHz) (+/-1 MHz) ii) Intracavitray transducer (frequency range between 2 to 10 MHz ) (+/- MHz) 2. System should have following modes : i) d, m mode, B/M and tissue harmonic imagings should be available transducer. 3. Digital processing channel -60 or more digital channels for high resolution 2d imaging with acquisition rate of at least 50 frames per second


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 171

4. Grey scale (min. 256 or more ) 5. Board bandwidth beam former tecnology transducers for extreme high resolution 2d imaging 6. Extended field of view imaging 7. System should have facility for gain adjustments using slide pot controls. 8. System have minimum 2 active ports with direct switching from console 9. System should have a high resolution fully articulating non interlaced flicker free, antiglare, flate panel display of 10 inches or more. 10. System should have image management facility with facility for direct storage of imaging loops in the hard disk drive and also thumbnail review to view & edit images, loops and also reports 11. Display annotation, patient id display and alpha numeric key board with track ball & provision for reverse, invert fcility. 12. Complete package for measurement and calculation provision for distance, aera, volume & cricumference etc. 13. Equipment should be of light weight. 14. Image storage : should have inbuilt hard disk for image storege capacity. 15. Image archival: induit CD wirter/flash drive with the facility to transfer images. 16. Dicom compatible 17. System should have direct connectivity to printer for printing images and report 18. System should have extensive calculation softwere packege for general imaging,ob/gyn 19. Accessories. 1. B/w thermal printer of latest model ( with ce or fda mark ) 2. Biopsy attachment for the tv/tr probes 3. UPS of appropriate rating with 60 mins back up; additional to inbuilt battery back up of at least 30 min > Operation manual-one hard copy & one soft copy should be attached. > Spares and consumables parts should be available for 10 years.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 172

GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL POINTS:

1. Warranty:

a) Comprehensive Warranty as stated in GCC clause No. 15 (in Section – IV) for complete equipment (including X ray tubes, HT Cable, Probes, Electrodes, Detectors, Batteries for UPS, other vacuumatic parts wherever applicable) and Turnkey Work from the date of satisfactory installation, commissioning, trial run & handing over of equipment to Hospital/ Dispensaries/ Institute/ Medical College.

b) 98% up time Warranty of complete equipment with extension of Warranty period by double the downtime period on 24 (hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis.

c) All software updates should be provided free of cost during Warranty period.

2. After Sales Service:

a) After sales service centre should be available at the city of Hospital/Institution/Medical College on 24 (hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis. Complaints should be attended properly, maximum within 8 hrs. The service should be provided directly by Tenderer/Indian Agent. Undertaking by the Principals that the spares for the equipment shall be available for at least 10 years from the date of supply.

b) The service provider should have the necessary equipments recommended by the manufacturer to carry out preventive maintenance test as per guidelines provided in the service/maintenance manual.

3. Training:

On Site training to Doctors/ Technicians/ staff is to be provided by Principal/ Indian Agents (if they have the requisite know-how) for operation and maintenance of the equipment to the satisfaction of the consignee.

4. Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) of subject equipment with Turnkey:

a) The cost of Annual Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) which includes preventive maintenance including testing & calibration as per technical/ service /operational manual of the manufacturer, labour and spares, after satisfactory completion of Warranty period to be quoted for next 5 years on yearly basis for complete equipment (including X ray tubes, HT Cable, Probes, Electrodes, Detectors, Batteries for UPS, other vacuumatic parts wherever applicable) and Turnkey (if any). The supplier shall visit each consignee site as recommended in the manufacturer’s technical/ service /operational manual, but at least once in six months during the CMC period

b) The cost of CMC to be quoted along with taxes applicable on the date of Tender Opening. The taxes to be paid extra, to be specifically stated. In the absence of any such stipulation the price will be taken inclusive of such taxes and no claim for the same will be entertained later.

c) Cost of CMC will be added for Ranking/Evaluation purpose. d) The payment of CMC will be made on six monthly basis after satisfactory completion of said

period, duly certified by end user on receipt of bank guarantee for 2.5 % of the cost of the equipment as per Section XV valid till 2 months after expiry of entire CMC period.

e) There will be 98% uptime warranty during CMC period on 24 (hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis, with penalty, to extend CMC period by double the downtime period.

f) During CMC period, the supplier is required to visit at each consignee’s site at least once in 6 months commencing from the date of the successful completion of warranty period for preventive maintenance of the goods.

g) All software updates should be provided free of cost during CMC.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 173

h) Failure of the above [4. e) to 4. g)] by the supplier, may lead to the forfeiture of the Bank Guarantee for Annual CMC.

i) The payment of CMC will be made as stipulated in GCC Clause 21.

5. Turnkey:

Turnkey is indicated in the technical specification of the respective items, wherever required. The Tenderer shall examine the existing site where the equipment is to be installed, in consultation with HOD of Hospital/Institution/Medical College concerned. Turnkey details of each Hospital/Institution/Medical College are given at the end of Technical Specification. The Tenderers to quote prices indicating break-up of prices of the Machine and Turnkey Job of each Hospital/Institution/Medical College. The Turnkey costs may be quoted in Indian Rupee will be

added for Ranking Purpose. The taxes to be paid extra, to be specifically stated. In the absence of any such stipulation the price will be taken inclusive of such duties and taxes and no claim for the same will be entertained later. The Turnkey Work should completely comply with AERB requirement, if any.

HLL Lifecare Limited QC Requirement

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 174

Section – VIII

Quality Control Requirements (Proforma for equipment and quality control employed by the manufacturer(s)

Tender Reference No. Date of opening Time Name and address of the Tenderer: Note: All the following details shall relate to the manufacturer(s) for the goods quoted for. 01 Name of the manufacturer

a. full postal address b. full address of the premises c. Email ID d. telephone number e. fax number

02 Plant and machinery details 03 Manufacturing process details 04 Monthly (single shift) production capacity of goods quoted for

a. normal b. maximum

05 Total annual turn-over (value in Rupees) 06 Quality control arrangement details

a. for incoming materials and bought-out components b. for process control c. for final product evaluation

07 Test certificate held

a. type test b. BIS/ISO certification c. any other

08 Details of staff

a. technical b. skilled c. unskilled

Signature and seal of the Tenderer

HLL Lifecare Limited Qualification Criteria

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 175

Section – IX

Qualification Criteria

01. The Tenderer must be a Manufacturer or its authorized Agent. 02. (a) The Manufacturer should have supplied and installed in last Five years from the date of

Tender Opening, atleast 100% of the quoted quantity of the similar equipment meeting major specification parameters which is functoning satisfactorily. The foreign Manufacturer satisfying the above criteria should also have supplied and installed in last Five years from the date of Tender Opening, at least 50% (or one No. where the schedule of requirement is one no.) of quoted quantity of similar model which is functoning satisfactorily any where outside the country of manufacture.

02. (b) The Tenderers quoting as authorized representative of the manufacturer meeting the above criteria 02 (a) should have supplied and installed in last Five years from the date of Tender Opening, atleast 50% (or one No. where the schedule of requirement is one no. ) of the quoted quantity of similar equipment which is functoning satisfactorily, any where in India of the same manufacturer.

Note:

1. In support of 2 (a) & 2 (b), the Tenderer shall furnish Performance statement in the enclosed Proforma ‘A’.

The manufacturer as well as the Tenderer/ Indian Agent shall furnish Satisfactory Performance Certificate in respect of above, duly translated in English and duly notarized, alongwith the tender. The performance certificate should be in accordance with the requirement of clause 2 (a) / 2 (b) as stated above.

2. The Tenderer shall furnish a brief write-up, packed with adequate data explaining and establishing his available capacity/capability (both technical and financial) to perform the Contract (if awarded) within the stipulated time period, after meeting all its current/present commitments. The Tenderer shall also furnish details of Equipment and Quality Control in the enclosed Section VIII.

3. Notwithstanding anything stated above, the Purchaser reserves the right to assess the Tenderer’s capability and capacity to perform the contract satisfactorily before deciding on award of Contract, should circumstances warrant such an assessment in the overall interest of the Purchaser.

4. The Purchaser reserves the right to ask for a free demonstration of the quoted equipment at a pre determined place acceptable to the purchaser for technical acceptability as per the tender specifications, before the opening of the Price Tender.

HLL Lifecare Limited Qualification Criteria

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 176

PROFORMA ‘A’

PROFORMA FOR PERFORMANCE STATEMENT

(For the period of last five years) Tender Reference No.: _________________________________ Date & Time of opening: _________________________________ Name and address of the Tenderer: _________________________________

Name and address of the manufacturer: _________________________________

Ord

er p

lace

d by

(f

ull a

ddre

ss o

f P

urch

aser

/Con

sig

nee)

Ord

er n

umbe

r an

d da

te

Des

crip

tion

of

orde

red

good

s an

d se

rvic

es

Qua

ntit

y of

or

dere

d go

ods

and

serv

ices

V

alue

of

orde

r (R

s.)

Date of completion of Contract

Remarks indicating reasons for delay if any

Have the goods been functioning Satisfactorily (attach documentary proof)** A

s pe

r co

ntra

ct

Act

ual

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Signature and seal of the Tenderer

** The documentary proof will be a certificate from the consignee/end user with cross-

reference of order no. and date in the certificate duly notarised certification authenticating

the correctness of the information furnished. If at any time, information furnished is proved

to be false or incorrect, the earnest money and or performance security furnished will be

forfeited. Such certificates from a third party or middleman other than actual end user will

not be accepted. The satisfactory performance implies working satisfactorily without any

complaint since the date of installation, commissioning & handing over to the end user as

per the standard format enclosed.

HLL Lifecare Limited Tender Form

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 25.05.2011 177

Section – X

TENDER FORM

Date__________

To,

Head (P & CD)

HLL Lifecare Limited

Procurement and Consultancy Division

B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh Ref. Your TE document No. _________dated ___________

We, the undersigned have examined the above mentioned TE document, including amendment/corrigendum No. __________, dated ________ (if any), the receipt of which is hereby confirmed. We now offer to supply and deliver___________ (Description of goods and services) in conformity with your above referred document. If our tender is accepted, we undertake to supply the goods and perform the services as mentioned above, in accordance with the delivery schedule specified in the List of Requirements. We further confirm that, if our tender is accepted, we shall provide you with a performance security of required amount in an acceptable form in terms of GCC clause 5, read with modification, if any, in Section - V – “Special Conditions of Contract”, for due performance of the contract. We agree to keep our tender valid for acceptance as required in the GIT clause 20, read with modification, if any in Section - III – “Special Instructions to Tenderers” or for subsequently extended period, if any, agreed to by us. We also accordingly confirm to abide by this tender up to the aforesaid period and this tender may be accepted any time before the expiry of the aforesaid period. We further confirm that, until a formal contract is executed, this tender read with your written acceptance thereof within the aforesaid period shall constitute a binding contract between us. We further understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender you may receive against your above-referred tender enquiry. We confirm that we do not stand deregistered/banned/blacklisted by any Govt. Authorities. We confirm that we fully agree to the terms and conditions specified in above mentioned TE document, including amendment/ corrigendum if any

(Signature with date)

(Name and designation) Duly authorised to sign tender for and on behalf of

HLL Lifecare Limited Price Schedule

HLL/PCD/ESIC-54/11-12 of 200 05.05.2011

SECTION – XI PRICE SCHEDULE

A) PRICE SCHEDULE FOR DOMESTIC GOODS OR GOODS OF FOREIGN ORIGIN LOCATED WITHIN INDIA

1 2 3 4 5 6

Item Sl. No.

Brief Description of Goods (with make & model)

Country of Origin

Quantity (Nos.)

Price per unit (Rs.)

Total Price (at Consignee Site) basis

(Rs.)

4 x 5(g)

Ex - factory/ Ex -warehouse /Ex-showroom /Off -

the shelf

(a)

Excise Duty (if

any) [%age &

value]

(b)

Sales Tax/ VAT (if

any) [%age &

value]

(c)

Transportation, loading/

unloading and Incidental costs till consignee’s

site (d)

Insurance charges for a period including 3 months beyond the

date of delivery

(e)

Incidental Services (including Installation &

Commissioning, Supervision,

Demonstration and Training) at the Consignee’s site

(f)

Unit Price (at

Consignee Site) basis

(g) =a+b+c+d+e+f

Total Tender price in Rupees: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

In words: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Note: - 1. If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and total price THE UNIT PRICE shall prevail. 2. The charges for Annual CMC after warranty shall be quoted separately as per Section-XI – Price Schedule C

Name________________________

Business Address________________________

Place: ___________________________ Signature of Tenderer________________________

Date: _________________________ Seal of the Tenderer________________________


HLL/PCD/ESIC-54/11-12 of 200 05.05.2011

B) PRICE SCHEDULE FOR GOODS TO BE IMPORTED FROM ABROAD

** to be quoted in Indian Currency

Total price at Consignee’s site

(A) In foreign currency : column (4 x e)____________________________________________________________________________ (In figures and words) plus ** (B) In Indian Rupees : column 4 x (b+f+g+h+i) Rs__________________________________________________________________(In figures and words)

________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________

Note: - 1. The Tenderer will be fully responsible for the safe arrival of the goods at the consignee site in good condition as per terms of contract. 2. The bidders break up of prices under various columns is for comparison of prices up to delivery of goods at consignee’s site for tender evaluation. 3. The quoted price should be supported with original proforma invoice from the foreign manufacturers. The proforma invoice should indicate the percentage of agency commission included in the FOB

prices. Indian Agent to be paid in Indian Currency. 4. All the components of the DDP price will be paid by the tenderer. The purchaser will make the payment of DDP price after receipt of goods at consignee’s site in good condition as per payment terms

in the contract. 5. The prices quoted in foreign currency in column (e) shall be converted in Rupees at the selling rate of exchange applicable on the date of tender opening .The customs duty amount so worked out as

percentage of net CIP value in rupees will be taken for evaluation and comparison of tenders 6. The charges for Annual CMC after warranty shall be quoted separately as per Section-XI – Price Schedule C

Name_____________________________

Business address____________________

Place:________________________________________ Signature of Tenderer___________________

Date:_____________________________________ Seal of Tenderer________________________

1 2 3 4 5

Item Sl. No.

Brief Description of Goods (with

make & model)

Country of Origin

Quantity (Nos.)

Price per unit (Currency)

Gross FOB price at sea/air port of Lading (inclusive

of Agency Commission)

Amount and percentage of

Agency Commission

**

Net FOB (excluding

Agency Commission)

(a-b)

Insurance & Freight

Net CIP by

Air/ Sea at

the port of entry (c+d)

Custom Duty

amount as % of Net

CIP (amount

with CDEC as

applicable) **

Custom Clearance

& Handling Charges

**

Loading/ Unloading,

inland transportation, insurance as

per Clause 11 of GCC &

incidental cost till consignee’s

site **

Installation commissioning, supervision.

Demonstration & training at

the consignee’s

site **

Unit price on DDP basis at consignee’s

site

In foreign currency

In Indian Rupees

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) =(e) =(b+f+g+

h+i)


HLL/PCD/ESIC-54/11-12 of 200 05.05.2011

C) PRICE SCHEDULE FOR COMPREHENSIVE MAINTENANCE CONTRACT AFTER WARRANTY PERIOD

1 2 3 4 5

Item Sl. No.

Brief Description of the Goods

Quantity (Nos.)

Comprehensive Maintenance Contract Cost for Each Unit year wise*. Total Comprehensive Maintenance

Contract Cost for 5 (or as specified) Years [3 x (4a+4b+4c+4d+4e)]

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

a b c d e

* After completion of Warranty period

NOTE:- 1. In case of discrepancy between unit price and total prices, THE UNIT PRICE shall prevail. 2. The cost of Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) which includes preventive maintenance including testing & calibration as per technical/

service /operational manual and labour, after satisfactory completion of Warranty period may be quoted for next 5 (or as specified) years on yearly basis for complete equipment and Turnkey (if any).

3. The cost of CMC may be quoted along with taxes applicable on the date of Tender Opening. The taxes to be paid extra, to be specifically stated. In the absence of any such stipulation the price will be taken inclusive of such taxes and no claim for the same will be entertained later.

4. Cost of CMC will be added for Ranking/Evaluation purpose. 5. The payment of CMC will be made as per clause GCC clause 21.1 (D). 6. The uptime warranty will be 98 % on 24 (hrs) x 7 (days) x 365 (days) basis or as stated in Technical Specification of the TE document. 7. All software updates should be provided free of cost during CMC period. 8. The stipulations in Technical Specification will supersede above provisions 9. The supplier shall keep sufficient stock of spares required during Comprehensive Maintenance Contract period. In case the spares are required to

be imported, it would be the responsibility of the supplier to import and get them custom cleared and pay all necessary duties. Name________________________





HLL/PCD/ESIC-54/11-12 of 200 05.05.2011

D) PRICE SCHEDULE FOR TURNKEY

Item

Sl. No.

BRIEF TURNKEY

DESCRIPTION OF GOODS

CONSIGNEE

CODE

Turnkey price

Note: -

1. The cost of Turnkey as per Technical Specification (Section VII) may be quoted on lump sum along with taxes applicable on the date of Tender Opening. The taxes to be paid extra, to be specifically stated. In the absence of any such stipulation the price will be taken inclusive of such taxes and no claim for the same will be entertained later.

2. Cost of Turnkey will be added for Ranking/Evaluation purpose. 3. The payment of Turnkey will be made as per clause GCC clause 21.1 (c). 4. The stipulations in Technical Specification will supersede above provisions

Name________________________




HLL Lifecare Limited Questionnaire

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

SECTION – XII QUESTIONNAIRE

Fill up the Section XX – Check List for Tenderers and enclose with the Tender

1. The tenderer should furnish specific answers (alongwith mention of relevant page nos. of

tender) to all the questions/issues mentioned in the Checklist. In case a question/issue does not

apply to a tenderer, the same should be answered with the remark “not applicable”

2. Wherever necessary and applicable, the tenderer shall enclose certified copy as documentary

proof/ evidence to substantiate the corresponding statement.

3. In case a tenderer furnishes a wrong or evasive answer against any of the question/issues

mentioned in the Checklist, its tender will be liable to be ignored.

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Various Forms

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

SECTION – XIV MANUFACTURER’S AUTHORISATION FORM

To,

Head (P & CD) HLL Lifecare Limited Procurement and Consultancy Division B-14A, Sector -62, Noida -201307, Uttar Pradesh

Dear Sir, Ref. Your TE document No ____________, dated _____________ We, ___________________________________ who are proven and reputable manufacturers of___________________________(name and description of the goods offered in the tender) having factories at___________________________________________________________, hereby authorise Messrs______________________________(name and address of the agent) to submit a tender, process the same further and enter into a contract with you against your requirement as contained in the above referred TE documents for the above goods manufactured by us. We further confirm that no supplier or firm or individual other than Messrs. ________________________ (name and address of the above agent) is authorised to submit a tender, process the same further and enter into a contract with you against your requirement as contained in the above referred TE documents for the above goods manufactured by us. We also hereby extend our full warranty, CMC as applicable as per clause 15 of the General Conditions of Contract, read with modification, if any, in the Special Conditions of Contract for the goods and services offered for supply by the above firm against this TE document. We also confirm that the price quoted by our agent shall not exceed than that which we would have quoted directly.

Yours faithfully,

[Signature with date, name and designation] for and on behalf of Messrs___________________________

[Name & address of the manufacturers]

Note: 1. This letter of authorisation should be on the letterhead of the manufacturing firm and should

be signed by a person competent and having the power of attorney to legally bind the

manufacturer.

2. Original letter may be sent.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

SECTION – XV

BANK GUARANTEE FORM FOR PERFORMANCE SECURITY/ CMC

SECURITY To Head of Hospital/Institute/Medical College of ESIC WHEREAS _____________________________ (Name and address of the supplier) (Hereinafter called “the supplier”) has undertaken, in pursuance of contract no________________________ dated _____________ to supply (description of goods and services) (herein after called “the contract”). AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said contract that the supplier shall furnish you with a bank guarantee by a scheduled commercial bank recognised by you for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with its obligations in accordance with the contract; AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the supplier such a bank guarantee; NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are guarantors and responsible to you, on behalf of the supplier, up to a total of. ________________________ (Amount of the guarantee in words and figures), and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand declaring the supplier to be in default under the contract and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of (amount of guarantee) as aforesaid, without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified therein. We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the supplier before presenting us with the demand. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the contract to be performed there under or of any of the contract documents which may be made between you and the supplier shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. This guarantee shall remain valid till 2 (two) months beyond the warranty period, i.e up to ----------- (indicate date)

……………………………. (Signature with date of the authorised officer of the Bank)

…………………………………………………………. Name and designation of the officer

…………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………….

Seal, name & address of the Bank and address of the Branch


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

SECTION – XVI CONTRACT FORM - A

CONTRACT FORM FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING, HANDING

OVER, TRIAL RUN, TRAINING OF OPERATORS & WARRANTY OF GOODS

(Address of the Purchaser’s/Consignee’s office issuing the contract) Contract No___________ dated______________ This is in continuation to this office’s Notification of Award No_______ dated ______ 1. Name & address of the Supplier: ______________________________ 2. Purchaser’s TE document No________ dated____________ and subsequent Amendment

No____________, dated_________ (if any), issued by the purchaser 3. Supplier’s Tender No_________ dated__________ and subsequent communication(s)

No____________ dated _________ (if any), exchanged between the supplier and the purchaser in connection with this tender.

4. In addition to this Contract Form, the following documents etc, which are included in the documents mentioned under paragraphs 2 and 3 above, shall also be deemed to form and be read and construed as integral part of this contract:

(i) General Conditions of Contract; (ii) Special Conditions of Contract; (iii) List of Requirements; (iv) Technical Specifications; (v) Quality Control Requirements; (vi) Tender Form furnished by the supplier; (vii) Price Schedule(s) furnished by the supplier in its tender; (viii) Manufacturers’ Authorisation Form (if applicable for this tender); (ix) Purchaser’s Notification of Award Note : The words and expressions used in this contract shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the conditions of contract referred to above. Further, the definitions and abbreviations incorporated under clause 1 of Section II – ‘General Instructions to Tenderers’ of the Purchaser’s TE document shall also apply to this contract.

5. Some terms, conditions, stipulations etc. out of the above-referred documents are reproduced below for ready reference:

(i) Brief particulars of the goods and services which shall be supplied/ provided by the supplier are as under:

Item

Sl. No.

Brief description of

goods/services Accounting

unit Quantity to

be supplied Unit Price

Total

price Terms of

delivery


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

Any other additional services (if applicable) and cost thereof: _____________________ Total value (in figure) ____________ (In words) ___________________________ (ii) Delivery schedule

(iii) Details of Performance Security (iv) Quality Control

(a) Mode(s), stage(s) and place(s) of conducting inspections and tests. (b) Designation and address of purchaser’s inspecting officer

(v) Destination and despatch instructions (vi) Consignee, including port consignee, if any (vii) Warranty clause (viii) Payment terms (ix) Paying authority

____________________________ (Signature, name and address

of the Purchaser’s/Consignee’s authorised official) For and on behalf of__________________

Received and accepted this contract

(Signature, name and address of the supplier’s executive duly authorised to sign on behalf of the supplier) For and on behalf of _________________________ (Name and address of the supplier)

(Seal of the supplier) Date: _________________________ Place: _________________________


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

CONTRACT FORM – B

CONTRACT FORM FOR COMPREHENSIVE MAINTENANCE CONTRACT

Comprehensive Maintenance Contract No._______________________dated_________________

Between

(Address of Head of Hospital/Institute/Medical College) And

(Name & Address of the Supplier) Ref: Contract No___________ dated______________ (Contract No. & date of Contract for

supply, installation, commissioning, handing over, Trial run, Training of operators &

warranty of goods)

In continuation to the above referred contract

a) The Contract of Comprehensive Maintenance is hereby concluded as under: -

1 2 3 4 5

Item Sl. No.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF

GOODS

Quantity (Nos.)

Comprehensive Maintenance Contract

Cost for Each Unit year wise*.

Total Comprehensive Maintenance Contract

Cost for 5 (or as specified) Years

[3 x (4a+4b+4c+4d+4e)] 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

a b c d e

Total value (in figure) ____________ (In words) ___________________________ b) The CMC commence from the date of expiry of all obligations under Warranty i.e.

from______________ (date of expiry of Warranty) and will expire on ______________ (date of expiry of CMC)

c) The cost of Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC) which includes preventive maintenance and labour, after satisfactory completion of Warranty period may be quoted for next 5 (or as specified) years as contained in the above referred contract on yearly basis for complete equipment (including X ray tubes, Batteries for UPS, other vacummatic parts, _____ & _____) and Turnkey (if any).

d) There will be 98% uptime warranty during CMC period on 24 (hrs) X 7 (days) X 365 (days) basis, with penalty, to extend CMC period by double the downtime period.

e) During CMC period, the supplier shall visit at each consignee’s site for preventive maintenance including testing and calibration as per the manufacturer’s service/ technical/ operational manual. The supplier shall visit each consignee site as recommended in the manufacturer’s manual, but at least once in 6 months commencing from the date of the successful completion of warranty period for preventive maintenance of the goods.

f) All software updates should be provided free of cost during CMC. g) The bank guarantee valid till ______________ [(fill the date) 2 months after expiry of entire

CMC period] for an amount of Rs. _______________ [(fill amount) equivalent to 2.5 % of the cost of the equipment as per contract] shall be furnished in the prescribed format given in


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

Section XV of the TE document, along with the signed copy of CMC within a period of 21 (twenty one) days of issue of CMC failing which the proceeds of Performance Security shall be payable to the Purchaser/Consignee. h) If there is any lapse in the performance of the CMC as per contract, the proceeds CMC bank

guarantee for an amount of Rs. __________ (equivalent to 2.5 % of the cost of the equipment as per contract) shall be payable to the Consignee.

i) Payment terms: The payment of CMC will be made against the bills raised to the consignee by the supplier on six monthly basis after satisfactory completion of said period, duly certified by the HOD concerned. The payment will be made in Indian Rupees.

j) Paying authority: ______________________ (name of the consignee i.e. Hospital/ Institute /Medical College’s authorised official)

____________________________ (Signature, name and address of

Hospital/Institute/Medical College’s authorised official)

For and on behalf of__________________ Received and accepted this contract

(Signature, name and address of the supplier’s executive duly authorised to sign on behalf of the supplier) For and on behalf of _________________________ (Name and address of the supplier)

(Seal of the supplier) Date: _________________________ Place: _________________________


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

SECTION – XVII

CONSIGNEE RECEIPT CERTIFICATE

(To be given by consignee’s authorized representative)

The following store (s) has/have been received on said to contain basis in good condition:

1) Contract No. & date :______________________________

2) Supplier’s Name :______________________________

3) Consignee’s Name & Address with telephone No. & Fax No. : ______________________________

4) Name of the item supplied :______________________________

5) No of cartons received which are said :

Which are said to contain the items (List of items in each carton to be given.)

:_______________________________

6) Date of Receipt by the Consignee :______________________________

7) Name and designation of Authorized Representative of Consignee :______________________________

8) Signature of Authorized Representative of Consignee with date :______________________________

9) Seal of the Consignee :______________________________


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

SECTION – XVIII

Proforma of Final Acceptance Certificate by the Consignee

No _______________ Date_______________ To M/s____________________ _______________________ _______________________ Subject: Certificate of commissioning of equipment/plant. This is to certify that the equipment(s)/plant(s) as detailed below has/have been received in good conditions along with all the standard and special accessories and a set of spares (subject to remarks in Para no.02) in accordance with the contract/technical specifications. The same has been installed and commissioned.

(a) Contract No______________________________________ dated__________________

(b) Description of the equipment(s)/plants: _______________________________________

(c) Equipment(s)/ plant(s) nos.: ________________________________________________

(d) Quantity:_______________________________________________________________

(e) Bill of Loading/Air Way Bill/Railway Receipt/ Goods Consignment Note no___________________ dated _________________

(f) Name of the vessel/ Transporter: ___________________________________________ (g) Name of the Consignee: ___________________________________________________ (h) Date of commissioning and proving test: _____________________________________

Details of accessories/spares not yet supplied and recoveries to be made on that account.

Sl. Description of Item Quantity Amount to be recovered

No.

The proving test has been done to our entire satisfaction and operators have been trained to operate the equipment(s)/plant(s). The supplier has fulfilled its contractual obligations satisfactorily ## or The supplier has failed to fulfil its contractual obligations with regard to the following: He has not adhered to the time schedule specified in the contract in dispatching the documents/drawings pursuant to ‘Technical Specifications’. He has not supervised the commissioning of the equipment(s)/plant(s)in time, i.e. within the period specified in the contract from date of intimation by the Purchaser/Consignee in respect of the installation of the equipment(s)/plant(s). The supplier as specified in the contract has not done training of personnel. The extent of delay for each of the activities to be performed by the supplier in terms of the contract


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

is______________________________________________________________________________. The amount of recovery on account of non-supply of accessories and spares is given under Para no.02. The amount of recovery on account of failure of the supplier to meet his contractual obligations is__________________ (here indicate the amount). Signature Name: Designation with stamp

## Explanatory notes for filling up the certificate:

o He has adhered to the time schedule specified in the contract in dispatching the documents/drawings pursuant to ‘Technical Specification’.

o He has supervised the commissioning of the equipment(s)/plant(s) in time, i.e. within the time specified in the contract from date of intimation by the Purchaser/Consignee in respect of the installation of the equipment(s)/plant(s).

o Training of personnel has been done by the supplier as specified in the contract o In the event of documents/drawings having not been supplied or installation and

commissioning of the equipment(s)/plant(s) having been delayed on account of the supplier, the extent of delay should always be mentioned in clear terms.

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Shipping Arrangement

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

SECTION – XIX

DETAILS OF SHIPPING ARRANGEMENT FOR LINER CARGOES IN RESPECT OF

C&F/CIF/TURNKEY/F.O.R CONTRACTS FOR IMPORTS

1. SHIPMENT FROM PORTS OF U.K INCLUDING NORTHERN IRELAND (ALSO EIRE), FROM

THE NORTH CONTINENT OF EUROPE (GERMANY, HOLLAND, BELGIUM, FRANCE, NORWAY, SWEDEN, DENMARK, FINLAND AND PORTS ON THE CONTINENTAL SEABOARD OF MEDITERRANIAN (I.E. FRENCH WESTERN ITALIAN PORTS), TO PORTS IN INDIA.

The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods by vessels belonging to the member lines of the India-Pakistan-Bangladesh Conference. If the Seller finds that the space on the ‘Conference Lines’ vessels is not available for any specific shipment, he should take up with India-Pakistan-Bangladesh Conference. Conferity House, East Grinstead, Sussex (UK), for providing shipping space and also inform the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

The Seller should arrange shipment through the Government of India’s Forwarding Agents, M/s Schenker & Co., 2000-Hamburg (Cable: SCHENKER CO., HAMBURG) OR obtain a certificate from them to the effect that shipment has been arranged in accordance with instructions of the Ministry of Surface Transport, (TRANSCHART), New Delhi.

2. SHIPMENT FORM PORTS OF U.K. INCLUDING NORTHERN

Goods under this contract would be shipped by the national shipping companies of the Contracting Parties operating bilateral shipping service and vessels under the flag of third countries in accordance with the Agreement between the Government of German Democratic Republic and the Government of the Republic of India in the Field of Merchant Shipping signed on 9.1.1979, as amended up-to-date.

3. ISHIPMENT FROM ADRIATIC PORTS OF EASTERN ITALY AND YUGOSLAVIA

The seller should arrange shipment of the goods by vessels belonging to the following Indian member lines;

1. The Shipping Purchaser of India Ltd. 2. The Scindia Steam Navigation Co., Ltd 3. India Steamship Co., Ltd

For the purpose of ascertaining the availability of suitable Indian vessels and granting dispensation in the event of their non-availability, the Seller should give adequate notice about the readiness of each consignment from time to time at least six weeks in advance of the required position to M/s Schenker & Co. 2000 HAMBURG (Cable: SCHENKER CO., HAMBURG) and also endorse a copy thereof to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159) The seller should arrange shipment through the Government of India’s Forwarding Agents M/s Schenker & Co. 2000 HAMBURG (Cable: SCHENKER CO., HAMBURG) or obtain certificate from them to the effect that shipment has been arranged in accordance with the instructions of the Ministry of Surface Transport, (TRANSCHART), New Delhi.

4. SHIPMENT FROM POLAND & CZECHOSLOVAKIA

(i) IMPORTS FROM POLAND


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

Shipment under this contract would be made by the National flag lines of the two parties and vessels of the third flag conference lines, in accordance with the agreement between the Govt. of the Republic of India and the Govt. of the Polish People’s Republic regarding Shipping Co-operation dated 27.6.1960 as amended up-to-date. (ii) IMPORTS FROM CZECHOSLOVAKIA Goods under this contract would be signed by the National flag lines of the two parties and vessels of the third flag conference lines, in accordance with the Agreement Co-operation in shipping between India and Czechoslovakia signed on 3.11.1978 and ratified on 19.12.1979, as amended up-to-date. Shipping arrangement should be made by the Sellers in consultation with Resident Representative of the Indian Shipping Lines in Gdynia, Co., Morska Agencja W. Gdyniul, Pulaskiego 8, P.O. Box 246, Gdynia (Poland) – Telex : MG PL. 054301, Tel.: 207621, to whom details regarding contract number, nature of cargo , quantity, port of lading, discharging, name of Government consignee, expected date of readiness of each consignment etc. should be furnish at least six weeks in advance of the required position, with a copy thereof endorsed to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, (Chartering Wing), New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

5. SHIPMENT FROM U.S.S.R

Shipment under this contract should be made in accordance with the agreement between the Government of the Republic of India and the Government of U.S.S.R on Merchant Shipping 1976, as amended up-to-date, by vessels of Indo-Soviet shipping Service.

6. SHIPMENT FROM JAPAN

The shipment of goods should be made of India vessels to the maximum extent possible subject to the minimum of 50%.

The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods in consultation with the Embassy of India in Japan, Tokyo to whom details regarding contract number, nature of cargo, quantity, port of loading/discharge, name of Govt. consignee, expected date of readiness of each consignment etc. should be furnished at least six weeks in advance of the required position.

Note: The copies of such contracts are to be endorsed both to the Attached (commercial) embassy of India in Japan, Tokyo, and the shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi.

7. SHIPMENT FROM AUSTRALIA, ALGERIA, BULGARIA, ROMANIA, EGYPY

The Seller shall arrange shipment of the goods by Indian flag vessels to the maximum extent possible subject to a minimum of 50 %. For the purpose of ascertaining the availability of suitable Indian vessels, the seller shall give adequate notice of not less than six weeks about the readiness of each consignment to the Shipping Purchaser of India Ltd., SHIPPING HOUSE, 245, Madame Cama Road, Bombay – 400 021 (CABLE: SHIPINDIA BOMBAY) and also endorse a copy thereof to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

8. SHIPMENT FROM PAKISTAN


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

The shipment of cargoes should be made by Indian vessels to the maximum extent possible subject to a minimum of 50 %.

Shipment arrangement should be made by the sellers in consultation with M/s Mogul Line Ltd., 16-Bank Street, Fort, Bombay – 400023 (Cable: MOGUL BOMBAY: Telex: 011 – 4049 MOGUL), to whom, details regarding contract number, nature of cargo, quantity, port of lading discharging, name of government consignee, expected date of readiness of each consignment etc. should be furnish at least six weeks in advance of the required position, with a copy thereof endorsed to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

9. SHIPMENT FROM U.S ATLANTIC & GULF PORTS The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods by vessels belonging to the member lines of the India – Pakistan – Bangladesh – Ceylon and Burma Outward Freight Conference. If the Seller finds that the space of the ‘Conference Lines’ vessels is not available for any specific shipment he should take up with India – Pakistan- Bangladesh – Ceylon and Burma Outward Freight Conference, 19, Rector Street, New York, N.Y. 10006 USA, for providing shipping space and also inform the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159)

10. SHIPMENT FROM ST. LAWRENCE AN EASTERN CANADIAN PORTS

The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods by vessels belonging to the following shipping lines;

1. The shipping Purchaser of India Ltd. 2. The Scindia Steam Navigation Co., Ltd

If the Seller finds that the space in the vessels of these Lines is not available for any particular consignments, he should inform the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159) immediately so that dispensation from the shipping lines concerned to use alternative lifting may be sought.

11. SHIPMENT FROM WEST COAST PORTS OF U.S.S CANADA AND OTHER AREAS NOT

SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED ABOVE

The Seller should arrange shipment of the goods by Indian vessels to the maximum extent possible subject to a minimum of 50 %. For the purpose of ascertaining the availability of suitable Indian vessels and granting dispensation in the event of their non-availability, the Seller should furnish the details regarding contract number, nature of cargo, quantity, port of lading, discharging, name of government consignee, expected date of readiness of each consignment etc. to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Surface Transport, New Delhi, (Cable: TRANSCHART, NEW DELHI, Telex: VAHAN IN – 031 – 61157, 61158, 61159) at least six weeks in advance of the required position.

B) BILLS OF LADING:

(i) C.I.F./C&F/TURNKEY SHIPMENTS

The Bills of lading should be drawn to indicate Shipper and ‘Consignee’ as under:

SHIPPER: The C.I.F (C&F)/TURNKEY SUPPLIERS concerned.


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

CONSIGNEE: As per consignee’s particulars in the contract (The name an address of the

‘Port Consignee’ and ‘Ultimate’ both should be indicated).

(ii) F.O.R SHIPMENTS

The Bills of lading should be drawn indicating shipper Consignee as under:

SHIPPER: The F.O.R suppliers Concerned CONSIGNEE: Supplier’s Indian Agent on order

Note:

1. Moreover the name of the ‘Purchaser’ and ‘Ultimate’ Consignee should appear in the body of the Bills of Lading as the ‘Notify’ or as a remark.

2. Two non-negotiable copies of the Bills of Lading indicating the freight amount and discount, if any allowed, should be forwarded to The Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of surface Transport (Chartering Wing), New Delhi after the shipment of each consignment is effected.

3. The seller should avoid the use of over-aged vessels for the shipment of the goods under the contract and if so used the cost of additional. Insurance, if any, shall be borne by the seller.

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Check List

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

SECTION – XX

CHECKLIST

Name of Tenderer:

Name of Manufacturer:

Sl.

No. Activity

Yes/ No/

NA

Page No. in

the Tender

document

Remarks

1. Have you enclosed EMD of required amount

for the quoted schedules?

2(a). Have you enclosed clause-by-clause technical

compliance statement for the quoted goods vis-

à-vis the Technical specifications?

2(b). In case of Technical deviations in the

compliance statement, have you identified and

marked the deviations?

3. Have you kept validity of 120 days from the

Techno Commercial Tender Opening date as

per the TE document?

4(a). Have you enclosed duly filled Tender Form as

per format in Section X?

4(b). Have you enclosed Power of Attorney/

Authorisation in favour of the signatory?

5. Have you submitted manufacturer’s

authorization as per Section XIV?

6. Have you submitted the certificate of

incorporation?

7(a). In case of Indian Tenderer, have you furnished

Income Tax Account No. as allotted by the

Income Tax Department of Government of

India?

7(b). In case of Foreign Tenderer, have you

furnished Income Tax Account No. of your

Indian Agent as allotted by the Income Tax

Department of Government of India?


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

Sl.

No. Activity

Yes/ No/

NA

Page No. in

the Tender

document

Remarks

8. Have you intimated the name and full address

of your Banker (s) along with your Account

Number

9. Have you furnished Annual Report (Balance

Sheet and Profit & Loss Account) for last three

years prior to the date of Tender opening?

10. Have you submitted the Quality Control

Requirements as per Proforma given in Section

VIII of TE document?

11. Have you accepted delivery period as per TE

document?

12. Have you accepted the terms of delivery as per

‘DDP at consignee site basis’?

13. Have you accepted the warranty/CMC as per

TE document?

14. Have you accepted all terms and conditions of

TE document?

15. Have you fully accepted payment terms as per

TE document?

16(a) Have you submitted prices of goods, turnkey

(if any), CMC etc. in the Price Schedule as per

Section XI?

16(b) Have you submitted satisfactory end user

performance certificate as per the Proforma for

performance statement in Sec. IX of TE

document in respect of all orders?

17. Have you submitted copy of the order(s)

aagainst the above end user certificate (s)?

18. Have you furnished documents establishing

your eligibility & qualification criteria as per

TE documents?


HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

N.B.

1. All pages of the Tender should be page numbered and indexed. 2. The Tenderer may go through the checklist and ensure that all the documents/confirmations

listed above are enclosed in the tender and no column is left blank. If any column is not applicable, it may be filled up as NA.

3. It is the responsibility of tendered to go through the TE document to ensure furnishing all required documents in addition to above, if any.

(Signature with date)

(Full name, designation & address of the person duly authorised sign on behalf of the Tenderer)

For and on behalf of

(Name, address and stamp of the tendering firm)

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Consignee addresses

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

Section – XXI

Consignee addresses

Consignee Code Consignee Address Telephone No.

Noida Directorate Medical Noida, ESIC Model Hospital Sector 24,Noida-UP

-

Basai

Medical Superintendent ESI Hospital Ring Road, Basaidarapur New Delhi - 110 015

011-25100664

Baddi Medical Superintendent ESIC Hospital Baddi, Himachal Pradesh

--

Bhiwadi Medical Superintendent ESIC Hospital Bhiwadi, Rajasthan

--

Manesar Medical Superintendent ESIC Model Hospital Manesar, Haryana

--

Chandigarh

Medical Superintendent ESIC Model Hospital Industrial Area, Phase-II Ram Darbar, Chandigarh-160002

-

Gurgaon Medical Superintendent ESIC Model Hospital, Sector – 9 A, Gurgaon (Haryana)

Rohini

Medical Superintendent ESI Hospital Sector - 15, Rohini New Delhi - 110 085

--------

Ludhiana Medical Superintendent, ESIC Hospital, Ludhiana, Punjab

Jaipur

Jaipur Medical Supdt ESI Hospital Lakshmi Nagar Ajmer Road Jaipur - 6

2228040 2223579

Jhilmil I.G.E.S.I HOSPITAL, Jhilmil, Delhi- 110095

011-22151329

Jammu ESIC Model Hospital, Bari Brahmana, Jammu

(01923)- 221105, 220302

HLL Lifecare Ltd. Consignee addresses

HLL/PCD/ESIC-55/11-12 of 200 25.05.2011

NB: The purchaser/consignee will ensure timely issue of CDEC, Octroi Exemption

Certificates, Road Permits & Entry Tax Exemption Certificates, wherever applicable, to the suppliers.